Motorola Param Definition

OTI - RF Plannning & Optimization
Type Count
CM DB 408
Timer 109
Cell 70
HO 97
Power Control 44
Quality Metric 6
Paging 2
Multi Layer 1
Congestion Resolution 6
Concentric Cell 6
Cell Broadcast 5
BTS 3
Trace Parameters 7
GPRS 38
DYNET 1
Links 24
BSC 24
BSS 62
MSC 2
Device Function Parameters 56
Total 971
DATABASE PARAMETER
adap_ho_alt_trigger_rxqual
adap_ho_pbgt
adap_ho_rxlev
adap_ho_rxqual
adap_trigger_hop_rxqual_dl
adap_trigger_hop_rxqual_ul
adap_trigger_pbgt
adap_trigger_rxlev_dl
adap_trigger_rxlev_ul
adap_trigger_rxqual_dl
adap_trigger_rxqual_ul
adap_trigger_pbgt_nbr
allow_32k_trau
alt_qual_proc
attach_detach
auto_rf_loss_trace
ba_alloc_proc
band_preference
band_preference_mode
ber_loss_daily
ber_loss_hourly
bounce_protect_margin
bs_ag_blks_res
bs_pa_mfrms
bsc_type
bsic
bss_msc_overload_allowed
bssgp_block_retries
bssgp_flow_control
bssgp_racap_retries
bssgp_reset_retries
bssgp_scheduling
bssgp_unblock_retries
bts_p_con_ack
bts_p_con_interval
bts_power_control_allowed
bts_txpwr_max_inner
bts_type
bvci
call_trace_options
called_pci
calling_pci
carrier_disable_time
carriers_ins_pwr_fail
cbc_fast_select
cbc_intface_vers
cbc_vbind_cntr
cbch_enabled
cbs_outage_cntr
ccch_conf
ccch_load_period
cell_bar_access_class
cell_bar_access_switch
cell_bar_qualify
cell_reselect_hysteresis
cell_reselect_offset
cell_reselect_param_ind
channel_reconfiguration_switch
cic_error_clr_threshold
cic_error_decrement
cic_error_gen_threshold
cic_error_increment
cic_validation
ciph_mode_rej_allowed
clk_src_fail_reset_period
coincident_cell
coincident_mb
coincident_offset
confusion_msg_allowed
congest_at_source
congest_at_target
congest_ho_margin
cp_option_reset_ckt
cp_option_rr_status
cr_calling
ct_flow_control_hi_level
ct_flow_control_lo_level
ct_flow_control_msc_trace
data_qual_enabled
decision_1_dl_rxlev_av_h
decision_1_dl_rxlev_av_ih
decision_1_dl_rxlev_av_p
decision_1_dl_rxqual_av_h
decision_1_dl_rxqual_av_p
decision_1_n1/decision_1_p1
decision_1_ncell_rxlev_av_h_calc
decision_1_p_bgt_rxlev_av_h
decision_1_tim_adv_av_alg
decision_1_ul_rxlev_av_h
decision_1_ul_rxlev_av_ih
decision_1_ul_rxlev_av_p
decision_1_ul_rxqual_av_h
decision_1_ul_rxqual_av_p
decision_alg_type
direct_inner_zone_threshold
disuse_cnt_hreqave
dl_audio_lev_offset
dl_dtx_voice_data
dl_rxlev_ho_allowed
dl_rxqual_ho_allowed
dnlk_vad_dtx
dpc
dr_allowed
dr_chan_mode_modify
dr_ho_during_assign
dr_preference
dr_standard_congest
dtx_required
dual_band_offset
dyn_step_adj
dyn_step_adj_fmpr
dynet_tchs_reserved
early_classmark_sending
eas_alarm
eas_alarm_type
eas_report_opto
eas_severity
efr_enabled
egsm_bcch_sd
egsm_handover_threshold
emergency_class_switch
en_incom_ho
erc_ta_priority
ext_range_cell
extended_paging_active
frequency_type
full_pwr_rfloss
gclk_qwarm_flag
global_reset_repetitions
gproc_slots
gprs_bs_cv_max
gprs_dl_pwr_mode
gprs_drx_timer_max
gprs_enabled
gprs_intraho_allwd
gprs_mac_mode
gprs_ms_pan_dec
gprs_ms_pan_inc
gprs_ms_pan_max
gprs_ms_txpwr_max_cch
gprs_network_operation_mode
gprs_pb
gprs_pc_alpha
gprs_pc_meas_chan
gprs_reconfig_thresh_idle_tch
gprs_sig_bvci
group_block_unblock_allowed
gsm_cell_id_format
handover_power_level
handover_required_curr_ch
handover_required_reject_switch
handover_required_sp_ver_used
hdsl_losw_oos
hdsl_losw_restore
hdsl_snr_daily
hdsl_snr_hourly
hdsl_snr_hourly_period
hdsl_snr_oos
hdsl_snr_restore
ho_exist_congest
ho_margin_def
ho_margin_type5
ho_margin_usage_flag
ho_only_max_pwr
ho_pwr_level_inner
hop_count
hop_qual_enabled
hopping_support
hopping_systems_enabled
hopping_systems_hsn
hopping_systems_mobile_alloc
illegal_circuit_id
immediate_assign_mode
inner_zone_alg
intave
inter_cell_handover_allowed
interband_ho_allowed
interfer_bands
interfer_ho_allowed
intra_cell_handover_allowed
ksw_config
l_rxlev_dl_h
l_rxlev_dl_p
l_rxlev_ul_h
l_rxlev_ul_p
l_rxqual_dl_h
l_rxqual_dl_h_data
l_rxqual_dl_h_hopping
l_rxqual_dl_p
l_rxqual_dl_p_data
l_rxqual_dl_p_hopping
l_rxqual_ul_h
l_rxqual_ul_h_data
l_rxqual_ul_h_hopping
l_rxqual_ul_h_hopping
l_rxqual_ul_p
l_rxqual_ul_p_data
l_rxqual_ul_p_hopping
land_layer1_mode
layer_number
link_about_to_fail
link_fail
local_maintenance
low_sig_thresh
lta_alarm_range
ltu_fw_auto_download
max_ms_dl_buffer
max_ms_dl_rate
max_number_of_sdcchs
max_q_length_full_rate_channel
max_q_length_sdcch
max_retran
max_rst_ckt_timer_exps
max_tx_bts
max_tx_ms
mb_preference
mb_tch_congest_thres
missing_rpt
mmi_cell_id_format
mms_cat_enable
mms_config_type
ms_distance_allowed
ms_max_range
ms_p_con_ack
ms_p_con_interval
ms_power_control_allowed
ms_power_offset
ms_txpwr_max_cch
ms_txpwr_max_cell
ms_txpwr_max_def
ms_txpwr_max_inner
msc_preference
msc_qt
mspwr_alg
mtl_loadshare_granularity
multiband_reporting
n_avg_i
ncc_of_plmn_allowed
neighbor_journal
ni
ns_alive_retries
ns_block_retries
ns_unblock_retries
nsei
num_audit_retries
num_emerg_access
num_emerg_rejected
num_emerg_tch_kill
num_emerg_term_sdcch
num_gbl_dl_thrput_samples
num_gbl_ul_thrput_samples
number_of_preferred_cells
number_sdcchs_preferred
opc
option_alg_a5_1
option_alg_a5_2
option_alg_a5_3
option_alg_a5_4
option_alg_a5_5
option_alg_a5_6
option_alg_a5_7
option_emergency_preempt
outer_zone_usage_level
override_intra_bss_pre_transfer
override_speech_version
pbgt_mode
pcr_enable
pcr_n1
pcr_n2
phase2_classmark_allowed
phase2_resource_ind_allowed
phase_lock_gclk
pool_gproc_preemption
poor_initial_assignment
pow_inc_step_size_dl
pow_inc_step_size_ul
pow_red_step_size_dl
pow_red_step_size_ul
prioritize_microcell
protect_last_ts
pwr_handover_allowed
pwrc
queue_management_information
ra_colour
rac
rach_load_period
rach_load_threshold
rach_load_type
radio_link_timeout
rapid_pwr_down
rci_error_clr_threshold
rci_error_decrement
rci_error_gen_threshold
rci_error_increment
red_loss_daily
red_loss_hourly
red_loss_oos
red_loss_restore
red_time_oos
red_time_restore
reestablish_allowed
rel_tim_adv
remote_loss_daily
remote_loss_hourly
remote_loss_oos
remote_loss_restore
remote_time_oos
remote_time_restore
report_resource_tch_f_high_water_mark
report_resource_tch_f_low_water_mark
rf_res_ind_period
rpd_offset
rpd_period
rpd_trigger
rpt_bad_qual_no_mr
rtf_path_enable
rxlev_access_min
rxlev_dl_ho
rxlev_dl_pc
rxlev_dl_zone
rxlev_min_def
rxlev_ul_ho
rxlev_ul_pc
rxlev_ul_zone
rxqual_dl_ho
rxqual_dl_pc
rxqual_ul_ho
rxqual_ul_pc
sap_audit_type
sap_device_type
sap_end_time
sap_interval
sap_start_time
sccp_bssap_mgt
sdcch_ho
sdcch_need_high_water_mark
sdcch_need_low_water_mark
sdcch_tch_band_reassign_delay
sdcch_timer_ho
second_asgnmnt
secondary_freq_type
slip_loss_daily
slip_loss_hourly
slip_loss_oos
slip_loss_restore
smg_gb_vers
smg_um_vers
sms_dl_allowed
sms_tch_chan
sms_ul_allowed
ss7_mode
ssm_critical_overload_threshold
ssm_normal_overload_threshold
ssp_burst_delay
ssm_normal_overload_threshold
ssp_burst_delay
ssp_burst_limit
stat_interval
surround_cell
swfm_enable
sync_loss_daily
sync_loss_hourly
sync_loss_oos
sync_loss_restore
sync_time_oos
sync_time_restore
t_avg_t
t_avg_w
tch_busy_critical_threshold
tch_busy_norm_threshold
tch_congest_prevent_thres
tch_flow_control
tch_full_need_low_water_mark
temporary_offset
threshold
timing_advance_period
trace_msgs_after_ho
trace_msgs_before_ho
trunk_critical_threshold
trunk_major_threshold
ts_alloc_flag
tsc_update_method
tx_integer
tx_power_cap
u_rxlev_dl_ih
u_rxlev_dl_p
u_rxlev_ul_ih
u_rxlev_ul_p
u_rxqual_dl_p
u_rxqual_ul_p
ul_audio_lev_offset
ul_rxlev_ho_allowed
ul_rxqual_ho_allowed
unequipped_circuit_allowed
use_derived_ho_power
use_neighbor_pbgt_hreqave
volume_control_type
wait_for_reselection
wait_indication_parameters
worse_neighbor_ho
zone_ho_hyst
Description
The adap_ho_alt_trigger_rxqual parameter specifies whether the system uses

alternative trigger values for adaptive quality handovers for a cell which is
frequency
hopping.If adaptive handovers are enabled for rxqual, this parameter enables
the use of the
hopping thresholds for calls that are frequency hopping.
The adap_ho_pbgt parameter specifies whether the system allows adaptive

power
budget handovers. The cumulative area for the adaptive power budget
handovers can
be defined as “per cell” or “per neighbor”.
At each measurement report, the cumulative area are updated and compared
to a
cumulative trigger. If the area is greater than the cumulative power budget
(pbgt) trigger
a need for a handover is recognized.
The adap_ho_rxlev parameter specifies whether the system allows adaptive

receive
level handovers.
At each measurement report the cumulative area are updated and compared
to a
cumulative trigger. If the area is greater than the cumulative power adaptive
receive level
(rxlev) trigger a need for a handover is recognized.
The adap_ho_rx_qual parameter specifies whether the system allows adaptive

quality
handovers.
At each measurement report the cumulative area is updated and compared to
a
cumulative trigger. If the area is greater than the cumulative power adaptive
quality
(rxqual) trigger a need for a handover is recognized.
The adap_trigger_hop_rxqual_dl parameter specifies the trigger threshold for
downlink
rxqual for calls which are frequency hopping.
The adap_trigger_hop_rxqual_ul parameter specifies the trigger threshold for
uplink
The adap_trigger_pbgt parameter specifies the cumulative trigger level for
adaptive
power budget handovers.
When the threshold set by adap_trigger_pbgt is exceeded, the system triggers
a
handover to a better cell.
The adap_trigger_rxqual_dl parameter specifies the cumulative trigger level for
adaptive receive level downlink handovers.
When the threshold set by this parameter is exceeded, the system performs a
downlink
strength handover.
The adap_trigger_rxlev_ul parameter specifies the cumulative trigger level for

adaptive
receive level uplink handovers.
When the threshold set by this parameter is exceeded, the system performs
an uplink
strength handover.
The adap_trigger_rxqual_dl parameter specifies the cumulative trigger level for

adaptive rxqual downlink handovers.
When the threshold set by this parameter is exceeded, the system performs a
downlink
quality handover.
The adap_trigger_rxqual_ul parameter specifies the cumulative trigger level for

adaptive rxqual uplink handovers.
When the threshold set by this parameter is exceeded, the system performs
an uplink
quality handover.
The adap_trigger_pbgt_nbr parameter specifies the cumulative trigger level for

the
adaptive handover power budget algorithm.
When the threshold is set by adap_trigger_pbgt_nbr is exceeded, the system
triggers a
The allow_32k_trau parameter enables or disables 32 kbps GPRS TRAU

timeslots on a
carrier. When this parameter is enabled for an RTF, all GPRS TRAU channels
are 32
bkps channels. Both CS-3 and CS-4 are supported.
Both BSC-PCU GDS and BSC-BTS may be equipped. The BSS calculates
bandwidth
requirements during the equipage of the timeslots.
The alt_qual_proc parameter specifies whether receive quality processing is

performed
using Bit Error Rate (BER) values or Quality Band (QBand) units. The type of
values
and the range of values of six parameters are determined by the value
assigned to the
alt_qual_proc parameter.
The attach_detach parameter enables and disables the mandatory
International Mobile
Subscriber Identity (IMSI) attach/detach for the MS.
The auto_rf_loss_trace parameter enables and disables automatic RF Loss

tracing for
a cell. The destination for RF loss measurement reports is also specified when
RF loss
tracing is enabled.
If the auto_rf_loss_trace parameter is enabled for a cell with the destination
set for the
MMI and an RF loss occurs in the cell, a measurement report is sent to the
MMI and is
displayed in the same format as the output for the trace_call command. An
RLM cause
for the RF loss is included in the additional trace status field when the
measurement
report when generated by the RF loss trace.
The ba_alloc_proc parameter enables and disables the reinitialization of the

active block
following a change in the broadcast control channel allocation (BA) and the
suspension of
subsequent measurements until the new BA is reported.
The band_preference parameter displays the frequency bands that the cell
prefers to
use for handovers and specifies the destination frequency band for intercell
handovers.
The band_preference_mode parameter specifies the method the system uses

to
program a MultiBand MS with the preferred frequency band for a given cell in
the BSS.
The ber_loss_daily parameter specifies the daily Bit Error Rate (BER) alarm
threshold.
An alarm is generated if the BER exceeds this threshold in a given 24 hour
period.
The ber_loss_hourly parameter specifies the hourly Bit Error Rate (BER) alarm
threshold.
This parameter represents the exponent of threshold BER. For example, 3
would be the
exponent value of 103, indicating 1 bit error in 1000 bits.
An alarm is generated if the BER exceeds this threshold in a given 60 minute
period.
The bounce_protect_margin parameter, in conjunction with the ho_margin_cell

parameter, specifies the level by which a target cell must exceed the serving
cell.
This parameter prevents continuous handover bouncing between cells due to
RXQUAL
level and congestion reasons.
The bs_ag_blks_res parameter specifies the number of blocks reserved for

access
grant per 51–multiframes. The number of blocks reserved starting with (and
including)
block 0 are broadcast in the BCCH. The number of paging blocks available are
reduced
by the number of blocks reserved for access grant messages.
The choice of value is determined by the ratio of MS-originated calls to MS-
terminated
calls.
PCH and AGCH share the same TDMA mapping when combined onto a basic
physical
channel. Channels are shared on a block by block basis.
The bs_pa_mfrms parameter specifies the number of multiframes between

transmissions of paging messages to MSs of the same paging group. The
number of
paging blocks available (per CCCH) are those available (on a specific CCCH)
multiplied
by (bs_pa_mfrms).
The bsc_type parameter specifies the BSC configuration type.

The bsic parameter specifies the Base Station Identity Code (BSIC).
The BSIC is a local colour code that allows an MS to distinguish between
different
neighbouring base stations. The BSIC is encoded on the Synchronization
Channel.
The size of the BSIC is one octet made up of two values:
Network Colour Code (NCC). The NCC is three bits and is the same as the
Public
land mobile network (PLMN) Colour Code.
Base station Colour Code (BCC). The BCC is also three bits.
The values for the NCC and BCC may range from 000 to 111.
This parameter enables and disables the BSS to bar all access classes when
an
OVERLOAD message is received at the MSC.
The bssgp_block_retries parameter specifies the number of retries generated
by the
BSS for cell block messages to the SGSN.
The bssgp_flow_control parameter specifies the downlink flow control
mechanism for
the PCU.
The bssgp_racap_retries parameter specifies the number of retries generated
by the
BSS for RA-Capability-Update messages to the SGSN.
The bssgp_reset_retries parameter specifies the number of retries generated
by the
BSS for Reset messages to the SGSN.
The bssgp_scheduling parameter specifies the scheduling type used in
downlink flow
control at the PCU. Packets can be scheduled on either a First In/First Out or
an Earliest
Deadline First basis.
The bssgp_unblock_retries parameter specifies the number of retries
generated by the
BSS for cell Unblock messages to the SGSN.
The bts_p_con_ack parameter specifies the maximum amount of time to wait

for RF
power change acknowledgements to the BSS. This allows a repeat of the BTS
power
control message if the BTS power has not been confirmed. This is effective
only if the
decision_alg_num equals 1.
The bts_p_con_interval parameter specifies the minimum amount of time in
multiples of
two SACCH multiframes between successive RF power change orders to the
BSS.
The time period is greater than or equal to (nx – px + 1) hreqave / 2
Where:
x equals
– 1 (lower threshold of RXLEV),
– 2 (upper threshold of RXLEV),
– 3 (lower threshold of RXQUAL), or
– 4 (upper threshold of RXQUAL).
n equals the values assigned for decision_1_ny where y is a value from 1 to
4.
p equals the values assigned for decision_1_py where y is a value from 1 to
4.
hreqave is the number of measurements from the MS that are used in
calculating
one average.
The bts_power_control_allowed parameter enables or disables the downlink

RF power
control for the BSS. When enabled, the BSS uses up to 15 power control
levels.
The bts_txpwr_max_inner parameter specifies the maximum transmit power
BTS inner
zone for Dual Band cells.
The bts_type parameter specifies the BTS configuration type. It is valid only for
sites 1
to 100.
The bvci parameter specifies a BSSGP Virtual Connection Identifier (BVCI).

There must
be one BVCI per cell and one signalling BVCI per BSS. BVCIs are
automatically
generated by the BSS on creation of a cell.
The call_trace_options parameter enables or disables MSC initiated traces. It
also
specifies the percentage of traces exclusively reserved for MSC initiated call
traces.
The number of call trace instances that may be created is affected by the
percentage of
traces reserved exclusively for MSC initiated traces. This percentage is
specified using
the call_trace_options element. For example, if 50% of the traces are reserved
for
initiation from the MSC, a maximum of eight instances may be created using
the
trace_call command.
The called_pci parameter specifies whether point code is included in the called
party
address in the SCCP messages.
The calling_pci parameter enables or disables point code inclusion for the
calling party
address in the SCCP messages.
The carrier_disable_time parameter specifies the time delay between putting

individual
carriers into battery conservation mode after a main power failure is reported.
For example, when a main power failure is first reported the system waits for
the period
of time specified by the carrier_disable_time parameter before placing the first
carrier
into battery conservation mode. Then the system waits for the same period of
time
before placing the next carrier into battery conservation mode.
The carriers_ins_pwr_fail parameter specifies the number of carriers (RCUs)

left up in
the maintenance power state when emergency battery power starts (that is,
during a
main power failure).
The cbc_fast_select parameter enables and disables the fast connect function
for the
BSC. The fast connect function supports X.25 networks that do not support
user data in
connect and disconnect requests.
The cbc_intface_vers parameter selects the interface for each BSC site.
The available interfaces are either the standard interface or the interface with
the
repetition rate interpretation and CBCH loading fields.
The cbc_vbind_cntr parameter sets the number of successful VBINDs sent by

the BSS
to the CBC before a negotiate must take place within the next VBIND sent.
This parameter is effective on a per BSC basis.
The cbch_enabled parameter enables the Cell Broadcast Channel (CBCH)
option in a
cell.
The CBCH is used with the Short Message Service (SMS) Cell Broadcast
feature. An
operator defined message or set of background messages may be transmitted
on the
CBCH when the cbch_enabled parameter is enabled.
The cbs_outage_cntr parameter introduces a delay between an outage

occurring and
the CBS halting transmission of CBC originated messages.
This parameter is effective on a per BTS site basis.
The ccch_conf parameter specifies the organization of the Common Control

Channels
(CCCH) on the BCCH. This field defines whether the CCCHs are combined
with SDCCH
and SACCH onto the same basic physical channel. The value depends on the
size of
the cell and on the number of access attempts expected on the cell.
The ccch_load_period parameter specifies the number of TDMA multiframes

between
successive calculations of the RACH load during overload conditions.
The cell_bar_access_class parameter specifies access classes that are barred
(or not
barred) access to the PLMN. A channel request is initiated only when the
access class
of a mobile is “not barred”. The list of authorized access classes is broadcast
on the
BCCH by way of SYSTEM INFORMATION messages. Also broadcast are the
classes
that have access to emergency calls.
The cell_bar_access_switch parameter specifies whether or not subscribers

are barred
access to a cell in idle mode.
Emergency calls (user class 10) are not, and cannot be, barred.
The cell_bar_qualify parameter is used by the network to control MS cell

selection.
The cell_reselect_hysteresis parameter specifies the hysteresis level for cell

reselection into a different location area. The new cell is selected only if the
path loss
criterion parameter (C1) on the new cell exceeds C1 on the old cell by a
minimum of
value assigned to the cell_reselect_hysteresis parameter.
Differences in received signal levels from 0 to 14 dB (in 2 dB increments) are
used for
cell reselection.
The cell_reselect_offset parameter specifies a C2 offset value for the MS. C2

is the
reselection priority assigned to a cell which can be broadcast on the BCCH of
each cell.
When more than one cell is available for reselection, the MS reselects the cell
with the
highest C2 value.
Lower C2 values discourage fast moving MSs from selecting a specific cell.
Higher
values encourage MSs to reselect a specific cell.
The cell_reselect_parameter_ind parameter specifies whether the C2

parameters
(cell_bar_qualify, cell_reselect_offset, temporary_offset, and penalty_time) are
broadcast
to the MS by the network in the system information messages.
The channel_reconfiguration_switch parameter enables and disables dynamic
channel reconfiguration (reassignment) of traffic channels to Standalone
Dedicated
Control Channels (SDCCHs).
The Cell Resource Manager (CRM) may attempt to reconfigure an idle TCH
into an
SDCCH if a high proportion of SDCCHs are in use and additional SDCCH
requests are
received. The reconfiguration process continues until the number of idle
SDCCHs
reaches the sdcch_need_high_water_mark value.
The reconfiguration process stops when the number of idle TCHs goes below
the
tch_full_need_low_water_mark value or when the total number of SDCCHs
configured
reaches the max_number_of sdcchs value.
The cic_error_clr_threshold parameter specifies the CIC error count clearing

threshold
at the BSC. When the error count reaches or falls below this threshold the
alarm clears.
The cic_error_decrement parameter specifies the CIC error decrement value.

The
system updates the CIC error count by this value whenever a successful call is
made.
For example, if cic_error_decrement is set to two, each successful call
decreases the
error count by two and two successful calls decrease the count by four.
The cic_error_gen_threshold parameter specifies the CIC error count

threshold at the
BSC. Once this threshold is reached, further CIC errors do not increase the
CIC error
count. When this threshold is reached or exceeded an alarm is generated.
If the error count threshold is exceeded, the error count resets to the error
count
threshold value.
The cic_error_increment parameter specifies the CIC error increment value.

The
system updates the CIC error count by this value whenever an error is
detected.
For example, if cic_error_increment is set to two. each detected error
increases the
error count by two, so that two errors are counted as four.
The cic_validation parameter enables or disables the CIC (Circuit Identity
Code)
validation.
The ciph_mode_rej_allowed parameter enables or disables the Cipher Mode
Reject
message to be sent to the MSC. This message generates when the Cipher
Mode
Command message from the MSC specifies ciphering that the BSS cannot
perform.
The clk_src_fail_reset_period parameter specifies the length of time for which

the OOS
count is kept for the MMSs at a site. At the end of the reset period, all of the
MMS OOS
counts are reset to zero.
The OOS counts are used in the selection process for an MMS as a reference
clock for
GCLK synchronization. If several MMSs have the same value assigned to the
mms_priority parameter, the MMS with the lowest OOS count is selected.
The coincident_cell parameter specifies the cell that is coincident to the cell
specified in
the chg_cell_element coincident_mb prompt or the disp_cell command.
The coincident_mb parameter specifies the ability of a BTS to execute the

Coincident
MultiBand Handover option.
The coincident_offset parameter enables and disables the configuration of an

additional
offset to the ho_margin value between a cell and its coincident cell. The
system uses
the coincident_offset value when a handover from a MultiBand MS is based on
the
receive level for the serving cell.
The confusion_msg_allowed parameter enables and disables the BSS to send
Confusion messages over the A interface when an erroneous message is
received from
the MSC. If this parameter is not enabled, the system generates an alarm
instead of
sending a message to the MSC.
The congest_at_source parameter specifies how a specified source cell treats

target
cells when trying to find candidates for an imperative handover.
The specified source cell may be enabled to: (a) treat all target cells equally or
(b)
immediately retry target cells which were in the process of congestion relief.
The congest_at_target parameter specifies how a specified cell behaves if it

rejects a
handover request.
The congest_ho_margin parameter specifies the margin of a congestion

handover. To
make it easier to handover to this neighbour in the case of congestion in the
current cell,
this parameter value should be less that the value of the handover margin(s).
To disable congestion handovers to this neighbour, set the congestion
handover margin
to the maximum value.
The cp_option_reset_ckt parameter enables and disables the reset circuit

feature.
The cp_option_rr_status parameter enables and disables the radio resource

status.
If this is enabled, the BSS can generate the 4.08 radio resource status
message to the
MS.
This parameter enables or disables the calling party address being included in
the SCCP
message Connection Request.
The ct_flow_control_hi_level parameter specifies the percentage of call trace
OML
buffer space that may be used before flow control is enabled. When this limit is
reached,
the BSS parameter ct_flow_control_bss_enabled is set to 1. (This level is not
used to
disable flow control.)
Setting this parameter to 100 disables flow control.
The ct_flow_control_lo_level parameter specifies the percentage of call trace
OML
buffer space that may be used before flow control is enabled. When this limit is
reached,
the BSS parameter ct_flow_control_bss_enabled is set to 0. (This level is not
used to
The ct_flow_control_msc_trace parameter specifies whether or not MSC
traces are
allowed when flow control is enabled.
The data_qual_enabled parameter enables or disables the use of specific

rxqual
thresholds for data call handovers.
A data call is one that involves the transmission of computer data, such as a
modem–to–modem call. These types of calls are very sensitive to bit errors.
Therefore,
specific rxqual thresholds may be configured to trigger data call handovers.
This parameter specifies the bin number containing the measurement

averaging
algorithm data used to make the handover decisions for downlink signal
strength.
This parameter may not be changed to a bin which does not contain valid
handover
algorithm data.

averaging
algorithm data used to make handover decisions for downlink signal
interference.
handover data.

averaging
algorithm data used to generate power control changes due to downlink signal
strength.
power control
data.

averaging
algorithm data used to generate handover decisions due to downlink receive
quality
(rxqual).
handover data.
averaging
algorithm data used to generate power control changes due to downlink
receive quality
(rxqual).
power control
data.
These parameters specify N1 and P1 in the decision algorithm used in the

BSS.
N1 is the number of samples in the threshold comparison process used in
decisions to
increase uplink and downlink power. P1 is the number of samples in the
processed
measurement (process) relative to the (averaging) algorithm in place. If a least
P1
averages out of N1 averages are lower than RSS handover threshold
l_rxlev_ul_p
(uplink) or RSS handover threshold l_rxlev_dl_p (downlink), the corresponding
uplink or
downlink power must be increased.

BSS.
decisions to
decrease uplink and downlink power. P2 is the number of samples in the
processed
measurement (process) relative to the (averaging) algorithm in place. If at least
P2
averages out of N2 averages are greater than RSS handover threshold
u_rxlev_ul_p
(uplink) or RSS handover threshold u_rxlev_dl_p (downlink), the
corresponding uplink or
downlink transmit power (txpwr) must be decreased.

BSS.
decisions to
increase uplink and downlink power. P3 is the number of samples in the
processed
P3
averages out of N3 averages are greater (worse quality) than RSS handover
threshold
l_rxqual_ul_p (uplink) or RSS handover threshold l_rxqual_dl_p (downlink), the
corresponding uplink or downlink transmit power (txpwr) must be increased.
BSS.
decisions to
decrease uplink and downlink power. P4 is the number of samples in the
processed
P4
averages out of N4 averages are lower (better quality) than RSS handover
threshold
u_rxqual_ul_p (uplink) or RSS handover threshold u_rxqual_dl_p (downlink),
the
corresponding uplink or downlink transmit power (txpwr) must be decreased.

BSS.
handover
decisions. P5 is the number of samples in the processed measurement
(process)
relative to the (averaging) algorithm in place. If at least P5 averages out of N5
averages
are lower than RSS handover threshold l_rxlev_ul_h (uplink) or RSS handover
threshold
l_rxlev_dl_h (downlink), a handover might be required.

BSS.
handover
decisions. P6 is the number of samples in the processed measurement
(process)
relative to the (averaging) algorithm in place. If at least P6 averages out of N6
averages
are greater (worse quality) than RSS handover threshold l_rxqual_ul_h (uplink)
or RSS
handover threshold l_rxqual_dl_h (downlink), a handover may be needed.

BSS.
N7 is the number of samples in the threshold comparison process. P7 is the
number of
samples in the processed measurement (process) relative to the (averaging)
algorithm in
place.
If at least P7 averages out of N7 averages are greater than RSS handover
threshold
u_rxlev_ul_ih (uplink) or RSS handover threshold u_rxlev_dl_ih (downlink), an
internal
handover might be required if rxqual_ul/dl is also greater than l_rxqual_ul/dl_h.
BSS.
N8 is the number of samples in the threshold comparison process. P8 is the
number of
samples in the processed measurement (process) relative to the (averaging)
algorithm in
place.
If at least P8 averages out of N8 averages are greater than RSS handover
threshold
ms_range_max, a handover might be required due to distance.
The decision_1_ncell_rxlev_av_h_calc parameter specifies which bin is used

in the
surround_cell parameter for the purposes of candidate ordering. Therefore, it
also
specifies the hreqave value to use.
handover data.
The decision_1_p_bgt_rxlev_av_h parameter specifies which bin is used for

the
rxlev_dl_ho and surround_cell parameters for the purposes of making a Better
Cell
power budget (pbgt) handover decision.
power control
data.
The decision_1_tim_adv_av_alg parameter specifies the bin number

containing the
measurement averaging algorithm data used to make handover decisions due
to
distance.
handover data.
The decision_1_ul_rxlev_av_h parameter specifies the bin number containing

the
to uplink
signal strength.
handover data.
The decision_1_ul_rxlev_av_ih parameter specifies the bin number containing

the
to uplink
signal interference.
handover data.
The decision_1_ul_rxlev_av_p parameter specifies the bin number containing
the
measurement averaging algorithm data used to generate power control
changes due to
uplink signal strength.
power control
data.
The decision_1_ul_rxqual_av_h parameter specifies the bin number

containing the
measurement averaging algorithm data used to generate handover decisions
due to
uplink signal quality.
handover data.
The decision_1_ul_rxqual_av_p parameter specifies the bin number

containing the
measurement averaging algorithm data used to generate power control
changes due to
uplink receive quality.
power control
data.
The decision_alg_type parameter specifies the current power control

algorithm.
Disabling the decision_alg_type type parameter uses the bts_p_con_interval
and
ms_p_con_interval parameters. This setting does not allow use of the
bts_p_con_ack
and ms_p_con_ack timers.
Enabling decision_alg_type uses the bts_p_con_ack and ms_p_con_ack
timers.
Enabling the decision_alg_type parameter allows a power decision based on
quality to
increase the power. This results in a rxlev above the upper rxlev thresholds set
in:
u_rxlev_dl_pc
u_rxlev_ul_pc
The direct_inner_zone_threshold parameter specifies the rxlev threshold that

must be
exceeded by the MS reported rxlev for the call to qualify for accelerated
allocation of an
inner zone resource.
If the disuse_cnt_hreqave parameter is enabled, neighbour cells with a disuse
count
less than or equal to the maximum disuse count are still valid candidates for
handovers.
Disuse count is the number of consecutive measurement reports a previously
reported
neighbour is not reported by the mobile station. If the neighbor is reported
before the
maximum disuse count is reached, the disuse count is reset to 0.
If enabled, the maximum disuse count is defined by the surrounding cell
hreqave.
The dl_audio_lev_offset parameter specifies the downlink volume control

offset on a
per BSS basis. The offset is in 1 dB steps with a maximum increase or
decrease of 30
dB (between –15 dB and 15 dB).
The audio level parameters affect background and comfort noise. The audio
level
parameters do not affect data.
The dl_dtx_voice_data parameter specifies the option for downlink

discontinuous
transmission (DTX) for speech and voice.
The dl_rxlev_ho_allowed parameter enables or disables a handover due to

downlink
receive level (rxlev).
The dl_rxqual_ho_allowed parameter enables or disables a handover due to
downlink
receive quality (rxqual).
The dnlk_vad_dtx parameter enables or disables downlink Voice Activated
Detection/Discontinuous Transmission (VAD/DTX) at the RXCDR or at the
local
transcoding BSC.
If VAD is disabled, no silence/voice detection takes place and no DTX is
possible for
speech calls, regardless of the value of dl_dtx_voice_data.
This parameter replaces the xcdr_d_vad_dtx command.
The dpc parameter specifies the Destination Point Code (DPC). The range of
values
depends on the setting of the ss7_mode parameter.
The system checks the value of the opc and ss7_mode variables and
compares them to
the value for ss7_mode. If the ranges are not compatible, the system rejects
the
changes and displays the following message:
COMMAND ACCEPTED: WARNING: When opc equals dpc, communication
with MSC is
impossible.
The dr_allowed parameter enables or disables the Directed Retry option.
The dr_chan_mode_modify parameter determines if the channel mode modify

procedure will follow a successful handover of a Phase 1 MS in which the
channel mode
changed to full rate speech. The BSS reads this parameter only in the case of
a
successful handover in which the channel mode changed, the MS is Phase 1,
and the
new channel mode is full rate speech.
Changing the channel mode during a handover occurs only during a Directed
Retry
procedure. For this to occur, either an external Directed Retry handover has
successfully
completed to this BSS or an intra-BSS Directed Retry handover has
successfully
completed and either the database parameter dr_standard_congest or
dr_ho_during_assign is enabled in the source cell.
The dr_ho_during_assign parameter determines if a handover is handled

during an
assignment procedure.
This parameter can only be changed at the BSC.
This parameter will be copied if the copy_cell command is used.
This parameter is not read if the dr_preference parameter is disabled.
The dr_preference parameter enables or disables the Directed Retry

procedures.
The dr_standard_congest parameter enables or disables the standard
Directed Retry
congestion procedure is enabled in the cell. The procedure initiates a
handover if
possible for a call needing a TCH in the case of congestion.
The dtx_required parameter specifies the MS capability to use discontinuous

transmission (DTX). Enabling this feature helps to reduce interference and
prolong
battery life.
The dual_band_offset parameter estimates the effects of the power level

differences
that occur when comparing signal strengths from different zones. The
dual_band_offset is applied to power budget handover calculations from the
inner zone
to cells of any frequency type. Plus, it is used to evaluate the criteria for the
interzone
handovers within a cell.
The dyn_step_adj parameter enables or disables the uplink and downlink

dynamic step
adjustment algorithm for the step size. When enabled, the calculation of step
size can
include or exclude dynamic power reduction caused by the level being above
the upper
level threshold.
The dyn_step_adj_fmpr parameter specifies the percentage power reduction
used in
the dynamic power reduction calculation.
The dynet_tchs_reserved parameter specifies the amount of terrestrial backing
resources reserved for a changing cell when dynamic allocation is enabled for
the site
containing the cell.
The system rejects this parameter if the new value causes the total terrestrial
backing
resources for a BTS network to be less then the total reserved cell capacity.
The total terrestrial backing resources for a BTS network is the sum of the
terrestrial backing resources reserved on the DYNETs for the BTS network.
The total reserved cell capacity for a site is the sum of the reserved capacity
for all
of the cells at the site minus the dedicated resources for the site. If this total is
less than zero, it is set at zero. The total reserved cell capacity for a BTS
networks is then the sum of the total reserved cell capacity of the dynamic
allocation BTSs in the BTS network.
The early_classmark_sending parameter specifies the following:

Whether the BSS suppresses the early sending of the Classmark Update
message
to the MSC.
Whether an MS is allowed to send an early Classmark Change message.
The eas_alarm parameter is the text component of the EAS (External Alarm
System)
alarm table. The EAS alarm table consists of 34 indexed pairs consisting of a
text
component and a severity level. The text component and severity level are
assigned
when the EAS alarm table is initialized using the chg_eas_alarm command.
The text
component of an indexed pair may only be changed using the chg_eas_alarm
command.
The index number uniquely identifies each text and severity pair in the EAS
alarm table.
Index numbers are required to specify which of the 34 pairs to display. Index
values are 0
to 33.
The eas_alarm_type parameter specifies one of the EAS (External Alarm
System)
alarm table elements to one of eight optocouplers of an addressed PIX card.
The
eas_alarm_type value corresponds to the index number identifying the location
of a text
and severity level pair.
Index numbers are required to specify which of the 34 pairs to display. Index
values are
0 to 33.
The disp_element command displays the optocouplers and indexed alarm text
and
severity pairs assigned with the map_eas_opto command.
The output of the disp_element command appears in the form:
eas_alarm_type = x y x y x y x y x y
where each x corresponds to an opto# and each y corresponds to an alarm
text and
severity pair.
The eas_report_opto parameter specifies whether or not each of the eight

optocouplers
(optos) on a specific PIX card will report state changes.
Index numbers are required. Index numbers are used to identify the desired
EAS device.
Index values are assigned during installation.
The output of the disp_element command appears in the form:
eas_report_opto = 1 = ON 2 = ON 3 = OFF 4 = ON 5 = OFF 6 = ON 7 = ON 8
= ON
where 1, 2, 4, 6, 7, and 8 report state changes but 3 and 5 do not.
The eas_severity parameter specifies the severity level component of the EAS
(External
Alarm System) alarm table.
The index number uniquely identifies each text and severity pair in the EAS
alarm table.
The EAS alarm table consists of 34 indexed pairs consisting of a text
component and a
severity level. The text component and severity level are assigned when the
EAS alarm
table is initialized using the chg_eas_alarm command. The severity component
may be
changed using either the chg_element or the chg_eas_alarm command. If the
chg_eas_alarm command is used, it permits the alarm text to be changed at
the same
time.
“Clear” is a valid alarm condition, but it is not a valid alarm severity setting. All
alarms of
severity levels 0 to 4 can receive a “clear” indication for the original pegging of
an alarm
when a system is running.
The efr_enabled parameter enables or disables the Enhanced Full Rate
(EFR).
The egsm_bcch_sd parameter specifies whether or not the cell is configured

for both
BCCH carriers and the placement of SDCCH channels for the Extended GSM
(EGSM)
cell.
The egsm_handover_threshold parameter specifies the range of interference

bands
allowed for handing over an extended GSM MS using a primary resource
which is
needed by a primary MS. Allowed interference bands are those above or
meeting a
specified threshold, which are considered best quality resources. Forced
handovers may
be disallowed by disabling the egsm_handover_threshold parameter.
The emergency_class_switch parameter enables or disables emergency calls

by
access class.
When disabled, all emergency calls are allowed.
When enabled, only emergency calls from classes 11 to 15 are allowed.
The en_incom_ho parameter enables or disables incoming handovers based
on
whether or not the cell is barred.
The erc_ta_priority parameter specifies the priority threshold for extended
range cell
neighbour. If the absolute timing advance is greater than the priority threshold,
the ERC
neighbours are placed at the top of the list of sorted handover candidates.
Otherwise,
the ERC neighbours are appended to the end of the list of candidates.
The ext_range_cell parameter enables or disables the Extended Range Cell
feature at a
Cell.
The extended_paging_active parameter enables or disables extended paging.

When enabled, the BTS sends pages to an MS in its extended page group
when all
pages could not be transmitted in the designated page group for the MS. The
MS must
receive and analyze messages for its paging group and the group two paging
blocks
later.
When disabled, extended page is not allowed.
The frequency_type parameter specifies the frequency type of a cell.
The full_pwr_rfloss parameter enables or disables the ability of the BSS power
control to
fully power up the MS and BTS at the point where the RF connection appears
to be lost.
When enabled, the transition to full power occurs when the threshold set by
link_about_to_fail is reached in the link_fail procedure.
The gclk_qwarm_flag parameter specifies the amount of time required by the

active
GCLK to warm up. It has no effect on the standby GCLK.
If this parameter is disabled, the active GCLK with hardware revision 9 or
greater
will require 15 minutes to warm up, while older GCLKs will require 30 minutes.
If this parameter is enabled, the software overrides the hardware timer on the
active GCLK and brings it into service after 15 minutes using the Fast GCLK
Warmup feature. This 15 minute period begins when the site is initialized.
This parameter is only valid for GCLK boards.
The global_reset_repetitions parameter allows the “Reset” message to be sent
indefinitely if Reset Ack is not received, or stops sending the “Reset” message
after a
fixed number of repetitions. The global reset procedure repeats is only if the
MSC fails to
acknowledge the BSS. After the fixed number of repetitions, an alarm is
generated.
If the value is set to 0, the global reset message repeats continuously until a
Reset Ack is
received.
If the value is set to a value greater than 0, the global reset message repeats
the number
of times entered and the alarm: No MSC Acknowledgement for Global Reset is
generated.
The gproc_slots parameter specifies the number of timeslots to be allocated to

all
GPROCs for the TDM highway. It is possible to configure different functions on
each of
the 32 channels. The system supports 16 or 32 timeslots for assignment to the
TDM
highway.
This parameter is not allowed at Horizonoffice BTS sites. 32 timeslots are
automatically
assigned to the TDM highway for Horizonoffice sites.
This parameter is not allowed at M-Cell sites.
The gprs_bs_cv_max specifies the maximum count down value a mobile can
use for
uplink RLC data transfer. The MS sends a count down value in each uplink
RLC data
block starting gprs_bs_cv_max blocks from the last block. The value sent is
decremented by one in each subsequent block. This allows the network to
identify the
last RLC block in the uplink TBF.
The gprs_dl_pwr_mode parameter specifies the downlink power control mode

that the
PCU uses to broadcast data blocks to the MS.
The gprs_drx_timer_max parameter specifies the maximum timer value

allowed for the
MS to request for non–DRX mode after packet transfer mode.
The gprs_enabled parameter specifies whether or not GPRS is unrestricted at
a cell.
The gprs_supported broadcast parameter describes the GPRS configuration
of a cell.
The BSS implements this as two cell elements: gprs_enabled and pcch_alloc.
The gprs_intraho_allwd parameter specifies whether or not the BSS performs

intra-cell
handovers to free GPRS timeslots currently in use for circuit traffic. Such
handovers
recover PDTCHs which have been switched to TCHs.
The gprs_mac_mode parameter specifies the medium access mode to be

used by the
PCU. The mode can be either “fixed” or “dynamic”.
The gprs_ms_pan_dec parameter specifies the amount by which to decrement
the MS
counter n3102. The MS counter n3102 counts the number of uplink
acks/nacks received
by the MS. When an uplink ack/nack is received, n3102 is incremented by
gprs_ms_pan_inc. n3102 never exceeds gprs_ms_pan_max. Each time the
preset
internal timer T3182 expires, n3102 is decremented by gprs_ms_pan_dec.
T3182
defines how long the mobile waits for an uplink ack/nack. If n3102 decrements
to zero,
then the MS performs an abnormal cell reselection procedure as defined in the
GSM
standard referred to in this description.
Th gprs_ms_pan_inc parameter specifies the amount by which to increment

the MS
acks/nacks received
by the MS. When an uplink ack/nack is received, n3102 is incremented by
gprs_ms_pan_inc. n3102 never exceeds gprs_ms_pan_max. Each time the
preset
internal timer T3182 expires, n3102 is decremented by gprs_ms_pan_dec.
T3182
defines how long the mobile waits for an uplink ack/nack. If n3102 decrements
to zero,
then the MS performs an abnormal cell reselection procedure as defined in the
GSM
The gprs_ms_pan_max parameter specifies the maximum value of the MS

counter
n3102. The MS counter n3102 counts the number of uplink acks/nacks
received by the
MS. When an uplink ack/nack is received, n3102 is incremented by
gprs_ms_pan_inc.
n3102 never exceeds gprs_ms_pan_max. Each time the preset internal timer
T3182
expires, n3102 is decremented by gprs_ms_pan_dec. T3182 defines how long
the
mobile waits for an uplink ack/nack. If n3102 decrements to zero, then the MS
performs
an abnormal cell reselection procedure as defined in the GSM standard
referred to in this
description.
The gprs_ms_txpwr_max_cch parameter specifies the maximum transmit

power
allowed for GPRS MSs.
The gprs_network_operation_mode parameter specifies whether a GPRS is
present
between the MSC and the SGSN.
The gprs_pb parameter specifies the power reduction used by the BTS on the
BCCH
blocks.
The gprs_pc_alpha is the system parameter broadcast on the BCCH. It is
used as a
multiplier of the power offset in power control calculations. The actual
multiplying factor
is one tenth of the value set in this parameter; that is, if N is the value of this
parameter,
the multiplying factor is N/10.
The gprs_pc_meas_chan parameter specifies whether the MS measures the
received
power level on the downlink BCCH or PDCH in order to control the uplink
power.
The gprs_reconfig_thresh_idle_tch parameter specifies the number of idle
circuit
switched resources on the GPRS carrier that must be exceeded before a
switchable
timeslot is reconfigured as a Packet Data Traffic Channel (PDTCH).
The gprs_sig_bvci parameter specifies the BVCI of the signalling source used
with
GBLs.
The group_block_unblock_allowed parameter allows the operator to make the

A
interface more efficient, by enabling support of the group blocking/unblocking
procedure,
if MSC supports circuit group block and unblock messages.
This parameter is only valid at the BSC (location = 0).
If this parameter is enabled, the following ‘group block’ messages are sent to
the MSC:
Circuit Group Block
Circuit Group Unblock
If this parameter is disabled, the following ‘single circuit block’ messages are
sent to the
MSC:
Block
Unblock
The gsm_cell_id_format parameter specifies the format of the GSM Cell

Identification
sent by the Call Processor (CP) to the switch.
The handover_power_level parameter defines the power control level to be
used by an
MS during a handover to a different cell.
The handover_required_curr_ch parameter specifies whether or not the
optional
message element current channel is included in the Handover Required
message to the
MSC.
This parameter should conform to the MSC capabilities.
The handover_required_reject_switch parameter disables or enables the

delivery of a
handover required reject message from the MSC to the source BSS in the
event that a
target cannot be found for a requested handover.
This parameter only applies to the BSC (location = 0).
If the handover_required_reject_switch is enabled (set to “1”), the BSS
expects to
receive a “handover required reject” message from the switch. Any internal
cells
that are candidates for the handover will not be included in the “Handover
Required” message. On receipt of the “Handover Required Reject” message
the
BSS will perform an internal handover if there are valid candidates.
If the handover_required_reject_switch is disabled (set to “0”), the BSS will
not
expect to receive a “Handover Required Reject” message from the switch and
will
include internal candidates in the “Ho Required” message.
The handover_required_sp_ver_used parameter determines whether the

optional
element speech_version_used can be built into the Handover Required
message.
The hdsl_losw_oos parameter specifies the HDSL Loss of Sync Word (LOSW)
out of
service (OOS) alarm period. The system takes the HDSL link out of service if
the sync
word is not received for the hdsl_losw_oos period.
The hdsl_losw_restore parameter defines the HDSL Loss of Sync Word

(LOSW)
restoration period. If the sync word is received for the
hdsl_losw_restore_period, the
system restores the HDSL link back into service (INS).
The hdsl_snr_daily parameter defines the HDSL Signal to Noise Ratio (SNR)
daily
alarm level. If the SNR alarm level drops below the hdsl_snr_daily threshold
for an
accumulated period of hdsl_snr_daily_mon_period within a given 24 hour
period, a
daily alarm is generated.
The hdsl_snr_hourly parameter sets the threshold period for the hourly signal
to noise
ratio (SNR). If the SNR level drops below the hdsl_snr_hourly threshold for an
accumulated period of hdsl_snr_hourly_mon_period within a given 60 minute
period,
an hourly alarm is generated.
The hdsl_snr_hourly_period parameter sets the threshold period for the hourly
signal
to noise ratio (SNR). If the SNR level drops below the hdsl_snr_hourly
threshold for an
accumulated period of hdsl_snr_hourly_mon_period within a given 60 seconds
period,
The hdsl_snr_oos parameter specifies the SNR threshold level for the HDSL
Signal to
Noise Ratio (SNR). The SNL level is continuously monitored by the system. If
the SNR
level drops below the hdsl_snr_oos threshold for more than
hdsl_oos_mon_period,
the HDSL link is taken Out Of Service (OOS).
The hdsl_snr_restore parameter specifies the SNR threshold level for the
HDSL Signal
to Noise Ratio (SNR). The SNL level is continuously monitored by the system.
If the
SNR level rises above the hdsl_snr_restore threshold for more than
hdsl_oos_mon_period, the HDSL link is restored to service.
The ho_exist_congest parameter specifies how to handle existing calls on a
TCH when
an MS needs a TCH and none are available in that cell.
The options are: (a) to attempt to handover as many calls as the number of
queued
assignment requests, (b) to attempt to handover as many calls as meet the
congestion
handover criteria, and (c) no handover attempts (for this condition).
The ho_margin_def parameter sets the default value for the neighbour
handover margin
(ho_margin_cell) attribute of the source cell. The neighbour handover margin
is set using
the add_neighbor command and changed using the modify_neighbor
command.
The handover margin is the amount by which the neighbouring cell received
signal
strength must exceed the source cell received signal to request a handover.
In the context of the power budget process, the following equation must be
true: If
PBGT(n) > ho_margin(n) then a handover may be required.
The ho_margin_type5 parameter sets the power budget type 5 handover

margin.
The ho_margin_usage_flag parameter determines which sorting algorithm the

system
uses to sort the neighbour list.
If ho_margin_usage_flag is disabled, handover candidates are always sorted
using ho_margin_cell.
If ho_margin_usage_flag is enabled:
– Handover candidates for RXLEV handovers are sorted using
ho_margin_rxlev [n].
– Handover candidates for RXQUAL handovers are sorted using
ho_margin_rxqual [n].
– All other handover causes have neighbours are sorted using
ho_margin_cell value.
The ho_only_max_pwr parameter specifies whether the MS or the BTS must

be at full
power before an rxlev or rxqual handover can take place.
If this option is enabled:
The MS must be at full power for an uplink handover.
The BTS must be at full power for a downlink handover.
If ho_only_max_pwr is enabled, the system also removes all candidates for
interference
handovers until the mobile/base is at full power.
The ho_pwr_level_inner parameter specifies the handover power level for the
inner
zone of a Dual Band cell. The valid range for this parameter depends on the
frequency
of the inner zone.
The hop_count parameter, combined with the hop_count_timer parameter,

limits the
number of intracell interference handovers for a call.
The hop_count parameter sets the number of handovers. If the number of
handovers
defined by the hop_count parameter occur within the time set by the
hop_count_timer,
the system escalates the handover to a RXQUAL handover to another cell.
The hop_qual_enabled parameter enables or disables the use of specific

rxqual
thresholds for hopping call handovers.
Trials have shown that non-hopping calls can show poor quality of service
when the
reported rxqual value is around 5, whereas hopping calls can provide the
same quality of
service with the reported rxqual value at 6 or 7.
If hop_qual_enabled is enabled and a hopping call is in progress, the system
uses the
rxqual values set with the chg_cell_element command (see Syntax below).
If hop_qual_enabled is disabled, the normal rxqual values set with the add_cell
command are used.
The hopping_support parameter defines the frequency hopping in a cell. Two

methods
of achieving frequency hopping are available.
The hopping_systems_enabled parameter enables or disables a frequency

hopping
system.
An index number (fhi) is required. The frequency hopping indicator (fhi) value
specifies
which hopping system is affected. The range of values, entered as <index> is
0 – 3.
The hopping_systems_hsn parameter specifies the hopping sequence

(generator)
number (HSN) to be used by the frequency hopping system. HSN is one of
seven
parameters that defines a particular physical channel in a BTS.
The hopping_systems_mobile_alloc parameter allocates the Absolute Radio
Frequency Channel Number (ARFCN) frequencies for hopping (either
baseband hopping
or synthesizer hopping).
The illegal_circuit_id parameter is used as an identifier to describe a circuit

that is
never used. This parameter is used as an internal place holder in call
processing to
show that no circuit has been assigned to a call. The value may be changed to
permit a
customer to specify the circuit ID to be used as the illegal_circuit_id. If the
value is not
changed, a Motorola specified illegal_circuit_id is assigned.
The immediate_assign_mode parameter specifies how the system responds

when no
Standalone Dedicated Control Channels (SDCCHs) are available. This
parameter also
determines the type of channel that is assigned to immediate channel requests
for
emergency calls.
If this parameter is set to disabled, immediate channel requests are either
rejected or
discarded if there is no SDCCH available for both normal and emergency calls.
If this parameter is enabled, idle TCH is searched and allocated for immediate
channel
requests after all SDCCHs are busy for normal calls. For emergency calls, a
TCH is
allocated if one is idle. If all TCHs are busy, an SDCCH is allocated for the
emergency
call.
If this parameter is set to 1, TSCs are allocated for any reason.
If this parameter is set to 2, TSCs are not allocated for a location update.
The inner_zone_alg parameter specifies the use algorithm and the associated
parameters for the inner zone of the cell.
The intave parameter specifies the algorithm data needed for performing
interference
band averaging and classification during idle channel interference processing.
The inter_cell_handover_allowed parameter specifies how internal and

external
intercell handovers are managed at the BSC.
Internal intercell handovers are defined as handovers between cells in the
same BSS.
External intercell handovers are defined as handovers between cells in
different BSSs.
The interband_ho_allowed parameter specifies the handover frequencies for a
cell.
whose limit 0 to X5 is adjusted by Operations and Maintenance (O & M).
The interfer_ho_allowed parameter disables or enables handovers due to

interference.
If this parameter is disabled, interference causes an intercell RXQUAL
handover instead
of an intracell handover.
This parameter disables or enables intracell handovers under two conditions:

to begin the
handover or to begin the handover when co-channel interference is suspected.
Intracell
handovers are defined as handovers within the same cell.
BSS support is optional. If the BSS does not support an internal intracell
handover, it is
initiated by sending a Handover Required message.
The ksw_config parameter specifies the order in which the timeslots are
borrowed from
neighbouring cages. Each KSW pair provides 1024 timeslots. When there are
no more
timeslots available, the system borrows timeslots from neighbouring cages.
The l_rxlev_dl_h parameter specifies the handover thresholds for the lower
Receive
(Rx) level downlink. This threshold is checked to determine if a handover
condition
exists.
The l_rxlev_dl_p parameter specifies the lower downlink limit for the signal
strength of
the serving cell. This threshold is checked to determine if BTS power should
be
increased.
The l_rxlev_ul_h parameter specifies the handover threshold for the lower
Receive (Rx)
level uplink. This threshold is checked to determine if a handover condition
exists.
The l_rxlev_ul_p parameter specifies the lower uplink limit for the signal
strength of the
mobile. This threshold is checked to determine if MS power should be
increased.
The l_rxqual_dl_h parameter specifies the handover control threshold for the
lower
Received (Rx) quality downlink. This threshold is checked to determine if a
handover
condition exists.
Receive quality processing is measured using Bit Error Rate (BER) values or
Quality
Band (QBand) units. The type of unit is specified by the alt_qual_proc
parameter.
The l_rxqual_dl_h_data parameter specifies the handover control threshold for

the
lower Received (Rx) quality downlink, for data transmissions only (for example
modem-to-modem calls). This threshold is checked to determine if a handover
condition
exists. This threshold is enabled and set to be used when data is being
transmitted, by
use of the data_qual_enabled parameter in a chg_cell_element command. In
this
situation it is used instead of the l_rxqual_dl_h threshold value, as set in the
add_cell
command.
Quality
parameter.
The l_rxqual_dl_h_hopping parameter specifies the handover control threshold
for the
lower Received (Rx) quality downlink, for hopping calls only. This threshold is
checked to
determine if a handover condition exists. This threshold is enabled and set to
be used
for hopping calls, by use of the hop_qual_enabled parameter in a
chg_cell_element
command. In this situation it is used instead of the l_rxqual_dl_h threshold
value, as
set in the add_cell command.
Quality
parameter.
The l_rxqual_dl_p parameter specifies the lower downlink limit for the signal
quality of
the serving cell. This threshold is checked to determine if BTS power should
be
increased.
Quality
parameter.
The l_rxqual_dl_p_data parameter specifies the lower downlink limit for the
signal
quality of the serving cell, for data transmissions only (for example modem-to-
modem
calls). This threshold is checked to determine if BTS power should be
increased. This
threshold is enabled and set to be used when data is being transmitted, by use
of the
data_qual_enabled parameter in a chg_cell_element command. In this
situation it is
used instead of the l_rxqual_dl_p threshold value, as set in the add_cell
command.
Quality
parameter.
The l_rxqual_dl_p_hopping parameter specifies the lower downlink limit for the
signal
quality of the serving cell, for hopping calls only. This threshold is checked to
determine
if BTS power should be increased. This threshold is enabled and set to be
used for
hopping calls, by use of the hop_qual_enabled parameter in a
chg_cell_element
command. In this situation it is used instead of the l_rxqual_dl_p threshold
value, as
Quality
parameter.
The l_rxqual_ul_h parameter specifies the handover control threshold for the
receive
(Rx) quality uplink. This threshold is checked to determine if a handover
condition exists.
Quality
parameter.
The l_rxqual_ul_h_data parameter specifies the handover control threshold for

the
lower Received (Rx) quality uplink, for data transmissions only (for example
modem-to-modem calls). This threshold is checked to determine if a handover
condition
exists. This threshold is enabled and set to be used when data is being
transmitted, by
use of the data_qual_enabled parameter in a chg_cell_element command. In
this
situation it is used instead of the l_rxqual_ul_h threshold value, as set in the
add_cell
command.
Quality
parameter.
The l_rxqual_ul_h_hopping parameter specifies the handover control threshold
for the
checked to
be used
chg_cell_element
command. In this situation it is used instead of the l_rxqual_ul_h threshold
value, as
Quality
parameter.
The l_rxqual_ul_h_hopping parameter specifies the handover control threshold

for the
checked to
be used
chg_cell_element
command. In this situation it is used instead of the l_rxqual_ul_h threshold
value, as
Quality
parameter.
The l_rxqual_ul_p parameter specifies the lower uplink limit of the signal
quality of the
MS. This threshold is checked to determine if MS power should be increased.
Quality
parameter.
The l_rxqual_ul_p_data parameter specifies the lower uplink limit for the signal
quality
of the serving cell, for data transmissions only (for example modem-to-modem
calls).
This threshold is checked to determine if MS power should be increased. This
threshold
is enabled and set to be used when data is being transmitted, by use of the
data_qual_enabled parameter in a chg_cell_element command. In this
situation it is
used instead of the l_rxqual_ul_p threshold value, as set in the add_cell
command.
Quality
parameter.
The l_rxqual_ul_p_hopping parameter specifies the lower uplink limit for the
signal
quality of the serving cell, for hopping calls only. This threshold is checked to
determine
if MS power should be increased. This threshold is enabled and set to be used
for
hopping calls, by use of the hop_qual_enabled parameter in a
chg_cell_element
command. In this situation it is used instead of the l_rxqual_dl_p threshold
value, as
Quality
parameter.
The land_layer1_mode parameter specifies the layer 1 mode of the land

network
TELCO connection type. Only the 2.048 Mbit/s – CEPT format is currently
supported.
All BTS site values are set to the BSC value.
This parameter may be set only while in the initial SYSGEN mode. All BTS site
values
are set to BSC (site 0) value when the database is loaded initially.
The layer_number parameter specifies the serving cell as being a macrocell,
microcell,
or picocell.
When an RXQUAL handover condition exists, the system attempts to
handover a call in
the microcell layer to another cell in the microcell layer.
This parameter specifies the layer for a cell.
The link_about_to_fail parameter specifies the number of undecoded SACCH

frames
before the BSS and MS are increased to full power. The number of SACCH
frames is
calculated by subtracting the number of undecoded SACCH frames
represented by the
value entered for this parameter from the number of undecoded SACCH
frames
represented by the link_fail parameter.
For example, if link_fail is set to 5 (24 SACCH frames) and link_about_to_fail
is set to
1 (4 SACCH frames), the BSS and MS is increased to full power when 20
undecoded
SACCH frames are received.
Full power is specified by the max_tx_bts parameter for the downlink power;
and
max_tx_ms or max power capability of the MS for uplink power.
This provides a method for improving the quality of a call by increasing the
power of the
signal transmitted by the BSS to an MS.
The link_fail parameter specifies the number of lost SACCH multiframes

before a loss of
SACCH is reported to Abis.
This parameter is also known as the T100_TIMER.
The radio link failure criterion is based on the radio link counter S. S is set to
the value
specified for link_fail. If the BSS is unable to decode a SACCH message, the
count in S
is decremented by 1. When the BSS successfully decodes a SACCH
message, the
count in S is incremented by 2 up to the value of the link_fail parameter.
A radio link failure occurs when S equals 0. The BSS continues transmitting on
the
downlink until S reaches 0.
The local_maintenance parameter specifies whether or not database elements

that can
be configured via the OMC-R interface can be modified from a local
maintenance
terminal or from an rlogin. This is used to synchronize the database in the BSS
and the
data modelled in the OMC-R MIB.
The low_sig_thresh parameter specifies the minimum receive level for
redirected
handovers. When a call, using a MultiBand MS, is on any cell, and a handover
is
triggered to a cell with a coincident cell, the handover takes place to the
coincident cell, if
the measured receive level from the target cell exceeds this parameter value.
The lta_alarm_range parameter specifies the alarm range on the allowed Long
Term
Average (LTA) variation. Temperature changes can cause the frequency
generated by
the VCXO (Voltage Controlled Crystal Oscillator) to vary. The default range (7)
is
sufficient to compensate for normal day to day variations in temperature. This
value
should not be changed unless it is known that the MMS or uplink clock is
faulty.
The LTA is a rolling average of the values read from the clock frequency
register
(CLKFREQ) of each GCLK once every half hour after synchronization if the
GCLK is
phase locked. Up to 48 clock frequency readings are stored. These stored
readings are
used to calculate the LTA. An alarm will be generated if 25% or more of the
stored
readings differ from the calculated LTA by more than the value that is specified
by the
lta_alarm_range parameter.
The CLKFREQ register is used to maintain the correct frequency generated by
the
VCXO (Voltage Controlled Crystal Oscillator). The register centre value is 80h.
The ltu_fw_auto_download parameter specifies if Horizonoffice HDSL modem

devices
are to be downloaded automatically with new firmware when it is made
available.
A warning prompt displays when this parameter is enabled:
WARNING: RF Unit MMSs will be cycled if a firmware download is required
Are you sure (y=yes,n=no)?
The max_ms_dl_buffer parameter specifies the maximum size of the downlink

buffer
allocated to every MS in the cell.
The max_ms_dl_rate parameter specifies the maximum rate at which the
SGSN
transmits downlink data to any MS in the cell.
The max_number_of_sdcchs parameter specifies the maximum number (limit)
of
SDCCHs that may be reached with the reconfiguration process. It determines
the
maximum limit of the SDCCHs that the CRM will maintain.
The max_q_length_full_rate_channel parameter specifies the maximum

number of
MSs that may wait in queue for a full rate channel assignment.
If an idle traffic channel is not available at the channel assignment instant, the
network
may place the traffic channel request in queue.
If the queue length is 0, queuing is not allowed.
The max_q_length_sdcch parameter specifies the maximum length of the
queue for
Stand-alone Dedicated Control Channel (SDCCH) requests.
The max_retran parameter specifies the maximum channel request

retransmission value
for MSs. After a channel request is initiated, T3120 (timer) begins; if the
number of
retransmissions does not exceed the maximum retransmissions received on
the BCCH,
the channel request message is repeated. The maximum retransmission value
may also
be defined for the cell reselection.
The max_rst_ckt_timer_exps parameter specifies the number of times that the

Reset
Circuit message is repeated if there is no answer from the MSC.
The max_tx_bts parameter specifies the maximum output power for a BTS
within its
power class. This can be used to establish a cell boundary. A BTS is capable
of
reducing its power in a range of 21 steps of 2 dBm per step.
The max_tx_ms parameter specifies the maximum MS (Mobile Subscriber)

output
power. Regardless of the power class of the MS, the MS is not told to use a
higher
output power.
The value should be chosen to balance the up and down links in a cell.
This parameter is also used in the power budget calculation.
The mb_preference parameter enables or disables the Multiband Intercell

Handover
feature.
The mb_tch_congest_thres parameter specifies the level of overall TCH
utilization by
any MS in a given Cell, at which a MultiBand MS is redirected to the preferred
band (as
set by band_preference). The parameter is expressed as a percentage.
The missing_rpt parameter enables or disables the suspension of the storing,

averaging, and processing of downlink power control and handovers.
The mmi_cell_id_format parameter specifies the format that the MMI

command line
accepts for the GSM Cell Identification number. The formats available are: 4-
parameter
and 7-parameter.
The mms_cat_enabled parameter enables or disables the MMS Critical Alarm

Threshold (CAT).
When enabled, the MMS CAT triggers if alarm conditions cause the MMS to
go in and
out of service 10 times within a 10 minute period. The MMS then is taken out
of service
until a lock-unlock is performed. When the MMS is returned to service, the
MMS CAT
message displays.
When disabled, the MMS remains in service even if the MMS CAT is met or
exceeded.
The mms_config_type parameter specifies the signalling type for all MMSs.
The
signalling type depends on the carrier type being used, E1 or T1. This value
may not be
changed after the database is initially loaded.
The parameter may only be set while in the initial SYSGEN ON mode. All BTS
site or
PCU values are set to the value assigned to the BSC (site 0) or PCU (pcu)
when the
database is initially loaded.
The ms_distance_allowed parameter disables or enables the distance

comparison
process for handovers.
When enabled, the distance comparison process might cause a handover if
the distance
between the MS and the BSS is greater than the ms_max_range. If this
parameter is
enabled, the value chosen for ms_max_range needs careful optimization.
The ms_max_range parameter specifies the MS maximum range for the
handover
algorithm.
This parameter must be programmed in terms of timing advance bits. The
following
equation shows the relationship between distance and timing advance:
(timing advance)(bit period)(propagation velocity) = 2 (distance from MS to
BSS)
Value 0 corresponds to no timing advance. Values 1 to 63 represent the bit
periods that
the MS transmission (to the BSS) are delayed.
If The Extended Range Feature is unrestricted and Extended Range is
enabled in the
cell, the maximum value of ms_max_range increases to 219.
The ms_p_con_ack parameter specifies the time for which power control can
be
resumed if power change acknowledgement is not received from the MS. This
parameter is effective only if the decision_alg_num equals 1.
The ms_p_con_interval parameter specifies the minimum amount of time in

multiples of
two SACCH multiframes between successive RF power change orders to the
MS.
This value depends on the value for the decision_alg_num parameter.
If decision_alg_num = 1, then the recommended value for ms_p_con_interval
equals hreqave divided by 2 (hreqave/2).
If decision_alg_num = 0, then the minimum recommended value for
ms_p_con_interval equals 2 plus hreqave divided by 2 (2+hreqave/2).
The ms_power_control_allowed parameter enables or disables MS power

control.
Enabling this feature helps to reduce interference.
The ms_power_offset parameter specifies the power offset value sent out in
the BCCH
system information which will utilize the additional power capabilities of a class
3
DCS1800 MS that is accessing on the RACH. The value is a positive power
offset from
the value set by ms_txpwr_max_cch.
The ms_txpwr_max_cch parameter specifies the maximum random access
power
available for a MS on a control channel (ccch) in a cell. This parameter is
expressed as
a power level value.
Before accessing a cell on the RACH and before receiving the first power
command
during a communication on a DCCH (or TCH), the MS uses one of two
possible power
levels.
The MS uses the lower power level of the two available: either the
ms_txpwr_max_cch
broadcast on the BCCH or the maximum transmit power as defined by the
power class of
the MS.
The ms_txpwr_max_cell parameter specifies the maximum MS transmit power

in each
neighbour cell.
The ms_txpwr_max_def parameter specifies the default value for the

ms_txpwr_max_cell parameter.
The ms_txpwr_max_inner parameter specifies the maximum power an MS can

use in
the inner zone of a concentric cell.
The msc_preference parameter specifies A interface messaging if an external
handover
is needed during an assignment procedure. This parameter should align with
the MSC
implementation which may depend on whether queueing is enabled in the cell.
The
cause value sent to the MSC can be set according to whether directed retry is
supported
by the MSC.
The msc_qt parameter specifies a defined idle bit pattern for use by the
Transcoder Rate
Adaption Unit (TRAU) and the MSC.
The idle pattern is defined in the GSM specification (see References below)
as:
The idle pattern must be transmitted on every timeslot that is not assigned to a
channel, and on every timeslot of a channel that is not allocated to a call. The
idle
pattern should be 01010100.
The binary pattern 01010100 corresponds to decimal 84 which is the default
value of this
parameter.
This parameter must correspond to the MSC value for an idle PCM sample on
the A
interface. When the XCDR receives this value from the MSC in all PCM
samples in its
20 ms frame, it outputs a TRAU idle speech frame. In the uplink, this
parameter sets the
value of PCM that the XCDR outputs to the MSC before the XCDR has
achieved TRAU
sync with the CCU in the DRI.
Once this value has been set to match the MSC idle pattern, it does not
require any
further changes.
The mspwr_alg parameter enables or disables the enhanced power control
algorithm.
The enhanced power control algorithm is used to prevent oscillation for MS
power control
where power is reduced for RXQUAL reasons and subsequently increased for
RXLEV
reasons.
The mtl_loadshare_granularity parameter sets the loadshare granularity
across MTL
links.
The multiband_reporting parameter specifies the number of cells of each

supported
band the system includes in the MS Measurement Report.
The n_avg_i parameter specifies the number of signal strength measurements

that must
be made for each filtered interference signal strength sample. NAVG_I is the
number of
radio blocks that the signal strength is computed on over a period of TAVG_I.
The ncc_of_plmn_allowed parameter is a bit mapped value which specifies

which
Network Colour Codes (NCCs) are allowed on specific broadcast control
channels
(BCCH carriers).
The neighbor_journal parameter enables or disables neighbour journaling.
If journaling is enabled:
There is no warm up period for neighbours. All neighbor information is
padded
with 0’s. Averaging and power budget calculations will begin immediately.
If a previously reported neighbor is missing in the measurement report, a 0
rxlev is
used for the neighbor.
If journaling is disabled:
There is a warmup period of the surround cell hreqave before power budget
calculations begin.
The last received rxlev for the unreported neighbor is used.
The ni parameter specifies the Network Indicator (NI) that establishes a

method of
differentiation between international and national messages.
The ns_alive_retries parameter specifies the number of retries generated to

establish if
a NSVC is alive.
The ns_block_retries parameter specifies the number of retries generated to
block a
NSVC.
The ns_unblock_retires parameter specifies the number of retries generated to
unblock
a NSVC.
The nsei parameter specifies the Network Service Entity Identifier (NSEI) used
by the
BSS over the Gb interface. There can be only one NSEI associated with each
BSS.
The num_audit_retries parameter specifies the number of times CP processes

audit
each other with regard to a particular connection. If an audit fails, it repeats up
to the
value specified by num_audit_retries, before a particular call is cleared by the
auditing
process.
This parameter provides a means of differentiating between glitches on a link
and a
complete link failure.
The num_emerg_access parameter enables or disables the collection of

statistics in
relation to the number of active TCH calls terminated to allow an emergency
call to take
the specified GSM Cell.
An index value of 0 must be used for this element.
The num_emerg_rejected parameter enables or disables the collection of
statistics in
relation to the number of emergency calls rejected because of a lack of
resources for the
selected GSM Cell.
The num_emerg_tch_kill parameter enables or disables the collection of

statistics in
relation to the number of active TCH calls terminated to allow an emergency
call to the
channel on the specified GSM cell.
The num_emerg_term_sdcch parameter enables or disables the collection of

statistics
in relation to the number of emergency calls that are terminated after being
allocated a
SDCCH but could not be allocated a TCH for the specified GSM cell.
The num_gbl_dl_thrput_samples parameter specifies the number of samples
used to
compute the gbl_dl_data_thrput statistic.
The num_gbl_ul_thrput_samples parameter specifies the the number of
samples used
to compute the gbl_ul_data_thrput statistic.
The number_of_preferred_cells parameter specifies the maximum number of
target
cells to be included in a Handover Required message.
The preferred list of target cells is a mandatory BSS field. The number of
preferred cells
is given in order of predicted best performance.
The number_sdcchs_preferred parameter specifies the preferred number of

Standalone Dedicated Control Channels (SDCCHs) that the reconfiguration
algorithm
tries to maintain.
When channel reconfiguration is enabled, the CRM attempts to maintain the
preferred
number of SDCCHs for Immediate Assignments.
The reconfiguration either of consist idle TCHs being converted to SDCCHs or
free
SDCCHs being converted to TCHs.
The opc parameter specifies the Originating Point Code (OPC). The values for
the OPC
are stored as a 14-bit binary code.
If the opc parameter is set to equal the dpc, the system issues a warning:
COMMAND ACCEPTED: WARNING: When opc equals dpc, communication
with MSC is
impossible.
The option_alg_a5_1 parameter enables or disables the encryption algorithm
A5/1.
A5/2.
A5/2.
A5/2.
A5/2.
A5/2.
A5/2.
The option_emergency_preempt parameter enables or disables the

emergency call
preemption option. The emergency call preemption feature enables the BSS to
provide
access for emergency calls regardless of other traffic currently on the BSS. An
emergency call is identified in the RACH burst from the MS.
The outer_zone_usage_level parameter specifies the percentage level of outer

cell
traffic channel (TCH) usage.
If this parameter is set to 0, channels in the inner zone is used whenever an
MS is
qualified to use those resources.
If this parameter is set to any other value, the inner zone resources are
allocated
only when an MS is qualified and at least the specified percentage of outer
zone
TCHs is in use.
The override_intra_bss_pre_transfer parameter specifies whether or not a pre-

transfer
request is sent to SM (Switch Manager) when the handover allocation
message is
received during an inter-cell handover.
This parameter only applies to intra-BSS inter-cell handovers.
Call processing sends the pre-transfer request to the switch manager, to make
a
connection in the downlink direction from the active CIC to the new radio
channel at the
time of the new radio channel assignment. This puts voice traffic on the new
radio
channel that the mobile is being handed off to earlier than when the pre-
transfer function
is disabled.
This parameter also determines which method of audio connection is used for
the BTS
concentration resource optimization for the handovers feature.
The override_speech_version parameter specifies a speech version when
multiple
speech versions are included in a Handover Request or Assignment message
from the
MSC. The choices are:
The first speech version that is supported by the BSS from the list of speech
versions provided by the MSC.
The Full Rate speech version by preference.
The Enhanced Full Rate (EFR) by preference.
The pcr_enable parameter enables or disables the PCR error correction

method. This
method is used when transferring messages between the MSC and the BSC
(via the A
interface).
If PCR is enabled, then:
ss7_l2_t7 > 800 milliseconds.
The pcr_n1 parameter specifies the maximum number of message units to be
retained
for retransmission for the PCR Error Correction method.
The pcr_n2 parameter specifies the maximum number of message unit octets
to be
retained for retransmission for the PCR Error Correction method.
The phase2_classmark_allowed parameter defines the format of the
classmark
parameter sent to the MSC based on GSM phases.
The phase2_resource_ind_allowed parameter specifies the GSM Phase
format the
BSS uses to send Resource Request messages to the MSC.
If this parameter is set to 0, the BSS sends the messages in the GSM Phase 1
format.
If this parameter is set to 1, the BSS sends the messages in the GSM Phase 2
format.
The phase_lock_gclk parameter enables or disables phase locking for the

GCLK board
at a site.
Phase locking means the GCLK board is synchronized with the clock of the
MMS
selected as determined by the mms_priority value. The mms_priority value is
specified
using the modify_value command.
The pool_gproc_preemption parameter specifies what type of preemption to
use for
pool GPROCs.
When a pool GPROC running a function goes OOS and there are no available
pool
GPROCs, the INS pool GPROCs can be searched for a lower priority function.
If such a
function is found, it is “bumped” from its GPROC by the higher priority function.
The poor_initial_assignment parameter enables or disables checking the

timing
advance on a Random Access Channel (RACH). If the RACH is too far away,
this
indicates that there has been a poor initial assignment, and therefore the
RACH is
discarded.
If this feature is enabled, the ms_max_range parameter must be carefully
optimized.
The pow_inc_step_size_dl parameter specifies the step sizes for power

increases from
the BTS to the MS.
The pow_inc_step_size_ul parameter specifies the step size increases from
the MS to
the BTS.
The pow_red_step_size_dl parameter specifies the step size for power
decreases from
the BTS to the MS.
The pow_red_step_size_ul parameter specifies the step size for power
decreases from
the MS to the BTS.
The prioritize_microcell parameter specifies whether or not the level (micro or

macro)
of the serving cell impacts the sorting of the candidate list.
If prioritize_microcell is set to 0, the level of the service cell does not impact
sorting of
the candidate list.
if prioritize_microcell is set to 1, the level of the serving cell impacts the sorting
of the
candidate list.
The protect_last_ts parameter specifies the switchability of PDTCH when there

is one
(and only one) switchable PDTCH on a carrier and none are reserved.
When protect_last_ts is set to 1, the PDTCH may not be allocated to a voice
call unless
there is no data flowing or queued for that timeslot.
When protect_last_ts is set to 0, there is no restriction and the last remaining
switchable
PDTCH can be taken for a voice call.
The pwr_handover_allowed parameter enables or disables the power budget
assessment for handovers.
When enabled, a handover to cell “n” might be required if: PBGT(n) –
ho_margin(n) > 0.
This comparison ensures that the MS is always linked to the cell with the
minimum path
loss even though the quality and level thresholds may not have been
exceeded.
The pwrc parameter specifies whether or not the Broadcast Control Channels
(BCCH)
measurement are included in the averaged value of hopping frequencies.
This parameter specifies the maximum number of MSs that may wait in a
queue for
channel assignment. A value of 0 indicates that queueing is not allowed.
The ra_colour parameter specifies the routing area colour used in System
Information
messages for a specific cell and, therefore, indicates that GPRS is supported
in the cell.
The rac parameter specifies the routing area code (RAC) which is part of the
cell
identifier for GPRS cells.
The rach_load_period parameter specifies the number of TDMA multiframes

between
successive calculations of the RACH load during the non-overload conditions.
The rach_load_threshold parameter specifies the threshold for RACH load. If

the
calculated RACH load exceeds this threshold, an overload condition is
signalled and an
access class is barred at the cell where the overload is occurring.
If the RACH load exceeds rach_load_threshold, an overload indication is sent
to Call
Processing which may result in an access class being barred. The RACH load
may be
The rach_load_type parameter specifies the RACH loading calculation

method.
The radio_link_timeout parameter specifies the threshold (limit) for the radio
downlink
failure on the Slow Associated Control Channel (SACCH). The channel should
only be
held for as long as a user could reasonably be expected to hold while
experiencing loss
of audio.
This parameter enables or disables the rapid power down procedure. The
rapid power
down procedure bypasses the pow_red_step_size values set in the database
in an
effort to bring the power of the MS to an acceptable level quickly.
Detected MS power levels are averaged over the number of SACCH periods
specified by
the rpd_period parameter. This average is compared to the value specified for
the
rpd_trigger value. The rapid power down procedure will be initiated when the
calculated
value is greater than the value specified for the rpd_trigger parameter.
The rci_error_clr_threshold parameter specifies the Radio Channel Identifier

(RCI)
error count clearing threshold at the BSC. When the error count reaches or
falls below
this threshold the alarm clears.
The rci_error_decrement parameter specifies the Radio Channel Identifier

(RCI) error
decrement value. The system updates the RCI error count by this value
whenever a
successful call is made.
For example, if rci_error_decrement is set to 2. each successful call decreases
the
error count by two, so that two successful calls would decrease the count by 4.
The rci_error_gen_threshold parameter specifies the Radio Channel Identifier

(RCI)
error count threshold at the BSC. When this threshold is reached or exceeded
an alarm
generates.
Once this threshold is reached, further RCI errors do not increase the RCI
error count. If
the error count threshold is exceeded, the error count resets to the error count
threshold
value.
The rci_error_increment parameter specifies the Radio Channel Identifier

(RCI) error
increment value. The system will update the RCI error count by this value
whenever an
error is detected.
For example, if rci_error_increment is set to 2. each detected error increases
the error
count by two, so that two errors are counted as 4.
The red_loss_daily parameter specifies the synchronization loss, daily alarm

level count
on a T1 link. An alarm generates if the synchronization loss meets or exceeds
the
threshold in a given 24 hour period.
The red_loss_hourly parameter specifies the synchronization loss, daily alarm
level
count on a T1 link. An alarm generates if the synchronization loss meets or
exceeds the
threshold in a given 60 minute period.
The red_loss_oos parameter specifies the synchronization loss, Out Of

Service (OOS)
daily alarm level count for a T1 circuit. The T1 circuit is be taken OOS if the
synchronization loss meets or exceeds this threshold during a given 24 hour
period.
The red_loss_restore parameter specifies the synchronization loss, restorable

time limit
for a T1 circuit. If a synchronization loss error does not occur within this period
of time,
the T1 circuit is brought back in service. The synchronization loss is controlled
by the
value assigned to the red_loss_oos parameter.
The red_time_oos parameter specifies the synchronization loss time for a T1

circuit. If
synchronization is lost for this period of time, the T1 circuit is taken Out Of
Service
(OOS).
The red_time_restore parameter specifies the synchronization loss restart time

for a T1
link. If synchronization loss does not occur within this period of time, the T1 link
returns
to service.
The reestablish_allowed parameter enables or disables call establishment.

If a BTS detects that an MS has not sent up any measurement reports for n
number of
SACCH periods (where n is defined by the parameter radio_link_timeout), a
radio link
failure occurs.
When enabled, the MS executes the GSM call reestablishment algorithm to
determine
which cell to use for the attempt to reestablish the call.
The rel_tim_adv parameter is the relative timing advance value used in HDPC
averaging
processing.
The chg_act_alg_data rel_tim_adv command is used to modify the value of
this
parameter.
A bin_num is used in the chg_act_alg_data rel_tim_adv command to specify
the
location of the parameters to be modified.
The remote_loss_daily parameter specifies the threshold for the daily count of
remote
alarms.
An alarm generates if this threshold is met or exceeded during a 24 hour
period.
The remote_loss_hourly parameter specifies the threshold for the hourly count
of
remote alarms.
An alarm generates if this threshold is met or exceeded during a 60 minute
period.
The remote_loss_oos parameter specifies the Out of Service (OOS) threshold

for the
remote alarm
When this threshold is met or exceeded, the 2 Mbit/s circuit is taken OOS.
The remote_loss_restore parameter specifies the wait time for restoring the 2
Mbit/s
circuit to service.
If no remote alarm indication errors are detected during this wait time, the 2
Mbit/s circuit
returns to service.
The remote_time_oos parameter specifies the remote alarm time period. If a

remote
alarm exists for this amount of time, the 2 Mbit/s circuit is taken Out Of Service
(OOS).
The remote_time_restore parameter sets the remote alarm restorable time. If

the
remote alarm ceases for this period of time, the 2 Mbit/s circuit returns to
service.
The report_resource_tch_f_high_water_mark parameter specifies the high
need
threshold of a full rate traffic channel (TCH) for the resource indication
procedure. When
the number of available (idle) full rate TCHs falls below this threshold, the
internal
resource indication timer starts and the resource indication message is sent to
the MSC.
That is, the Resource Request message received from the MSC is indicating a
spontaneous mode.
The report_resource_tch_f_low_water_mark parameter specifies the low need

threshold of a full rate traffic channel (TCH) for the resource indication
procedure. When
the number of available (idle) full rate TCHs rises above this threshold, the
internal
resource indication timer stops (if it is running). That is, the Resource Request
message
received from the MSC is indicating a spontaneous mode.
The rf_res_ind_period parameter specifies the RF resource indication period.

During
this period, the idle channel is categorized. The idle channel categories are
reported to
the CRM by the RSS. The idle channel categories are: X1, X2, X3, X4, and
X5.
The rpd_offset parameter specifies the offset value used when calculating the
receive
uplink level for an MS when the rapid power down procedure initiates.
The receive uplink level is equal to rpd_trigger minus rpd_offset.
The rpd_period parameter specifies the number of SACCH frames used to

calculate a
rolling average of uplink rxlev values.
specified by
the
rpd_trigger value. The rapid power down procedure initiates when the
calculated value
is greater than the value specified for the rpd_trigger parameter.
The rpd_trigger parameter specifies the threshold used to initiate the rapid
power down
procedure.
specified by
the
rpd_trigger value. The rapid power down procedure initiates when the
calculated value
is greater than the value specified for the rpd_trigger parameter.
The receive uplink power level is equal to rpd_trigger minus rpd_offset.
The rpt_bad_qual_no_mr parameter specifies whether or not the uplink quality

value of
7 is allowed in a missing measurement report.
When rpt_bad_qual_no_mr is set to 0, the worst quality value, 7, is not used to
signify
the quality if the measurement report does not arrive.
When rpt_bad_qual_no_mr is set to 1, the worst quality value, 7, is used to
signify the
quality if the measurement report does not arrive.
The OMC-R is able to display and change rpt_bad_qual_no_mr over the BSS–
OMC-R
interface. This attribute is not required during cell creation.
The rtf_path_enable parameter enables or disables the RTF Fault

Containment feature.
The rxlev_access_min parameter specifies the minimum received signal level

(dBm)
required for an MS to access the system.
The range –110 dBm to –47 dBm is used to set the minimum received signal
level which
in turn is used in path loss criterion parameter, C1. This should be set to a
value
corresponding to a signal level at which a call can be maintained in a particular
environment.
The rxlev_dl_ho parameter specifies the averaging parameters for making

handover
decisions with respect to the downlink receive signal level.
The chg_act_alg_data rxlev_dl_ho command changes the averaging algorithm
data for
the downlink receive level handover.
A bin_num is used in the chg_act_alg_data rxlev_dl_ho command to specify
the
The rxlev_dl_pc parameter specifies the averaging parameters for making
power control
The chg_act_alg_data rxlev_dl_pc command changes the averaging algorithm
data for
the downlink receive level power control.
A bin_num is used in the chg_act_alg_data rxlev_dl_pc command to specify
the
The rxlev_dl_zone parameter specifies the downlink receive level threshold

that must be
crossed for a handover to take place between the outer zone and the inner
zone.
The rxlev_min_def parameter specifies the default value for rxlev_min_cell.
The rxlev_ul_ho parameter specifies the averaging parameters for making

handover
decisions with respect to the uplink receive signal level.
The chg_act_alg_data rxlev_ul_ho commands changes the averaging
algorithm data
for the uplink receive level handover.
A bin_num is used in the chg_act_alg_data rxlev_ul_ho command to specify
the
The rxlev_ul_pc parameter specifies the averaging parameters for making

power control
The chg_act_alg_data rxlev_ul_pc command changes the averaging algorithm
data for
the uplink receive level.
A bin_num is used in the chg_act_alg_data rxlev_ul_pc command to specify
the
The rxlev_ul_zone parameter specifies the uplink receive level threshold that
must be
crossed for a handover to take place between the inner zone and the outer
zone.
The rxqual_dl_ho parameter specifies the averaging parameters for making

handover
decisions with respect to the downlink receive signal quality.
The chg_act_alg_data rxqual_dl_ho command changes the averaging
algorithm data
for the downlink receive quality handover.
A bin_num is used in the chg_act_alg_data rxqual_dl_ho command to specify
the
The rxqual_dl_pc parameter specifies the averaging parameters for making

power
control decisions with respect to the downlink receive signal quality.
The chg_act_alg_data rxqual_dl_pc command changes the averaging
algorithm data
for the downlink receive quality power control.
A bin_num is used in the chg_act_alg_data rxqual_dl_pc command to specify
the
The rxqual_ul_ho parameter specifies the averaging parameters for making

handover
decisions with respect to the uplink receive signal quality.
The chg_act_alg_data rxqual_ul_ho command changes the averaging
algorithm data
for the uplink receive quality handover.
A bin_num is used in the chg_act_alg_data rxqual_ul_ho command to specify
the
The rxqual_ul_pc parameter specifies the averaging parameters for making

power
control decisions with respect to the uplink receive signal quality.
The chg_act_alg rxqual_ul_pc command changes the averaging algorithm
data for the
uplink receive quality power control.
A bin_num is used in the chg_act_alg_data rxqual_ul_pc command to specify
the
The sap_audit_type parameter specifies the type of audit to be run on a device

at a
specific site.
The sap_device_type parameter specifies the type of device on which an audit
runs at a
specific site.
The sap_end_time parameter specifies the ending time for a device audit.
When this parameter is displayed using the disp_element command, the time
is
presented in military standard time or GMT (such as sap_end_time = 13:45).
The sap_interval parameter specifies the interval for a device audit.

is
presented in military standard time or GMT (such as sap_interval = 13:45).
The sap_start_time parameter specifies the start time for a device audit.
is
presented in military standard time or GMT (such as sap_end_time = 13:45).
The sccp_bssap_mgt parameter enables or disables ITU-TSS SCCP

Management.
When enabled, the BSS detects Signalling Point Inaccessible and loss of
BSSAP
subsystem. The BSS also handles the following messages: User Part
Unavailable
(UPU), Subsystem prohibited (SSP), Subsystem Allowed (SSA), and
Subsystem Test
(SST). (Use with Ericsson MSC)
When disabled, the BSS always responds to an SST with an SSA message.
This flag
should be set only if the MSC does ITU-TSS SCCP Management.
All BTS site values are set to the same value assigned to site 0.
The sdcch_ho parameter enables or disables handovers on the SDCCH.

When enabled, handovers are not allowed until at least (sdcch_timer_ho * 2)
measurement report periods have elapsed.
To allow handovers on the SDCCH with a minimum delay, the sdcch_ho
parameter must
be enabled and the sdcch_timer_ho parameter set to its minimum value of 1.
The sdcch_need_high_water_mark parameter specifies the number of idle

SDCCHs to
trigger reconfiguration of traffic channels to SDCCHs.
If dynamic reconfiguration is enabled and the total number of idle SDCCHs is
less than
the value of the sdcch_need_high_water_mark, the CRM tries to reconfigure
TCHs in
order to make more SDCCHs. The total number of SDCCHs can not exceed
the value of
the max_number_of_sdcchs parameter.
The sdcch_need_low_water_mark parameter specifies the number of idle
SDCCHs to
trigger reconfiguration of SDCCHs (from previous TCH to SDCCH
reconfigurations) back
to TCHs.
When dynamic channel reconfiguration is enabled, and when the number of
idle
SDCCHs available at a point in time goes above this value, reconfiguration of
SDCCHs
to TCHs is triggered as long as the total number of SDCCHs after
reconfiguration would
stay above the number_sdcchs_preferred value.
The sdcch_tch_band_reassign_delay parameter specifies the number of

measurement report periods that the RSS waits before responding to CRM if
the MS
does not report any preferred band neighbour.
This parameter applies to multiband MSs only.
Use of this parameter may cause a delay in call setup of up to two seconds.
The sdcch_timer_ho parameter specifies the wait time (measured in SACCH

multiframes) before a handover on the SDCCH may occur.
The second_asgnmnt parameter enables or disables the Second Assignment

procedure. With this parameter enabled, the RRSM initiates a second
assignment
procedure if it receives an assignment failure from the MS for the first
assignment. In
situations where first TCH assignment fails and the MS successfully recovers
to the
SDCCH, this parameter enables a second TCH assignment attempt.
The secondary_freq_type parameter specifies the frequency type of the inner

zone
band of a Dual Band cell.
The slip_loss_daily parameter specifies the threshold for the frame slip daily
alarm
count. An alarm generates if the count of frame slips meets or exceeds this
threshold in
a 24 hour period.
The slip_loss_hourly parameter specifies the threshold for the frame slip hourly
alarm
level count. An alarm generated if the count of frame slips exceeds this
threshold in a 60
minute period.
The slip_loss_oos parameter specifies the threshold for the frame slip out of
service
(OOS) alarm level count. The 2 Mbit/s circuit is taken out of service if the
number of
frame slips exceeds this threshold during a 24 hour period.
The slip_loss_restore parameter specifies the frame slip restorable time

period. If no
errors occur during this period, the 2 Mbit/s circuit is brought back into service.
The smg_gb_vers parameter specifies the SMG version being adopted by the
BSS over
the Gb interface.
The smg_um_vers parameter specifies the SMG version being adopted by the
BSS
over the UM interface.
The sms_dl_allowed parameter enables or disables downlink (MS terminated)
Short
Message Service (SMS).
The sms_tch_chan parameter specifies the logical radio channel for the Short
Message
Service (SMS) transfer in the event of a call being present on a traffic channel.
The
FACCH is tried first, and if this fails, the SACCH is used. If the current radio
channel is
an SDCCH, the SDCCH will be used.
The sms_ul_allowed parameter enables or disables uplink (MS originated)
Short
The ss7_mode parameter specifies the type of SS#7 for the BSC. This
parameter
permits the ITU or ANSI version to be selected.
The ITU C7 version is consistent with the GSM specifications. The ANSI
version is used
to support PCS1900 applications in the United States.
This parameter can only be changed when the user is in SYSGEN ON mode.
It can only
be changed for site 0. All BTS site values are set to the same value assigned
to site 0.
The ssm_critical_overload_threshold parameter indicates the usage of call
information
blocks, as expressed by the ratio of the number of active calls to the maximum
number
of calls the SSM can handle (400). After this threshold has been met or
exceeded, no
MS originated calls are allowed. The remaining SSM resources are used to
accommodate handover of existing calls. Every time the usage meets or
exceeds this
threshold, two access classes are barred. This number has to be greater than
the
ssm_normal_overload_threshold parameter.
The ssm_normal_overload_threshold parameter indicates the usage of call

information blocks, as expressed by the ratio of the number of active calls to
the
maximum number of calls the SSM can handle. Every time the usage equals
or exceeds
this threshold, one access class will be barred.
The ssp_burst_delay parameter specifies the length of time between the

bursts of data.
The number of messages in each burst are specified by the ssp_burst_limit
parameter.
Statistical information is forwarded from the Site Statistics Process (SSP) to
the Central
Statistics Process (CSP) in bursts.

information blocks, as expressed by the ratio of the number of active calls to
the
maximum number of calls the SSM can handle. Every time the usage equals
or exceeds
The ssp_burst_delay parameter specifies the length of time between the

bursts of data.
The number of messages in each burst are specified by the ssp_burst_limit
parameter.
Statistical information is forwarded from the Site Statistics Process (SSP) to
the Central
The ssp_burst_limit parameter specifies the number of messages included in

each
burst. The length of time between bursts is specified by the ssp_burst_delay
parameter.
Statistical information is forwarded from the Site Statistical Process (SSP) to
the Central
Statistical Process (CSP) in bursts.
The stat_interval parameter sets the time, in minutes, that the statistics file is
reported
to the OMC-R.
If the operator fails to reset the interval to 30 minutes, the OMC-R calculations
of the Key
Statistics and Health Indicators are interrupted for the entire period until the
interval is
reset.
Although any value between 5 and 60 minutes is valid, the OMC-R only parses
uploaded
statistics files if this attribute is set to 30 or 60 minutes.
The surround_cell parameter specifies the averaging parameter for a serving

cell’s
neighbour cells. The system uses this parameter to determine which neighbour
cell to
hand off to.
The chg_act_alg_data surround_cell command is used to modify the value of
this
parameter.
The swfm_enable parameter enables or disables Software Fault Management

(SWFM)
alarm messages to be reported to all local MMI terminals that have alarm
reporting
enabled.
This parameter affects the entire BSS.
The sync_loss_daily parameter specifies the threshold for the synchronization
loss daily
alarm level count. An alarm generates if the number of synchronization loss
alarms
meets or exceeds this threshold during a 24 hour period.
The sync_loss_hourly parameter specifies the threshold for the
synchronization loss
hourly alarm level count . An alarm generates if the number of sync loss
alarms meets or
exceeds this threshold during a 60 minute period.
The sync_loss_oos parameter specifies the threshold for the synchronization
loss, Out
Of Service (OOS) daily alarm level count. The 2 Mbit/s circuit is taken out of
service if
the number of sync loss alarms meets or exceeds this threshold during a 24
hour period.
The sync_loss_restore parameter specifies the synchronization loss restorable

time
period for a sync_loss_oos_alarm. If a synchronization loss alarm does not
occur
within this period, the 2 Mbit/s circuit is brought back in service.
The sync_time_oos parameter specifies the synchronization loss time period.
If
synchronization is lost for this period, the 2 Mbit/s circuit is taken Out Of
Service (OOS).
The sync_time_restore parameter specifies the synchronization loss restorable

time
period. If synchronization returns for this period, the 2 Mbit/s circuit is brought
back in
service.
The t_avg_t parameter specifies the number of multiframes for C averaging in

the
Transfer state. (TAVG_W is the number of multiframes for C averaging in the
Wait state).
The t_avg_w parameter specifies the number of multiframes for C averaging in
the Wait
state. (TAVG_T is the number of multiframes for C averaging in the Transfer
state).
The tch_busy_critical_threshold parameter specifies the threshold for initiating

the
flow control procedure barring two of the access classes 0 to 9 from making
calls due to
TCH congestion. The two classes that are barred are selected randomly. The
flow
control procedure initiates when the percentage of busy TCHs is equal to or
greater than
the value entered for this parameter.
This parameter is expressed as a percentage.
The tch_busy_norm_threshold parameter specifies the threshold for initiating

the flow
control procedure to bar a single access class 0 through 9 from making a call
due to TCH
congestion. The class that is barred is selected randomly. The flow control
procedure
initiates when the percentage of busy TCHs is equal to or greater than the
value entered
for this parameter.
The tch_congest_prevent_thres parameter specifies the level of overall TCH

utilization
by any MS in a given Cell, at which the Congestion Relief procedure is
initiated.
The tch_flow_control parameter enable or disables the TCH flow control
option.
The flow control procedure tries to reduce the load on the system when the
TCH usage
goes above thresholds determined by the tch_busy_norm_threshold and
tch_busy_critical_threshold parameters. The reduction in traffic is achieved by
barring
access classes and manipulating the tx_integer and max_retran parameters.
The tch_full_need_low_water_mark parameter specifies the low need water

mark used
by the Cell Resource Manager (CRM) to determine the need for
reconfiguration of full
rate traffic channels (TCHs) to SDCCHs.
This parameter specifies the minimum number of TCHs the system attempts to
maintain
when dynamic reconfiguration is enabled.
If the total number of idle SDCCHs falls below the value of the
sdcch_need_high_water_mark, the CRM tries to reconfigure TCHs in order to
make
more SDCCHs. For a TCH to be reconfigured, the number of TCHs must be
greater
than the value of the tch_full_need_low_water_mark parameter.
The temporary_offset parameter specifies a value used by the MS as part of

its
calculation of C2 for the cell reselection process described in TSGSM 5.08. It
is used to
apply a negative offset to C2 for the duration of the penalty_timer parameter.
C2 is the reselection priority assigned to a cell which can be broadcast on the
BCCH of
each cell. When more than one cell is available for reselection, the MS
reselects the cell
with the highest C2 value.
The threshold parameter specifies the number of times that the Cell Resource
Manager
(CRM) attempts to assign a Signalling Connection Control Part (SCCP)
number before
rejecting the request.
The timing_advance_period parameter specifies the interval between timing
advance
changes.
The interval should be greater than or equal to (n8 – p8 + 1) x hreqavex/2.
Where:
x equals:
n equals the values assigned for decision_1_ny where y is a value from 1 to
4.
p equals the values assigned for decision_1_py where y is a value from 1 to
4.
hreqave is the number of measurements from the MS that are used in
calculating
one average.
The trace_msgs_after_ho parameter specifies the number of messages that

the system
collects immediately after a handover occurs.
The trace_msgs_before_ho parameter specifies the number of messages that

the
system collects immediately before a handover occurs.
The trunk_critical_threshold parameter specifies the severity assignment of

certain
alarms. The value of this parameter is a percentage of total trunk capacity.
A critical alarm is assigned when the percentage of trunk capacity loss
exceeds the
trunk_critical_threshold parameter value. A major alarm is assigned when the
percentage of trunk capacity loss is greater than or equal to the
trunk_major_threshold
parameter value but is less than the trunk_critical_threshold parameter value.
A trunk_critical_threshold value of 0 insures that Critical is always the severity
assignment if there is any capacity loss.
The trunk_major_threshold parameter specifies the severity assignment of
certain
alarms. The value of this parameter is a percentage of total trunk capacity.
A major alarm is assigned when the percentage of trunk capacity loss exceeds
the
trunk_major_threshold parameter value but is less than the
trunk_critical_threshold
parameter value.
A minor alarm is assigned when the percentage of trunk capacity loss is less
than the
trunk_major_threshold parameter value.
The ts_alloc_flag parameter alters the E1/T1 timeslot allocation on links that
are
adjacent to a ts_switch (pseudo site).
This parameter is only used when RSL or RTF devices are equipped.
Changing this parameter does not alter the timeslot mapping of RSLs and
RTFs that are
already equipped; it affects the way timeslots are allocated for subsequently
equipped
devices.
The tsc_update_method parameter specifies the method for updating timeslots

when
the BSIC is changed. The available methods are:
Update the BCCH/CCCH timeslots.
Update all timeslots on the BCCH carrier.
Update all timeslots on all carriers of cell.
The tx_integer parameter specifies the number of Random Access Channel

(RACH)
slots between the access retry transmission on the RACH.
Timer T3126 is used when an MS sends a Channel Request message.
From 3 to 50 RACH slots are used to spread the transmission.
The tx_power_cap parameter specifies all cells within a site to be either low
transmitting
power capable or high transmitting power capable.
This parameter is valid only at DCS1800 or PCS1900 sites.
This parameter is not valid for micro sites.
This parameter can be set when the primary outer zone frequency type f the
cell is
PGSM, EGSM, DCS1800, or PCS1900 provided that the cell is a Dual Band
Cell.
If the cell is not, the frequency must be DCS1800 or PCS1900 to change
tx_power_cap.
The u_rxlev_dl_ih parameter specifies the intracell control thresholds for the
Receive
(Rx) level downlink. This parameter is evaluated in conjunction with the
l_rxqual_dl_h
to determine whether an intercell or intracell is being requested.
The u_rxlev_dl_p parameter specifies the signal strength for the upper
downlink limit of
the serving cell.
BTS transmit power may be reduced if the MS signal strength is greater than
this value.
The u_rxlev_ul_ih parameter specifies the intra-cell control thresholds for the
upper
Receive (Rx) level uplink. This parameter is evaluated in conjunction with the
l_rxqual_ul_h to determine whether an intercell or intracell is being requested.
This parameter specifies the signal strength for the upper uplink limit of the
serving cell.
Mobile transmit power may be reduced if the MS transmit signal strength is
greater than
this value.
The u_rxqual_dl_p parameter specifies the power control threshold for the
best allowed
downlink receive quality (rxqual). The valid range and default values for this
parameter
are dependent on the type of unit that is selected.
Quality
parameter.
An Rxqual value better (lower BER rate) than what is specified by the
u_rxqual_ul_p
parameter may result the reduction of downlink power.
The u_rxqual_ul_p parameter sets the power control threshold for the best
allowed
uplink receive quality (rxqual). The valid range and default values for this
parameter are
dependent on the type of unit that is selected.
Quality
parameter.
An Rxqual value better (lower BER rate) than what is specified by the
u_rxqual_ul_p
parameter may result the reduction of MS power.
The ul_audio_lev_offset parameter specifies the uplink volume control offset

on a per
BSS basis. The offset is in 1 dB steps with a maximum increase or decrease of
30 dB
(between –15 dB and 15 dB).
Changes take effect immediately (including active calls).
The audio level parameters affect background and comfort noise. The audio
level
The ul_rxlev_ho_allowed parameter enables or disables handovers due to

uplink
This parameter enables or disables handovers due to the uplink receive quality
(rxqual).
The unequipped_circuit_allowed parameter specifies the system response

when a
terrestrial circuit becomes unequipped. The options are:
Sending an alarm to the OMC-R.
Sending an “unequipped circuit” message to the MSC.
Sending both an alarm to the OMC-R and an “unequipped circuit” message
to the
MSC.
The use_derived_ho_power parameter specifies how the system manages the

derived
handover power level for internal intercell handovers.
When disabled, these handovers use the power level in the database.
When enabled, these handovers use a power level derived from the rxlev
reported by the
MS for the target cell.
The use_neighbor_pbgt_hreqave parameter indicates whether the per cell or

per
neighbour hreqave will be used for the pbgt>ho_margin trigger assignment.
The volume_control_type parameter enables or disables uplink and downlink
Volume
Control. The volume can be changed at either an RXCDR or at a BSC. The
effect
depends on the equipment configuration (GDPs or DRIs equipped), and the
value of
volume_control_type to use DRIs (0) or GDP volume control (1).
The wait_for_reselection parameter specifies the length of time before

choosing an
MMS for clock extraction after a GCLK has had a CLKX reference failure
alarm. If the
MMS providing clock extraction is INS after the time period has expired, it is
left as the
clock extraction source.
The wait_indication_parameters parameter specifies the MS timer (T3122).

For an MS origination with no channel available, the MS is sent an
IMMEDIATE
ASSIGNMENT REJECT message in an unacknowledged mode on the CCCH.
The
message contains the request reference and a wait indication. The MS does
not make a
new request in the same cell until the timer expires.
The worse_neighbor_ho parameter specifies whether or not a call can be

handed over
to a neighbor cell due to the downlink receive level even when the neighbor
cell receive
level is lower than the serving cell receive level.
The zone_ho_hyst parameter specifies the margin for the inner zone handover
hysteresis. The system uses this value to determine whether an outer-zone to
inner-zone handover should take place.
A handover initiates when both the uplink and the downlink receive level
averages are
greater than the sum of the respective uplink or downlink threshold defined for
the inner
zone plus the per cell hysteresis for interzone handover plus the difference
between the
current uplink/downlink transmit power and the maximum uplink/downlink
transmit power
of the inner zone carrier:
RXLEV_DL > RXLEV_DL_ZONE + ZONE_HO_HYST + (BS_TXPWR –
BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER)
or
(RXLEV_UL > RXLEV_UL_ZONE + ZONE_HO_HYST + (MS_TXPWR –
MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER)).
Valid range
0 or 1
0 to 2
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 to 65535
0 to 65535
0 to 255
0 to 255
0 to 255
0 to 65535
0 to 65535
0 to 255
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 to 2
0 or 1
1 (PGSM),
2 (EGSM),
4 (DCS1800),
8 (PCS1900)
0 to 6
3 to 6
3 to 6
0 to 127
0 to 2 blocks reserved for ccch_conf = 1

0 to 7 blocks reserved for ccch_conf 1
0 to 7
1 or 2
0 to 63
0 or 1
1 to 3
0 to 2
1 to 3
1 to 3
0 or 1
1 to 3
0 to 31
0 to 31
0 or 1
0 to 21 (0 to 6 for Horizonoffice sites)
0 or 1
2 to 65535
0 to 100, and 255
0 or 1
0 or 1
120 to 65535
0 to 30
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 to 255
0 or 1
0 to 255
0, 1, 2, 4, and 6
1 to 1020
0 to ffffh
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 to 7
0 to 63
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 to 253
1 to 127
2 to 255
0 Disabled
1 to 255 CIC error increment value
yes or no
0 Disabled
1 Enabled
1 to 255
The GSM Cell ID number
0 to 2
0 Disabled at the cell
1 Use coincident better cell detection
2 Use coincident cell redirection and better cell detection
–63 to 63
0 Disabled
1 Enabled
0 The source cell treats all target cells equally as

candidates
for imperative handovers.
1 The source cell immediately retries target cells which
were
in the process of congestion relief.
0 The system takes no action if the Cell rejects a

handover request.
1 The system invokes Congestion Relief
procedures if this Cell rejects a handover
request.
–63 to 63
0 Disabled
1 Enabled
0 Disabled
1 Enabled
0 Disabled
1 Enabled
20 to 100
0 to 80
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 to 3
0 to 3
0 to 3
0 to 3
0 to 3
1 to 31
1 to 31
1 to 31
1 to 31
1 to 31
1 to 31
1 to 31
1 to 31
0 to 3
0 to 3
0 to 3
0 to 3
0 to 3
0 to 3
0 to 3
0 to 3
0 to 31
0 to 63
0 or 1
–15 to +15
0 to 3
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 to 16383 If ss7_mode = 0 (CCITT)
0 to 16777215 If ss7_mode =1 (Bellcore)
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 to 2
-63 to 63
0 to 2
0 to 10
0 to 32
0 to 3
Up to 24 alphanumeric characters (including spaces)

0 to 33
0 or 1
0 to 4
0 Investigate
1 Critical
2 Major
3 Minor
4 Warning
0 or 1
0 Disabled
1 Enabled
0 or 1
0 Disabled
1 Enabled
0 to 5
0 Forced handovers are not allowed.
1 Forced handovers to interference band 1
extended resource are allowed.
2 Forced handovers to interference bands 1 to 2
0 or 1
0 Disabled
1 Enabled
0 or 1
0 Disabled
1 Enabled
0 to 63
0 to 2
0 Extended Range disabled for the cell
1 Extended Range is enabled as a boundary cell
2 Extended Range is enabled as an isolated cell (rural area)
0 or 1
0 Disabled
1 Enabled
1 pgsm
2 egsm
4 dcs1800
8 pcs1900
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 to 255
16 or 32
16 16 TDM timeslots
32 32 TDM timeslots (only valid with GPROC2 boards).
0 to 15
0 to 2
0 No power mode
1 Mode A
2 Mode B
0 to 3
0 or 1
0 Disabled
1 Enabled
0 or 1
0 Disabled
1 Enabled
0 or 1
0 Fixed mode
1 Dynamic mode
0 to 7
0 to 7
0 to 7
0 to 31
1 to 3
1 Mode 1
2 Mode 2
3 Mode 3
0 to 16
0 to 10
0 or 1
0 to 5
0 to 65535
0 or 1
0 to 2
2 to 19 for PGSM and EGSM

0 to 15 for DCS1800 and PCS1900
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 to 3598
0 to 65534
6 to 44
8 to 44
0 to 3598
6 to 44
6 to 44
0 to 2
63 to +63
63 to +63
0 or 1
0 or 1
2 to 19 for PGSM and EGSM
0 to 255
0 or 1
0 to 2
0 or 1
0 to 63
ARFCN depends on the frequency type for the
cell.
0 to 65535
0 to 2
0 to 3
1 to 31
0 to 3
1 to 11
0 to 63
0 or 1
0 to 2
0 to 3
0 to 63
0 to 63
0 to 63
0 to 63
0 to 1810 BER If alt_qual_proc = 0

0 to 7 QBand If alt_qual_proc = 1





0 to 1810 BER If
alt_qual_proc = 0


0 or 1
0 to 2
0 to 15
0 to 15
0 or 1
0 to 63
1 to 255
0 or 1
1600 to 20000
1 to 900
0 to 48
0 to 50
0 to 50
0 to 3
0 to 100
0 to 21
5 to 39 PGSM and EGSM (Odd values only)

0 to 36 DCS1800 (Even values only)
0 to 32,33 PCS1900 (Even values only and value 33)
0 or 1
1 to 101
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 to 63
0 to 219
0 to 31
0 to 31
0 or 1
0 to 3
(2 to 19 for PGSM and EGSM cells)
(2 to 19 for PGSM and EGSM cells)
(0 to 15, 30, 31 for PCS1900 cells)
5 to 39 (Odd values only) PGSM and EGSM

0 to 36 (Even values only) DCS1800
0 to 32, 33 (Even values only and value 33) PCS1900
PGSM/EGSM: 5 to 39 (odd values only)

DCS1800: 0 to 36 (even values only)
PCS1900 0 to 32 (even values only);
and 33
0 to 7
0 to 255 (representing bit patterns 00000000 to 11111111)

0 or 1
0 or 1
0 to 3
1 to 15
0 to 255
0 or 1
0 to 3
1 to 10
1 to 3
1 to 3
0 to 65535
0 to 5
off
on
off
on
off
on
off
on
1 to 10
1 to 10
1 to 16
4 to 44
8 to 48
0 to 16383
0 to 16777215
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 to 100
0 or 1
0 to 2
0 or 1
0 or 1
32 to 127
950 to 3750
0 to 2
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 to 2
0 or 1
2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 or 14
2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 or 14
2, 4
2, 4
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 to 50
0 to 7
0 to 255
1 to 1020
0 to 1000
0 or 1
0 to 15
0 or 1
0 to 253
1 to 127
2 to 255
0 to 255
0 to 65535
0 to 65535
0 to 65535
0 to 65535
0 to 65535
0 to 65535
0 or 1
1 to 31
0 to 65535
0 to 65535
0 to 65535
0 to 65535
0 to 65535
0 to 65535
0 to 254
1 to 255
1 to 127
0 to 63
1 to 32
0 to 63
0 to 2
0 or 1
0 to 63
1 to 31
1 to 31
0 to 63
0 to 63
1 to 31
0 to 255
1 to 31
0 to 255
0 to 63
1 to 31
0 to 255
1 to 31
0 to 255
1 to 31
0 to 255
1 to 31
0 to 255
0 to 2, 255
N/A
Hours 0 to 23
Minutes 0 to 59
Hours 0 to 23
Minutes 0 to 59
Hours 0 to 23
Minutes 0 to 59
0 or 1
0 or 1
1 to 39
10 to 48
0 to 4
1 to 31
0 or 1
1,2,4,8
0 to 65535
0 to 65535
0 to 65535
0 to 65535
24 to 31
29 to 31
0 or 1
0 to 2
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 to 100
0 to 100
0 to 2500
0 to 100
0 to 2500
1 to 65535
5 to 60
0 to 255
0 or 1
0 to 65535
0 to 65535
0 to 65535
0 to 65535
0 to 65535
0 to 65535
0 to 25
0 to 25
81 to 100
0 to 100
1 to 101 (The value 101 indicates there are no resources

left
to allocate).
0 or 1
0 to 255
0 to 7
0 to 255
0 to 31
0 to 8
0 to 8
0 to 100
0 to 99
0 or 1
0 to 2
0 to 15
0 or 1
0 to 63
0 to 63
0 to 63
0 to 63

(-15 to 15)
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 to 2
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 to 86400
0 to 255
0 or 1
0 to 30
or
-60 to 63
Value description
0 Do not use hopping specific thresholds.

1 Use hopping specific thresholds.
0 Disables adaptive power budget handovers at

the location.
1 Enables adaptive power budget handovers at the
location using per cell cumulative area.
location using per neighbor cumulative area.
0 Disables adaptive receive level handovers at the

location.
1 Enables adaptive receive level handovers at the
location.
0 Disables adaptive quality handovers at the

location.
1 Enables adaptive quality handovers at the
location.
0 Disabled
1 Enabled
0 BER Units
1 Quality band units
0 Disabled
1 Enabled
0 The BSS attempts to hand a Multiband MS over to the

strongest 0neighbour
AutomaticthatRFthelossMS reported
tracing whenfor
disabled a handover
is required for normal thisradio
cell resource reasons.
1 The BSS attempts
1 Automatic RFtoloss
assign a Multiband
tracing enabledMS for to the
strongest preferred bandmeasurement
this cell; send neighbour thatreports
the MStoreported at
the time of SDCCH
MMI and to OMC
TCH assignment.
If the BSS cannot assign
2 Automatic a preferred
RF loss band TCH
tracing enabled forthe BSS
will not try this
to direct this MS
cell; send to the preferred
measurement band
reports to for the life
of the current call connection.
OMC-RThe onlyBSS always hands the
MS over to the strongest MS-reported neighbour when a
handover is required for normal radio resource reasons.
2 The BSS attempts to hand a Multiband MS over to the
strongest preferred band neighbour that the MS reported
when a handover is required for normal radio resource
reasons.
The BSS places 0 Reinitialization
preferred banddisabled
neighbours ahead of
non-preferred band 1 Reinitialization
neighbours in orderenabledto attempt to assign
a channel from the preferred band for the MS.3 The BSS attempts to assign a Multiband MS to the
strongest preferred-band neighbour that the MS reported at
the time of SDCCH to TCH assignment, as well as attempt
1 (PGSM),
to hand the MS over to the strongest preferred–band
2 (EGSM),
neighbour that the MS reported when a handover is
4 (DCS1800),
required for normal radio resource reasons.
8 (PCS1900)
This value combines the functions of values 1 and 2.
4 The BSS continually attempts to hand a Multiband MS over
to a preferred band TCH immediately after initial
assignment.
The BSS will not attempt to allocate a TCH in the preferred
band for this MS at the time of SDCCH-to-TCH assignment.
The BSS will enter a mode of continually monitoring for
qualified preferred-band neighbours reported by the MS in
order to hand the MS over. The BSS will stay in this mode
until it finds a neighbour TCH in the preferred band for the
current serving cell. Handovers for normal radio resource
reasons may occur during the monitoring mode, and these
handovers will be to the strongest preferred band neighbour
reported by the MS.
5 The BSS attempts to assign a Multiband MS to the
strongest preferred–band neighbour reported by the MS at
the time of SDCCH-to-TCH assignment.
If this assignment is impossible, the BSS enters a mode of
continually
Represents monitoringoffor
the exponent qualifiedBER.
threshold preferred-band
For example, 3
neighbours reported by the MS in
would be the exponent value of 103, indicating order to hand the
1 bit MS in
error
over. The BSS will stay in this
1000 bits. mode until it finds a
neighbour TCH in the preferred band. Handovers for
normal radio resource reasons may occur during the
monitoring mode, and these handovers will be to the
strongest preferred band neighbour reported by the MS.
This value combines the functions of values 1, 2, and 4.
strongest preferred band neighbour reported by the MS
only after a cell has become congested.
If this assignment is not possible, the BSS enters a mode of
continually monitoring for qualified preferred-band
neighbours reported by the MS in order to hand the MS
over. The BSS will stay in this mode until it finds a
The range of values depends on the value of the ccch_conf
parameter:
Represents the multiframes period for the transmission of

PAGING REQUEST messages to the same paging group.
Value bs_pa_mfrms
0 2 multiframes
1 3 multiframes
2 4 multiframes
3 5 multiframes
4 6 multiframes
5 7 multiframes
6 8 multiframes
7 9 multiframes
1 Non Abis, only BSP and LCF

2 Non Abis, BSP, LCF and OMF
Hex = 00h to 3Fh
Decimal = 0 to 63
See the tables “Base Station Identity Code Hexadecimal
Values” and “Base Station Identity Code Decimal Values”
tables.
0 Disabled
1 Enabled
0 No flow control
1 XON/XOFF
2 Leaky bucket algorithm
0 First In/First Out packet scheduling

1 Earliest Deadline packet scheduling
0
1
2
.
.
.
31
0 SACCH multiframes
2 SACCH multiframes
4 SACCH multiframes
.
.
.
62 SACCH multiframes
0
1
2
.
.
.
31
0 SACCH multiframes
2 SACCH multiframes
4 SACCH multiframes
.
.
.
0 BTS power control disabled

1 BTS power control enabled
0 to 21 (0 to 6 for Horizonoffice sites)
0 BTP
1 BTP and DHP
0 to 100 The percentage of traces reserved for
MSC initiated traces on a per LCF basis.
255 MSC invoked call traces disabled.
0 Point code is not included

1 Point code is included
0 Disabled
1 Enabled
0 to 30
0 Disabled
1 Enabled
0 Standard interface
1 Interface with the repetition rate interpretation
and CBCH loading fields
0 to 255
0 Disabled
1 Enabled
0 to 255
0, 1, 2, 4, and 6
1 to 1020
0 to ffffh
0 Cell is not barred

1 Cell is barred
0 Normal priority cell

1 Low priority cell
Represents the signal level differences as shown below:

0 0 dB
1 2 dB
2 4 dB
3 6 dB
4 8 dB
5 10 dB
6 12 dB
7 14 Db
0 0 dB
1 2 dB
2 4 dB
.
.
.
63 126 dB
0 Do not broadcast cell reselection parameters on

the BCCH of the cell
1 Broadcast cell reselection parameters on the
BCCH of the cell
0 Disabled
1 Enabled
0 to 253
1 to 127
2 to 255
0 Disabled
1 to 255 CIC error increment value
yes or no
0 Disabled
1 Enabled
1 to 255
The GSM Cell ID number
0 to 2
–63 to 63
0 or 1
0 Disabled
1 Enabled
0 or 1
0 The source cell treats all target cells equally as candidates
1 The source cell immediately retries target cells which were
0 or 1
0 The system takes no action if the Cell rejects a
handover request.
request.
–63 to 63
0 or 1
0 Disabled
1 Enabled
0 or 1
0 Disabled
1 Enabled
0 or 1
0 Disabled
1 Enabled
20 to 100
0 to 80
0 MSC traces are allowed while flow is restricted.

1 MSC traces are not allowed while flow is
restricted.
0 Disabled
1 Enabled
0 to 3
0 to 3
0 to 3
0 to 3
0 to 3
1 to 31
1 to 31
1 to 31
1 to 31
1 to 31
1 to 31
1 to 31
1 to 31
0 to 3
0 to 3
0 to 3
0 to 3
0 to 3
0 to 3
0 to 3
0 to 3
0 Power control algorithm number 1

1 Power control algorithm number 2 (enables the
use of p_con_ack timers)
0 to 63
0 Disabled
1 Enabled
–15 to +15
0 DTX enabled for speech / disabled for non-transparent data

1 DTX disabled for speech / disabled for non-transparent data
2 DTX disabled for speech / enabled for non-transparent data
3 DTX enabled for speech / enabled for non-transparent data
0 Disabled
1 Enabled
0 Disabled
1 Enabled
0 Enabled
1 Disabled
0 Disabled
1 Enabled
0 Disabled
1 Enabled
0 Ignore the need of a handover until the assignment procedure

is complete.
1 Act on the need for a handover during the assignment
procedure.
0 Disabled
1 Enabled
0 Disabled
1 Enabled
0 Permitted (MS may use DTX)

1 Required (MS must use DTX)
2 Disallowed (MS must not use DTX)
-63 to 63
0 Disabled
1 Enabled (excludes power reduction)
2 Enabled (includes power reduction)
0 to 10
0 to 32
0 Disabled across both the A-interface and the

Air-interface
1 Enabled on A-interface, disabled on Air-interface
2 Disabled on A-interface, enabled on Air-interface
3 Enabled across both the A-interface and the
Air-interface
Up to 24 alphanumeric characters (including spaces)

0 to 33
0 Disabled
1 Enabled
0 to 4
0 Investigate
1 Critical
2 Major
3 Minor
4 Warning
0 or 1
0 Disabled
1 Enabled
0 or 1
0 Disabled
1 Enabled
0 to 5
0 or 1
0 Disabled
1 Enabled
0 or 1
0 Disabled
1 Enabled
0 to 63
0 to 2
1 Extended Range is enabled as a boundary cell
2 Extended Range is enabled as an isolated cell
(rural area)
0 or 1
0 Disabled
1 Enabled
1 pgsm
2 egsm
4 dcs1800
8 pcs1900
0 or 1
0 Disabled
1 Enabled
0 or 1
0 Disabled
1 Enabled
0 to 255
16 or 32
16 16 TDM timeslots
32 32 TDM timeslots (only valid with GPROC2 boards).
0 to 15
0 to 2
0 No power mode
1 Mode A
2 Mode B
0 to 3
0 or 1
0 Disabled
1 Enabled
0 or 1
0 Disabled
1 Enabled
0 or 1
0 Fixed mode
1 Dynamic mode
0 to 7
0 to 7
0 to 7
0 to 31
1 to 3
1 Mode 1
2 Mode 2
3 Mode 3
0 Disabled BSS sends only single circuit

block/unblock messages to the MSC.
1 Enabled BSS sends only group block/unblock
messages to the MSC.
0 Whole Cell Global Identification (CGI)

1 Location Area Code (LAC), and Cell Identity (CI)
2 Cell Identity (CI)
0 Not included
1 Included
0 Disabled (reject message not required)

1 Enabled (reject message required)
0 Disabled (no speech version)

1 Enabled (build in speech version)
Represents 3 dB to 22 dB, as shown below:
6 = 3 dB
7 = 3.5 dB
8 = 4 dB
.
.
.
44 = 22 dB

8 = 4 dB
9 = 4.5 dB
10 = 5 dB
.
.
.
44 = 22 dB
This parameter may only be changed if the HDSL

option is unrestricted.
This parameter may only be changed at an
M-Cellcity, Horizonmicro or Horizoncompact site.
Changing this parameter affects all master modems
equipped as msi_type niu_hdsl at the local
M-Cellcity or Horizonmicro site.
All slave modem alarm thresholds are identical to the
master modem alarm thresholds.

6 = 3 dB
7 = 3.5 dB
8 = 4 dB
.
.
.
44 = 22 dB

6 3 dB
7 3.5 dB
8 4 dB
.
.
.
44 22 dB
0 No handover attempts (for this condition)
1 Attempt to handover as many calls as the
number of queued assignment requests
2 Attempt to handover as many calls as meet the
congestion handover criteria
0 Disabled
1 Enabled
0 Disabled
1 Enabled
(0 disables intracell interference handovers)
0 Disabled
1 Enabled
0 No hopping in this cell

1 Synthesizer hopping
2 Baseband hopping
0 Disabled
1 Enabled
0 Cyclic hopping. The MA is hopped through

lowest to highest magnitudes, and then the cycle
repeats.
1 to 63 Random hopping. HSN and MA are entries to
the algorithm table 6 of GSM
S If the cell is PGSM, the range is 1 through
124.
S If the cell is EGSM, the range is either:
1 through 124
975 through 1023 , 0.
S If the cell is DCS1800, the range is 512
through 885.
0 Disabled
1 Allocate TSC for any reason
2 Do not allocate TCH for location update
0 = disable inner zone
1 = power based use algorithm
The system displays prompts for:
S ms_txpwr_max_inner
Valid range:
PGSM and EGSM:
5 to 39 dBm (odd values only; value must be less than
or equal to max_tx_ms)
Default value: max_tx ms
DCS1800 and PCS1900:
0 to 30 dBm (even values only; value must be less than
S zone_ho_hyst,
Valid range: 0 to 30
Default value:0
S rxlev_dl_zone
Default value: 63
S rxlev_ul_zone
Default value: 63
2 = interference based use algorithm
The system prompts for:
S neighbor_report_timer
Valid range: 0 to 255 SACCH periods
Default value: 10
3 = The Dual Band Cell Use Algorithm is used. The prompts shown
in Table 5-3 are generated and displayed.
1 2 SACCH multiframes
.
.
.
0 Outgoing Inter-cell handover is not enabled. The

Handover Required message is sent to the MSC.
1 Outgoing Inter-cell handover is enabled.
2 Outgoing internal intercell handover is disabled.
The Handover Required message is not sent to
the MSC.
3 Outgoing Inter-cell and external handovers are
disabled and the Handover Required message is
not sent to the MSC.
1 = PGSM
2 = EGSM
3 = PGSM and EGSM
4 = DCS1800
5 = PGSM and DCS1800
6 = EGSM and DCS1800
7 = PGSM, EGSM, and DCS1800
8 = PCS1900
9 = PGSM and PCS1900
10 = EGSM and PCS1900
11 = PGSM, EGSM, and PCS1900
Represents 110 dBm to 47 dBm, as shown below:

0 110 dBm
1 109 dBm
2 108 dBm
.
.
.
63 47 dBm
0 Disabled
1 Enabled
0 Intracell handovers are performed by the BSS.

These calls are included as target cells in a
Handover Required message to the MSC.
1 The BSS performs Intracell handovers. The
MSC is notified with a Handover Performed
message.
2 Intracell handovers are disabled and the
Handover Required message is not sent to the
MSC.

0 110 dBm and lower
1 109 dBm
2 108 dBm
.
.
.
63 47 dBm and higher
0 110 dBm and lower
1 109 dBm
2 108 dBm
.
.
.

0 110 dBm and lower
1 109 dBm
2 108 dBm
.
.
.

0 110 dBm and lower
1 109 dBm
2 108 dBm
.
.
.
0 to 1810 BER (1 step = 0.01% bit error rate) If

alt_qual_proc = 0
0 to 7 QBand units If alt_qual_proc = 1

alt_qual_proc = 0
alt_qual_proc = 0

alt_qual_proc = 0

alt_qual_proc = 0
alt_qual_proc = 0

alt_qual_proc = 0

alt_qual_proc = 0
alt_qual_proc = 0

alt_qual_proc = 0

alt_qual_proc = 0
alt_qual_proc = 0

alt_qual_proc = 0
0 2.048 Mbit/s CEPT format (E1)

1 1.544 Mbit/s T1 link
0 Macrocell
1 Microcell
2 Picocell
Represents the number of SACCH frames as shown below:

0 0 SACCH frames
1 4 SACCH frames
2 8 SACCH frames
.
.
.
15 60 SACCH frames
Represents the number of SACCH multiframes as shown

below:
0 4 SACCH frames
1 8 SACCH frames
2 12 SACCH frames
.
.
.
15 64 SACCH frames
0 Disabled
1 Enabled
0 Disabled
1 Enabled
Valid values depend on the value of ccch_conf.
If ccch_conf = 1, the values must be in multiples of 8 with an
offset of 4 (such as 0, 4, 12,...,44).
If ccch_conf 1, the values must be in multiples of 8 with
an offset of 0 (such as 0, 8, 16,...48).
0 Maximum [1] retransmission

1 Maximum [2] retransmissions
The value 0 means the system keeps sending the Reset

Circuit message indefinitely.

0 Disabled
1 Enabled
(The value 101 indicates there are no resources left
to allocate).
0 Disabled
1 Enabled
0 7-parameter format
0 Disabled
1 Enabled
If land_layer1_mode = 0 (2.048 Mbit/s E1 link) then:

0 CRC4
1 No CRC4
If land_layer1_mode = 1 (1.544 Mbit/s T1 link) then:
0 ESF
0 Disabled
1 Enabled
0 to 63 for normal cells
0 to 219 for Extended Range cells
.
.
.
.
.
.
0 Disabled
1 Enabled
0 0 dB
1 2 dB
2 4 dB
3 6 dB
(2 to 19 for PGSM and EGSM cells) (2 to 19 for PGSM and EGSM
cells) (0 to 15, 30, 31 for PCS1900 cells)

PGSM/EGSM: 5 to 39 (odd values only)

DCS1800: 0 to 36 (even values only)
PCS1900 0 to 32 (even values only);
and 33
0 Directed Retry is supported within the BSS, but not across
the A-interface.
1 Directed Retry is supported within the BSS. The only
A-interface impact is the Assignment Complete message,
which contains the optional Cell ID if the Cell ID changes
during the assignment.
2 The BSS sends the Handover Required message with the
cause directed retry to the MSC.
3 The BSS sends the Handover Required message with the
cause of the handover to the MSC (for example, Better
Cell).
4 The BSS sends an Assignment Failure message with the
cause directed retry and then sends a Handover
Required message with cause directed retry to the MSC.
Required message with the cause of the handover to the
MSC (for example, Better Cell).
6 The BSS sends a Handover Required message with
cause directed retry and then sends an Assignment
Failure message with cause directed retry to the MSC.
7 The BSS sends a Handover Required message with the
cause of the handover (for example, Better Cell) and then
sends an Assignment Failure message with cause
directed retry to the MSC.
0 Disabled
1 Enabled
0 16 virtual circuits (regular granularity)

1 64 virtual circuits (enhanced granularity)
0 Normal reporting of the six strongest neighbour cells with

known and allowed NCC part of the BSIC, irrespective of the
band used.
1 Report the strongest neighbour cell, with known and allowed
NCC part of BSIC, in each of the frequency bands in the
neighbour cell list, excluding the frequency band of the serving
cell. The remaining positions in the measurement report shall
be used for reporting Cells in the band of the serving Cell. Any
still remaining positions will be used to report the next
strongest identified neighbours in other bands irrespective of
the band used.
2 Report the two strongest cells, with known and allowed NCC
part of BSIC, in each of the frequency bands in the neighbour
cell list, excluding the frequency band of the serving cell. The
remaining positions in the measurement report shall be used
for reporting Cells in the band of the serving Cell. Any still
remaining positions will be used to report the next strongest
identified neighbours in other bands irrespective of the band
used.
3 Report the three strongest cells, with known and allowed NCC
used.
The following table is a representation of the bit mapping of the ncc_of_plmn_allowed

parameter. When a bit is set to 1, the corresponding NCC will be allowed. When a bit is
set to 0, the corresponding NCC will not be allowed.
0 Disabled
1 Enabled
0 International Network
1 Spare (for international use only)
2 National Network
3 Reserved for national use
off Disabled
on Enabled
off Disabled
on Enabled
off Disabled
on Enabled
off Disabled
on Enabled
4 to 44 If ccch_conf = 1, the values must be in multiples

of 8 with an offset of 4 (such as 4, 12, 20, ..., 44)
0 to 16383 If ss7_mode = 0 (ITU-TSS)

0 to 16777215 If ss7_mode = 1 (ANSI)
0 Disabled
1 Enabled
0 Disabled
1 Enabled
0 Disabled
1 Enabled
0 Disabled
1 Enabled
0 Disabled
1 Enabled
0 Disabled
1 Enabled
0 Disabled
1 Enabled
0 Disabled
1 Enabled
0 Send pre-transfer request to SM

1 Do not send pre-transfer request to SM
0 No override (First supported speech version as
supplied by the MSC)
1 Full Rate (GSM speech full rate version 1)
2 Enhanced Full Rate (GSM speech full rate
version 2)
1 MS uses servicing channel measurements to

calculte power budget.
0 MS uses reported servicing cell BCCH signal
strength to calculate power budget.
0 Disabled
1 Enabled
0 Formatted for Phase 1

2 Formatted for Phase 2 with Multiband
0 GSM Phase 1 format

0 Disabled
1 Enabled
0 No replacement
1 Replacement based on function priority
2 Replacement based on function and intrafunction
priorities
0 Disabled
1 Enabled
0 No impact on sorting
1 Impact on sorting
0 Last timeslot is not protected

1 Last timeslot is protected
0 Disabled
1 Enabled
0 Include BCCH measurement

1 Do not include BCCH measurement
0 Percentage of RACH opportunities used

1 Percentage of total RACHs which are incorrect
(collisions)
Represents the number of SACCH frames as shown below:
0 4 SACCH frames
1 8 SACCH frames
2 12 SACCH frames
.
.
.
15 64 SACCH frames
0 Disabled
1 Enabled
0 = disable this feature

1 to 255 = rci_error_increment value
0 0 seconds 0 milliseconds
1 0.1 seconds 100 milliseconds
.
6000 600 600000 milliseconds
.
.
.
.
.
0 Enabled
1 Disabled
.
.
.
.
.
.
Each step represents an increase of 1dBm, from 110 dBm to
47 dBm, as shown in the table below:
0 110 dBm and lower
1 109 dBm
2 108 dBm
.
.
.
0 Disabled
1 Enabled
Represents dBm as shown below:

0 110 dBm and lower
1 109 dBm
2 108 dBm
.
.
.
Each step represents 1 dBm as shown below:
0 110 dBm and lower
1 109 dBm
2 108 dBm
.
.
.
0 110 dBm and lower
1 109 dBm
2 108 dBm
.
.
.
Hours 0 to 23
Minutes 0 to 59
Hours 0 to 23
Minutes 0 to 59
Hours 0 to 23
Minutes 0 to 59
0 Disabled
1 Enabled
0 Disabled
1 Enabled
.
.
.
0 Disabled
1 Enabled
1 PGSM
2 EGSM
4 DCS1800
8 PCS 1900
1 0.1 second 100 milliseconds
.
.
0 Disabled
1 Enabled
0 BSS_ALGORITHM
1 FACCH always used
2 SACCH always used
0 Disabled
1 Enabled
0 ITU version
1 ANSI version
0 Disabled
1 Enabled
.
.
.
.
.
.
1 to 101 (The value 101 indicates there are no resources left

to allocate).
0 Disabled
1 Enabled
Mapped to SACCH multiframes
.
.
.
0 Use existing algorithm
1 Use new algorithm
0 Update the BCCH/CCCH timeslots

1 Update all timeslots on the BCCH carrier
2 Update all timeslots on all carriers of cell
Represents RACH slots as shown below:

0 3 RACH 8 11 RACH
1 4 RACH 9 12 RACH
2 5 RACH 10 14 RACH
3 6 RACH 11 16 RACH
4 7 RACH 12 20 RACH
5 8 RACH 13 25 RACH
6 9 RACH 14 32 RACH
7 10 RACH 15 50 RACH
0 Low power
1 High power
0 110 dBm
1 109 dBm
2 108 dBm
.
.
.
63 47 dBm

0 110 dBm
1 109 dBm
2 108 dBm
.
.
.
63 47 dBm

0 110 dBm
1 109 dBm
2 108 dBm
.
.
.
63 47 dBm

0 110 dBm
1 109 dBm
2 108 dBm
.
.
.
63 47 dBm
0 to 1810 BER
(1 step = 0.01% bit
error rate)
If alt_qual_proc = 0
0 to 1810 BER
(1 step = 0.01% bit
error rate)
0 Disabled
1 Enabled
0 Disabled
1 Enabled
0 Send alarm to the OMC-R

1 Send unequipped circuit message to the MSC
2 Send alarm to the OMC-R and send unequipped
circuit message to the MSC
0 Disabled
1 Enabled
0 Disabled
1 Enabled
0 CCDSP Volume Control
1 GDP Volume Control
0 Handover disabled
1 Handover enabled
0 to 30 (Not Dual Band Cell))
60 to 63 (Dual Band Cell)
Supported by
Default value Dependencies
OMC-R GUI
0 none NO
0 none YES
0 none NO
0 none NO
0 none NO
0 none NO
0 none NO
0 none NO
0 none NO
0 none NO
0 none NO
40 (the value of 40
corresponds to a
hreqave of 8 and a This parameter is invalid when ba_type is ba_bcch. NO
handover margin of
5)
The GPRS feature must be unrestricted.

The dynamic allocation of terrestrial resources
feature must be disabled for GPRS sites.
This parameter prevents GPRS usage on RTFs that
are subequipped in the database.
0 max_gprs_pdch must be enabled can not be set to NO
zero without first disabling allow_32k_trau.
Verifications must be performed to ensure that there
are enough terrestrial resources available when
max_gprs_pdch is increased and allow_32k_trau.
is enabled.
The value that is entered for the alt_qual_proc

parameter determines the type of values, the range
0 YES
of values, and the default values for the dependent
parameters.
0 none YES
0 NONE NO
0 NONE YES
The Multiband Inter-cell handover feature must be

The frequency type
enabled.
of the cell (as set YES
This parameter has no meaning if
by frequency_type).
band_preference_mode = 0 for this cell.
This parameter is unavailable if the Multiband

0 YES
Inter-cell handover feature is disabled.
6 NONE NO
4 NONE NO
After a RXQUAL handover, the system applies the

bounce_protect_margin value for the number of
SACCH periods set by the
bounce_protect_qual_tmr timer.
0 YES
After a congestion handover, the system applies the
bounce_protect_margin value for the number of
SACCH periods set by the
bounce_protect_cong_tmr timer.
0 ccch_conf YES
The value chosen for this field will be dependant

0 upon the size of the location area and the ratio of YES
mobile originated to mobile terminated calls.
The value of this parameter may be specified for the

BSC (site 0) only while in the initial SYSGEN mode.
1 NO
This command is only available for the BSC
(location=0).
NONE NONE YES
0 This parameter is valid only at a BSC. NO
This parameter can be used only if the GPRS feature

3 NO
is unrestricted.
Dependencies The GPRS feature must be unrestricted.

2 If the local_maintenance parameter is disabled, the NO
MMI is prevented from changing this element.
3 The GPRS feature must be unrestricted. NO

1 If the local_maintenance parameter is disabled, the NO
1 (equals 2 SACCH
decision_alg_num = 1 YES
multiframes)
This parameter will not work if the specified location
is the BSC (location = 0).
2 (equals 4 SACCH hreqave
YES
multiframes) bts_p_con_ack
decision_1_n1 through decision_1_n4
decision_1_p1 through decision_1_p4
0 NONE YES
This parameter may be modified only when the Dual

0 YES
Band Cells feature is unrestricted.
This parameter may not be changed to 0 if DHPs

exist at the site, or if max_dris is set to 0.
This parameter may not be changed at Horizonoffice
sites. It is automatically set to 1 when a
NONE NO
Horizonoffice cabinet is equipped.
This parameter must be set to 0 for M-Cell2, M-Cell6,
M-Cellcity, M-Cellarena, M-Cellarenamacro and
Horizonmacro cabinets.

is unrestricted.
NONE YES
A BVCI cannot be modified if gprs_enabled is set for
the cell.
0 NONE NO
NONE NONE NO
NONE NONE NO
This parameter is not available at Horizonoffice BTS

NONE NO
sites.

30 NO
sites.
1 This parameter is valid only for the BSC. YES
0 This parameter is only valid for the BSC. YES
0 This parameter is only valid for the BSC. YES

Enabling of CBCH is not permitted if no AGCH is
NONE reserved in a non-combined cell (bs-ag-blks-res = 0 YES
and ccch-conf other than 1).
0 This parameter is only valid for a BTS site. YES
If ccch_conf = 0, 2, 4, or 6, values for the following

parameters must meet specific criteria:
– number_sdcchs_preferred must be in
multiples of 8 with no offset (divisible by
8) (that is, 0, 8, 16,...,48)
– number_sdcchs_preferred must be
less than or equal to
sdcch_need_low_water_mark.
– The minimum number of sdcchs must
be divisible by 8.
– max_number_of_sdcchs must be
divisible by 8.
– 0 bs_ag_blks_res 7
If ccch_conf = 1, values for the following parameters
must meet specific criteria:
multiples of 8, with an offset of 4 (that is,
0,4,12,...,44 )
be a multiple of 8 (+4).
– max_number_of_sdcchs must be a
multiple of 8 (+4).
– 0 bs_ag_blks_res 2 YES
Enabling of CBCH is not permitted (cbch-enabled =
1) if no AGCH is reserved in a non-combined cell
(bs-ag-blks-res = 0 and ccch-conf is other than 1).
This parameter can be used with the GPRS feature
unrestricted as follows:
– Set to 0, seven PDCHs are supported
for a BCCH carrier.
for a BCCH carrier.
– Set to 2, six PDCHs are supported for a
BCCH carrier.
– Set to 4, five PDCHs are supported for a
BCCH carrier.
– Set to 6, four PDCHs are supported for
a BCCH carrier.
The GPRS timeslots on the GPRS carrier must have
the same FHI.
GPRS channels must have the same training
sequence codes.
If GPRS is unrestricted for a cell, attempts to modify
ccch_conf are rejected if the required timeslots are
configured as GPRS timeslots.
This parameter must be greater than or equal to the

40 YES
rach_load_period.
0 cell_bar_access_switch YES
0 NONE YES
This parameter cannot be changed if the

0 cell_reselect_param_ind parameter does not equal YES
1.
NONE C1 (path loss criterion) YES
This parameter may not be changed if the

0 YES
cell_reselect_parm_ind parameter is not equal to 1.
0 NONE YES
0 NONE YES
cic_error_clr_threshold must be less than

cic_error_rate_monitor.
cic_error_gen threshold minus the
0 YES
cic_error_clr_threshold, divided by
cic_error_decrement must be greater than or equal
to two.
cic_error_gen_threshold must be larger than

cic_error_clr_threshold.
cic_error_gen threshold minus
1 YES
to two.
cic_error_gen_threshold must be larger than

6 YES
to two.
1 NONE YES
This parameter may not be changed if the dynamic

NONE YES
allocation mode is enabled.
This parameter only applies to the BSC (location =
0 NO
0).
24 NONE NO
This parameter may only be changed if the

Coincident MultiBand Handover option is
unrestricted.
If coincident_mb is set to 1 or 2, both cells must be
NONE SACCH neighbours of each other. NO
If coincident_mb is set to 2, both cells must be at
the same site, the cells must be neighbours of each
other, and the bsic settings must be the same.
A cell cannot be coincident to itself.

Coincident MultiBand Handover option is enabled.
If coincident_mb is set to 1 or 2, both cells must be
SACCH neighbours of each other.
If coincident_mb is set to 2, both cells must be at
the same site, the cells must be neighbours of each
NONE NO
other, and the bsic settings must be the same.
If a coincident cell has not been selected, the value of
coincident_mb must equal 0.
A cell cannot be coincident to itself.
This parameter must be disabled when
inner_zone_alg is set to indicate Dual Band Cells.

0 NO
Coincident MultiBand Handover option is enabled.
This parameter does not apply to RXCDR sites.
0 This parameter only applies to the BSC (location = NO
0).
The parameter can be set only if the Congestion

0 YES
Relief feature is unrestricted.
The parameter can be set only if the Congestion

0 YES
This parameter can only be modified if:

either the Directed Retry or Alternate
NONE Congestion Relief options are available, YES
and
the neighbour is placed on the SACCH list.
0 NONE NO
1 NONE NO
This parameter only applies to the BSC (location =

NONE NO
0).
ct_flow_control_hi_level must be greater than

60 NO
ct_flow_control_lo_level plus 20.
ct_flow_control_lo_level must be less than
20 NO
ct_flow_control_hi_level minus 20.
0 NONE NO
0 alt_qual_proc YES
0 rxlev_dl_ho YES
0 rxlev_dl_ho YES
0 rxlev_dl_pc YES
0 rxqual_dl_ho YES
0 rxqual_dl_pc YES
N1 must be greater than or equal to P1. N1 must be

less than or equal to the hreqt value set using
1 YES
chg_act_alg_data command for rxlev_dl_pc and
rxlev_ul_pc.

1 YES
chg_act_alg_data command for rxlev_dl_pc and
rxlev_ul_pc.

1 YES
chg_act_alg_data command for rxqual_dl_pc and
rxqual_ul_pc.
1 YES
chg_act_alg_data command for rxqual_dl_pc and
rxqual_ul_pc.

1 YES
chg_act_alg_data command for rxlev_dl_ho and
rxlev_ul_ho.

1 YES
chg_act_alg_data command for rxqual_dl_ho and
rxqual_ul_ho.

1 YES
chg_act_alg_data command for rxlev_dl_ho and
rxlev_ul_ho.
N8 must be greater than or equal to P8.
1 N8 must be less than or equal to the Hreqt value set YES
for rel_tim_adv
0 surround_cell YES
0 NONE YES
0 rel_tim_adv YES
0 rxlev_ul_ho YES
0 rxlev_ul_ho YES
0 rxlev_ul_pc YES
0 rxqual_ul_ho YES
0 rxqual_ul_pc YES
0 NONE YES
The Concentric Cells option must be enabled in order

to set this parameter.
63 YES
sites.
0 NONE YES
The volume_control_type parameter controls the

dl_audio_lev_offset application:
If volume_control_type = 0, then the
dl_audio_lev_offset parameter does not have
any effect at RXCDR sites.
0 If volume_control_type = 1, then the YES
dl_audio_lev_offset parameter only applies to
sites equipped with GDP boards. The GDP
firmware controls the volume level by
converting the audio level bits for the entered
offset.
The dl_dtx_voice_data parameter affects speech

0 NO
only if dnlk_vad_dtx is enabled.
1 NONE YES
NONE NONE YES
Must be executed in SYSGEN mode.

This parameter can be displayed or changed only at
sites where transcoding is enabled (RXCDR or local
0 NO
transcoding BSC).
When enabled, the dnlk_vad_dtx parameter makes
the dl_dtx_voice_data parameter alive.
NONE This parameter is only valid at the BSC (location = 0). YES

either the Directed Retry option is available,
and
1 YES
the neighbour is placed on the SACCH list
and
the neighbour is external.
Requires the Directed Retry option.

0 YES
This parameter can be changed only at the BSC.
The MSC may need to increase the timer waiting for

the Assignment Complete message from the BSS
when this database parameter is enabled.
The BSS does not initiate an external handover due
to the Directed Retry procedure if the
msc_preference parameter indicates that directed
0 YES
retry is supported only within the BSS (not across the
A-interface) when the dr_standard_congest
parameter is enabled.
This parameter requires the Directed Retry option.
This parameter requires that dr_preference be
enabled.
dr_standard_congest
dr_ho_during_assign
0 YES
Requires the Directed Retry option. Directed Retry
must be on.
dr_preference must 0
0 YES
retry is supported within the BSS (not across the
2 NONE YES

0 YES
0 NONE YES
10 NONE NO
This parameter is not available unless the containing
site is configured to support dynamic allocation.
The parameter is invalid for the BSC (location 0).
0 NO
The system will reject the command if the cell_desc
equals all.
The Dynamic Allocation option must be in operation.
The Multiband Inter-cell Handover feature must be

enabled.
0 This parameter can only be changed at the BSC YES
(location = 0), but it can be viewed at any site within a
specified BSS.
NONE NONE NO
NONE NONE NO
NONE NONE NO
NONE NONE NO
The EFR feature must be unrestricted.
This parameter cannot be enabled if the
handover_required_sp_ver_used parameter is
0 disabled. YES
This parameter is only valid at BSC or RXCDR
locations (location = 0).
The bss_id is only valid at a RXCDR site.
The egsm_bcch_sd parameter can be disabled only

if:
The BCCH carrier is not in the GSM Extension
band.
The sd_load parameter is 0 for all carriers in
the Cell.
0 If the hopping systems (both enabled and YES
disabled) do not contain a combination of
PGSM and GSM extension band frequencies.
If the neighbour BCCH frequencies are not in
the GSM extension band.
The egsm_bcch_sd parameter can be enabled only
if the cell is an EGSM frequency cell.
This parameter may only be changed on EGSM

0 YES
systems.
0 cell_bar_access_class YES
1 NONE YES
35 NONE YES
The ext_range_cell parameter cannot be changed if
the Extended Range Cells feature is restricted.
The number of extended range timeslots on the
BCCH RTF must support the BCCH, CCCH, and
SDCCH channels as these channels are always
extended.
ms_max_range must be less than or equal to 63 for
a normal range cell. If ext_range_cell is enabled,
the maximum value of ms_max_range increases to
219.
0 max_number_sdcchs must be less than or equal to YES
20 when Extended Range is enabled.
Baseband hopping systems can only be configured
among timeslots of the same type, such as extended
or normal.
If frequency hopping systems is enabled in an
Extended Range Cell, all frequency hopping
indicators for the timeslots in the BCCH carrier
should be set to “255” (in hexadecimal, 0xff).
This parameter is not available at Horizonoffice BTS,
M-Cellcity, M-Cellarena or M-Cellarenamacro sites.
0 NONE YES
If the Infrastructure Sharing Homogeneous Cabinet
feature is not enabled, the frequency_type for every
cabinet and cell at a site must be the same.
feature is enabled, but the Infrastructure Sharing
Heterogeneous feature is disabled, the cells at a site
must have the same single frequency type as the
cabinet they correlate to. However, the cabinets at
the site may be of different frequency types
If both the Infrastructure Sharing Homogeneous
Cabinet feature and the Infrastructure Sharing
Heterogeneous feature are enabled, the cells at a
NONE site may have different frequency types and cabinets YES
may support multiple frequency types. However, the
cell frequency must be supported by the cabinet the
cell is correlated to.
If inner_zone_alg is set to indicate Dual Band Cells,
the following two dependencies are enforced: (1) if
secondary_freq_type is set to EGSM or PGSM, the
frequency_type may be set only to DCS 1800; (2) if
secondary_freq_type is DCS 1800,
frequency_type may be set only to PGSM or
EGSM.
Cell and cabinet frequency types must be allowed at
the BSS as per the freq_types_allowed command.
0 NONE YES
The Fast GCLK Warmup feature must be

0 unrestricted. YES
The GCLK version must be V9 or later.
NONE YES
This parameter applies to only BSC sites.
This parameter may not be modified if any BSP, BTP,

16 YES
DHP, GPROC, or MSI is equipped.
6 The GPRS feature must be unrestricted. YES

This parameter can be set to a value of 1 (mode A)
or a value of 2 (mode B) only when
1 YES
gprs_pc_meas_chan is set to 0 (BCCH).
This parameter cannot be set to 2 (mode B) when
gprs_mac_mode is set to 1 (dynamic mode).

The PCU must be equipped.
max_gprs_pdch must be set to a nonzerovalue.
At least one nsvc must be associated with a GBL.
The nsei parameter must be configured by the
operator.
A PSP and the default GSL must be equipped at the
PCU.
A routing area colour must have been configured for
the cell; see the ra_colour parameter.
0
The RAC parameter must be set.
GPRS timeslot resources are recalculated to ensure
that the number of PRP timeslots equipped at the
PCU is greater than or equal to the sum of
max_gprs_pdch for each carrier in cells where
GPRS is unrestricted.
that the number of GDS timeslots to the PCU is
greater than or equal to the sum of max_gprs_pdch
for each carrier in cells where GPRS is unrestricted.

max_gprs_pdch must be set to a nonzerovalue.
operator.
PCU.
1 YES

0 This parameter can not be set to 1 (dynamic mode) YES
when gprs_dl_pwr_mode is set to 2 (mode B).
The gprs_ms_pan_dec parameter specifies the amount by
which to decrement the MS
counter n3102. The MS counter n3102 counts the
number of uplink acks/nacks received
by the MS. When an uplink ack/nack is received, n3102 is
incremented by
gprs_ms_pan_inc. n3102 never exceeds
1 gprs_ms_pan_max. Each time the preset YES
internal timer T3182 expires, n3102 is decremented by
gprs_ms_pan_dec. T3182
defines how long the mobile waits for an uplink ack/nack.
If n3102 decrements to zero,
then the MS performs an abnormal cell reselection
procedure as defined in the GSM
31
This parameter is only valid at the BSC.

0 YES
1 This parameter can be set only at the BSC. YES
The maximum value for a PGSM or EGSM system is

2 19. YES
The maximum value for a DCS1800 system is 15.
0 This parameter only applies to the BSC. YES
0 This parameter applies only to the BSC. YES
The handover_required_sp_ver_used parameter

0 cannot be disabled (0) if the efr_enabled parameter YES
is enabled (1).
S This parameter may only be changed if the

HDSL option is unrestricted.
S This parameter may only be changed at an
M-Cellcity, Horizonmicro or Horizoncompact
site.
6 YES
S Changing this parameter affects all master
modems equipped as msi_type niu_hdsl at
the local M-Cell site.
S All slave modem alarm thresholds are identical
to the master modem alarm thresholds.

site.
6 YES
site.
16 YES

18 Changing this parameter affects all master modems YES
equipped as msi_type niu_hdsl at the local M-Cell
site.

20 Changing this parameter affects all master modems YES
equipped as msi_type niu_hdsl at the local
M-Cellcity or Horizonmicro site.
This parameter may be changed only if the HDSL

This parameter may be changed only at an
14 equipped as msi_type niu_hdsl at the local M-Cell YES
site.
The hdsl_snr_oos threshold must be lower than the
hdsl_snr_restore threshold.

16 equipped as msi_type niu_hdsl at the local M-Cell YES
site.
The hdsl_snr_oos threshold must be lower than the
Congestion Relief feature is required.
0 YES
8 NONE YES
63 NONE YES
0 NONE YES
To use the ho_only_max_pwr parameter, the

0 decision_alg_type parameter must equal 1, to allow YES
the MS or BTS to reach full power.
2 YES
255 NONE YES
alt_qual_proc
0 This parameter is not valid at Horizonoffice BTS YES
sites.
The hopping_support paPlace the system in the SYSGEN

ON mode before
using the chg_element or chg_cell_element
0 commands to change this parameter. YES
Using the chg_hop_param command to change the
hopping system does not require SYSGEN ON.rameter
defines the frequency hopping in a cell.
The system must be in SYSGEN ON mode to

change this parameter with the chg_element or
NONE chg_cell_element commands. YES
Using the chg_hop_params command to change
the hopping system does not require SYSGEN ON.
Respond to the SITE reset prompt which will be

NONE displayed after the chg_element command is YES
entered to modify this parameter.
Refer to the descriptions for the chg_hop_params
command for restrictions on changing the hopping
parameters.
NONE The system does not check for errors when changes YES
are made in SYSGEN ON mode. When SYSGEN is
turned off, however, the system does check for
errors, and may reject the command.
0 NONE YES
The Concentric Cells feature must be unrestricted to
change inner_zone_alg.
sites.
Cannot set this parameter to Dual Band cells for
PCS1900 cells.
Before this parameter can be set to Dual Band (3)
the following dependencies must be met:
0 The Dual Band Cells feature must be unrestricted in YES
order to set inner_zone_alg to 3.
The Coincident Multiband feature and the Dual Band
Cells feature must not be set at the same time, so
coincident_mb must be 0.
RTFs must not be equipped for the inner zone.
The Multiband Inter-Cell Handover feature must be
enabled to change inner_zone_alg to 3
(mb_preference parameter must not be 0).
8 NONE YES
1 NONE YES
If the Multiband
This parameter is not available unless the Multiband
Inter-cell Handover
Inter-cell Handover feature is enabled.
feature is enabled:
This parameter must include, at a minimum, the
3 for PGSM and
frequency type for the cell. For example, if the cell
EGSM cells YES
has a frequency_type of pgsm, then the
4 for DCS1800
interband_ho_allowed parameter must include
cells
pgsm as a possible destination frequency band for
8 for PCS1900
handovers.
cells
interfer_bands,0 must be less than or equal to

interfer_bands,1
interfer_bands,2
63 YES
interfer_bands,3
interfer_bands,4
1 NONE YES
1 NONE YES
Changing this parameter is not allowed at M-Cell

None YES
sites.
10 NONE YES
30 Must be less than u_rxlev_dl_p YES
10 NONE YES
30 Must be less than u_rxlev_ul_p YES
453 BER / 5 alt_qual_proc.

YES
Qband See also data_qual_enabled, hop_qual_enabled
0 BER If
dat_qual_enabled =
0 data_qual_enabled
YES
4QBand units If alt_qual_proc
data_qual_enabled
=1
0 BER If
dat_qual_enabled = hop_qual_enabled
0 alt_qual_proc
YES
4QBand units If This parameter may not be changed for Horizonoffice
data_qual_enabled sites.
=1
226 BER If
alt_qual_proc
alt_qual_proc = 0
Must be greater than u_rxqual_dl_p YES
4 QBand units If
See also data_qual_enabled, hop_qual_enabled
alt_qual_proc = 1
0 BER If
data_qual_enabled
=0 data_qual_enabled
YES
4 QBand units If alt_qual_proc
data_qual_enabled
=1
0 BER If
data_qual_enabled hop_qual_enabled
=0 alt_qual_proc
YES
4 QBand units If This parameter may not be changed for Horizonoffice
data_qual_enabled sites.
=1
453 BER If
alt_qual_proc = 0 alt_qual_proc
YES
5 QBand units If See also data_qual_enabled, hop_qual_enabled
alt_qual_proc = 1
0 BER If
alt_qual_proc = 0 data_qual_enabled
YES
alt_qual_proc = 1
0 BER If hop_qual_enabled
YES
alt_qual_proc = 1 sites.
YES
226 BER If
alt_qual_proc
alt_qual_proc = 0
Must be greater than u_rxqual_ul_p YES
4 QBand units If
See also data_qual_enabled, hop_qual_enabled
alt_qual_proc = 1
0 BER If
alt_qual_proc = 0 data_qual_enabled
YES
alt_qual_proc = 1
YES
The value of this parameter may be specified for the

BSC (site 0) only while in the initial SYSGEN mode.
The value of this parameter may not be changed if
any MSIs or BTS sites are equipped.
land_layer1_mode cannot be changed to 1 (T1)
unless mms_config_type = 0.
0 Horizonoffice BTS sites support E1 (2.048 Mbit/s YES
CEPT format) BSC-BTS links only. This parameter
must be set to E1 before a Horizonoffice cabinet can
be equipped. This parameter cannot be changed at
Horizonoffice BTS sites.
If the GPRS feature is unrestricted and a PCU is
equipped, this parameter must be set to 0 (E1).
0 The Microcellular feature must be unrestricted. YES
link_about_to_fail must be less than link_fail

2 YES
max_tx_bts
link_fail must be greater than or equal to

4 YES
link_about_to_fail
Place the system in the SYSGEN ON mode before

1 using the chg_element command to change this YES
parameter.
0 NONE YES
7 NONE YES
1 This parameter is valid only at Horizonoffice sites.

For combined channel configurations, the values can
be 4, 12, 20, 28 SDs
NONE YES
For non-combined channel configurations, the values
can be 8, 16, 24, 32 SDs
The sum of max_q_length_full_rate_channel plus

0 max_q_length_sdcch must be less than or equal to YES
queue_management_information.

NONE max_q_length_sdcch must be less than or equal to YES
NONE NONE YES
0 frequency_type YES
The range and default values of

mstxpwr_max_inner depends on this parameter. If
the range or default value of max_tx_ms changes, YES
mstxpwr_max_inner must also be updated, to a
value less than or equal to max_ts_ms.
This parameter is unavailable if the Multiband

Inter-Cell Handover feature is restricted.
0 This parameter may not be disabled when YES
inner_zone_alg is set to indicate Dual Band Cells for
any cell in the BSS.
The parameter can be set only if
S the Congestion Relief feature is unrestricted
(ho_exist_congest element must be
100 (The value
enabled).
100 indicates an
S mb_preference element must be enabled.
attempt to use the YES
S band_preference_mode must be set to 6
last
(the mode which triggers when a Cell is
resource).
congested).
S mb_tch_congest_thres must be less than
or equal to tch_congest_prevent_thres.
0 NONE YES
The system must be in SYSGEN ON mode to modify

this parameter.
0 PCS1900 systems accept only the four parameter YES
cell number format.
This parameter is valid only at the BSC.
0 NONE YES
The value of the land_layer1_mode parameter:

S For E1 systems (land_layer1_mode =0), the
value of this parameter can be changed at any
time for any site. If executed outside SYSGEN
mode, a warning message saying the MMSs
0 must be reset to have the change take effect at YES
that site will display.
S mms_config_type cannot be changed to 1 if
land_layer1_mode = 1 (T1).
The value of mms_config_type must be the same at
the BSC and the PCU sites.
0 ms_max_range YES
The range for the ms_max_range parameter
depends on whether the Extended Range feature is
63 YES
enabled or disabled.
This parameter is not available at Horizonoffice sites.
2 decision_alg_num = 1 YES
2 hreqave YES
1 NONE YES
If the cell is not a type 3 MS cell, 0 is the only value

0 YES
allowed.
2 frequency_type YES
None ms_txpwr_max_def YES
None ms_txpwr_max_cell YES
ms_txpwr_max_inner must be less than or equal to

max_tx_ms if the value for inner_zone_alg equals 1
Same value as
(Dual Band cell). YES
max_tx_ms
sites.
The Directed Retry or the Multiband Intercell
0 YES
Handover feature must be unrestricted.
84 (representing
bit pattern Place the system in SYSGEN ON mode YES
01010100)
0 NONE YES
If the element is changed in SYSGEN ON mode, the

0 YES
change takes effect immediately.
The Multiband Intercell Handover feature must be

0 YES
enabled.
255 0 to 255 (or 0 to FFh in Hex) YES

0 NONE YES
The MTL must be locked then unlocked for the

NONE YES
change to take effect.

Sysgen mode cannot be left until the nsei parameter
NONE has been configured by the operator. YES
The nsei parameter cannot be modified until all GBLs
have been locked.
1 NONE YES
off NONE NO
off NONE NO
off NONE NO
off NONE NO
16 NONE YES
4 if ccch_conf The value of this parameter must be less than or

equals 1; 8 if equal to the max_number_of_sdcchs.
YES
ccch_conf not The valid range for this parameter depends on the
equal to 1 value of ccch_conf.
The value of opc depends on the values of

NONE ss7_mode . YES
This parameter only applies to the BSC.
This parameter applies only to the BSC or RXCDR.

0 YES
The Multiple Encryption feature must be unrestricted.
0 YES
0 YES
0 YES
0 YES
0 YES
0 YES
0 This parameter only applies to the BSC or RXCDR. YES
The Concentric Cells feature must be enabled.

0 This parameter can not be modified at a YES
Horizonoffice site.

This parameter is not allowed at the RXCDR.
This parameter is only applied at the BSC (location 0).
0 YES
The EFR feature must be enabled to change this
parameter.
The Dual Band Cells feature must be unrestricted.

Changing this parameter to 1 adds this cell to its won
0 neighbour list. This auto-created neighbour will not YES
be deleted by the user. It can only be deleted by
changing this element back to 0.

0 You must reset the BSC when changing this YES
parameter for the change to take effect.
None This parameter only applies to the BSC. YES
0 NONE YES
0 NONE YES
This parameter must be greater than or equal to

2 YES
pow_red_step_size_dl.
This parameter must be greater than or equal to

2 YES
pow_red_step_size_ul.
This parameter must be less than or equal to

2 YES
pow_inc_step_size_dl.
This paremeter must be less than or equal to

2 YES
pow_inc_step_size_ul.
The Microcell feature must be unrestricted to use this

1 YES
parameter.
The GPRS feature must be unrestricted. Queuing

must be enabled and the priority sent from the MSC
0 in the assignment request must be a value between 1 YES
and 14; if this is not done, the last timeslot acts like a
reserved timeslot.
1 NONE YES
1 NONE YES
The sum of (max_q_length_full_rate_channel +

50 max_q_length_sdcch) must be less than or equal to YES
This parameter applies only to GPRS cells.
NONE YES
If the local_maintenance flag is disabled, this
parameter cannot be changed through the MMI.
NONE YES
This parameter displays only when the value has
been set previously by the operator.

16 YES
ccch_load_period.
If rach_load_type is 1, then the units for this

parameter is (# correct RACH accesses/# incorrect
1000 (Disables flow RACH accesses).
YES
control) If rach_load_type is 0, then the units for this
parameter is (# correct RACH access/# possible
RACH accesses).
NONE NONE YES
4 NONE YES
0 NONE YES
rci_error_gen threshold minus

rci_error_clr_threshold, divided by the
0 rci_error_decrement must be greater than or equal YES
to 2.
This parameter only applies to the BSC or RXCDR.
rci_error_gen threshold minus the

to 2.
This parameter only applies to the BSC or RXCDR.

to 2.
16 NONE YES
20 NONE YES
511 NONE YES
6000 NONE YES
25 NONE YES
150 NONE YES
0 NONE YES
4 if alg_data=0 1 When alg_num is set to 255, bin_num can not be
YES
if alg_data=1 set equal to decision_1_tim_adv_av_alg.
16 NONE YES
20 NONE YES
511 NONE YES
6000 NONE YES
5 NONE YES
5 NONE YES
Must be less than
2 YES
Must be greater than

12 YES
10 NONE YES
This parameter must be less than rpd_trigger.

8 YES
The parameter rapid_pwr_down must be enabled.
2 NONE YES
This parameter must be greater than l_rxlev_ul_p.
45 ( 65 dBm) This parameter must be greater than rpd_offset. YES
The parameter rapid_pwr_down must be enabled.
0 NONE YES
The RTF Fault Containment option must be

0 unrestricted to use this parameter. YES
0 NONE YES
When alg_num is set to 255, bin_num can not be

set equal to one of the following parameters:
4 if alg_data=0 1
decision_1_dl_rxlev_av_h YES
if alg_data=1
4 if alg_data=0 1 When alg_num is set to 255, bin_num can not be
YES
if alg_data=1 set equal to decision_1_dl_rxlev_av_p.
The Concentric Cells Option must be enabled and

the inner_zone_alg type must be set to 1.
63 YES
sites.

0 110 dBm and lower
1 109 dBm
2 108 dBm
15 YES
.
.
.

4 if alg_data=0 6
set equal to either:
if alg_data=1 1 YES
decision_1_ul_rxlev_av_h, or
if alg_data=2
decision_1_ul_rxlev_av_ih
4 if alg_data=0 1
if alg_data=1 1 YES
set equal to decision_1_ul_rxlev_av_p.
if alg_data=2
The Concentric Cells Option must be enabled and
the inner_zone_alg parameter must be set to 1.
63 YES
sites.
4 if alg_data=0 1
if alg_data=1 1 YES
set equal to decision_1_dl_rxqual_av_h.
if alg_data=2
4 if alg_data=0 1
if alg_data=1 1 YES
set equal to decision_1_dl_rxqual_av_p.
if alg_data=2
4 if alg_data=0 6
if alg_data=1 1 decision_1_ul_rxqual_av_h YES
if alg_data=2
4 if alg_data=0 1
if alg_data=1 1 decision_1_ul_rxqual_av_p YES
if alg_data=2
0 Safe (Safe Tests)

1 int_lpbk (Internal Loopback Tests)
255 YES
2 Self test
255 No audit
NONE NONE YES
NONE NONE YES
NONE NONE YES
NONE NONE YES

1 using the chg_element command to change this NO
parameter.
External SDCCH handover must be enabled at and

supported by the MSC.
NONE The hand_over_required_curr_ ch parameter must YES
be set to 1 so as to include the information element in
the handover required message to the MSC.
2 NONE YES
12 NONE YES

0 YES
unrestricted.
The sdcch_ho parameter must be enabled. (This is

1 YES
not monitored by the system.)
This parameter is set to the primary frequency type

when a cell is not configured as a Dual Band cell.
This parameter may be modified only when changing
inner_zone_alg to 3 with the chg_cell_element
command.
At Dual Band cells:
S When the Cell frequency type is set to PGSM
NO
or EGSM, the secondary_freq_type can only
be set to DCS1800.
S When the Cell frequency type is set to
DCS1800, the secondary_freq_type can only
be set to PGSM or EGSM.
At non-Dual Band cells, the secondary_freq_type is
set to the primary frequency type.
4 NONE NO
This parameter must be greater than

10
slip_loss_daily.
255 NONE YES
6000 NONE NO
31 The PCU must be locked. YES
31 The PCU must be locked. YES
0 The SMS Point to Point feature must be unrestricted. YES
2 The SMS Point to Point feature must be unrestricted. NO
The SMS Point to Point feature must be unrestricted. YES
The system checks the values of the opc and dpc

variables and compares them to the value of
ss7_mode. If the ranges are not compatible, the
0 NO
system rejects the changes.
This parameter requires a location value of 0 or
bsc.
Must be greater than the
80 ssm_normal_overload_threshold parameter. NO
This parameter applies only to a BSC.
Must be less than the

70 ssm_critical_overload_threshold parameter. NO
250 NONE NO

70 ssm_critical_overload_threshold parameter. NO
200 NONE NO
10 NONE NO
Must be set to 30 or 60 minutes to align with the
30 NO
OMC-R.
NONE decision_1_p_bgt_rxlev_av_h YES
0 This parameter applies only to a BSC. NO
This parameter must be less than

16 NO
sync_loss_hourly.

20 NO
sync_loss_daily.
511 NONE NO
6000 NONE NO
25 NONE NO
150 NONE NO
10 NONE NO
10 NONE NO
Must be greater than or equal to

100 NO
tch_busy_norm_threshold.
Must be less than or equal to

100 NO
tch_busy_critical_threshold.
100 (The value

100 indicates an The Congestion Relief feature must be enabled.
attempt to use the This parameter must be greater than or equal to YES
last mb_tch_congest_thres.
resource).
0 NONE YES
255 NONE YES

7 YES
cell_reselect_param_ind parameter is not set.
7 NONE YES
4 hreqave, n8, p8 YES
This parameter is used only when handover records

are requested and RSS, Abis and/or MS Power
5 YES
control data are specified.
This parameter applies only to the BSC.
This parameter is used only when handover records
are requested and RSS, Abis and/or MS Power
5 YES
This parameter must be greater than the value

assigned to the trunk_major_threshold parameter
50 YES
unless both values are set to 0.
This parameter must be less than the value assigned
to the trunk_critical_threshold parameter unless
50 YES
both values are set to 0.
This parameter cannot be altered unless the

0 Aggregate Abis feature is enabled. YES
No RTFs are equipped (tsc_update_method must

first be set before RTFs can be equipped in the
0 script). Equip RTF verifies the TSC values based on YES
this setting.
4 NONE YES
This parameter is valid only if the transceivers at the

site are inactive.
0 YES
The system does not accept this parameter if the
associated DRIs are unlocked.
l_rxqual_dl_h
45 This parameter is used by the BSS only when YES
interfer_ho_allowed is 1.
40 NONE YES
l_rxqual_ul_h
45 This parameter is used by the BSS only when YES
interfer_ho_allowed is 1.
40 NONE YES
28 BER If alt_qual_proc
alt_qual_proc = 0 Since better rxqual corresponds to a lower bit error
YES
1 QBand units If rate, u_rxqual_dl_p should be less than
alt_qual_proc = 1 l_rxqual_dl_p.
28 BER If alt_qual_proc
alt_qual_proc = 0 Since better rxqual corresponds to a lower bit error
YES
1 QBand units If rate, u_rxqual_ul_p must be less than
alt_qual_proc = 1 l_rxqual_ul_p.

ul_audio_lev_offset application. If
volume_control_type = 1, then the
ul_audio_lev_offset parameter only applies to sites
0 YES
equipped with GDP boards. The GDP firmware
controls the volume level by converting the audio
level bits for the entered offset.
1 NONE YES
1 NONE YES

0 NO
The Phase 2 optional feature which must be
purchased.
0 This parameter is not available at Horizonoffice sites. YES
0 NONE YES
The Generic DSP Processor (GDP) Volume Control
feature must be available.
If volume_control_type is set to 1, the BSS must be
equipped with GDP boards, unless remote
transcoding, when RXCDR must contain a GDP
board to serve the BSS.
CCDSP (Channel Coding Digital Signal Processor)
volume control cannot be directly initiated from an
0 YES
RXCDR. (There are no DRIs at the RXCDR).
However, by setting the parameter to 0 at the BSC
and at the RXCDR, CCDSP (DRI) volume control is
used in this BSS.
The parameters ul_audio_lev_offset and
dl_audio_lev_offset must be set to 0 before
changing volume_control_type.
10 NONE YES
5 NONE YES
0 NONE YES
The Concentric Cells feature must be unrestricted.
The range depends on the value of inner_zone_alg:
S Dual Band Cell: 63 to 63.
0 YES
S Not Dual Band Cell: 0 to 30.
sites.
DATABASE PARAMETER Description
The add_access_class timer specifies the guard

time period between individual mobile
add_access_class
access classes to come into service. This permits
MSs to access the system gradually.
The assign_successful timer causes a Clear
assign_successful Request message to be sent to the MSC
when it expires.
The bcch_info timer specifies the wait time for the
Radio Subsystem (RSS) to hold an
information message for the BCCH System
bcch_info
Information Messages from Call Processing
(CP) before sending the information message to
the channel coders.
The bounce_protect_cong_tmr timer specifies the
number of SACCH periods after a
bounce_protect_cong_tmr
congestion handover that the system applies the
bounce_protect_margin value.
The bounce_protect_qual_tmr timer specifies the
number of SACCH periods after a
bounce_protect_qual_tmr
RXQUAL handover the system applies the
bounce_protect_margin value.
The bsc_audit timer specifies how long activity is
bsc_audit
monitored on a dedicated channel.
The bsc_audit_response timer specifies the wait
bsc_audit_response time for audit ssm call response from
RRSM timer.
The bssgp_fc_period_c timer specifies the rate at

which the BSS is allowed to send
flow control messages for a given BVC or MS.
bssgp_fc_period_c The BSS may send a new Flow Control
PDU every C seconds, where C is a value which is
predefined and common to the BSS
and SGSN.
The bssgp_t1_timer guards the BVC Blocking and

bssgp_t1_timer Unblocking procedures between the
BSS and SGSN.
The bssgp_t2_timer guards the BVC Reset
bssgp_t2_timer
procedure between the BSS and the SGSN.
The bssmap_t1 timer specifies the wait time for a
Blocking Acknowledge or Unblocking
Acknowledge from the MSC. The value set must
bssmap_t1 allow enough time for the MSC to
respond to a Block/Unblock, even if the MSC is not
in a state to respond immediately. A
typical value for this timer is 1000 milliseconds.
The bssmap_t10 timer specifies the wait time for
return assignment complete MS.
Because the bssmap_t10 timer is used twice in the
bssmap_t10
system, it is considered to be a timer
in cascade and its value corresponds to the lowest
assigned value.
bssmap_t11
queued resource request.
bssmap_t13
the reset guard period at the BSS.
Reset Circuit Acknowledge from the
MSC. The value must allow the MSC enough time
bssmap_t19
to respond to a BSC initiated Reset
Circuit. A typical value for this timer is 1000
milliseconds.
Circuit Group Blocking Ack or Circuit
bssmap_t20
Group Unblocking Ack from MSC. A typical value
for this timer is 1000 milliseconds.
return of the Reset Acknowledgement
from MSC. This timer must be set to allow enough
bssmap_t4
time for the BSS to recover from a
global reset. A typical value for this timer is 1000
milliseconds.
In an inter-BSS (external) handover, the BSC

(SSM) timer bssmap_t7 guards against
something going wrong at the MSC with the
handover that the BSC has triggered. The
BSC responds to the MSC and sets the timer to
bssmap_t7 guard against non-receipt of the MSC
approval to proceed with the handover. If the
timer expires before the HANDOVER
COMMAND message is received from the MSC,
the result depends on the setting of the
handover_recognized_period parameter.
The bssmap_t8 timer specifies the wait time for the

receipt of a successful handover.
This is the sum of the time required for all
bssmap_t8
messages to be sent to the mobile plus the
time it takes to access a target and come back, if
necessary.
The bssmap_tqho timer specifies the maximum
bssmap_tqho allowed queuing time for a handover
request.
The bts_audit timer specifies the wait time for the

bts_audit audit timer for the state on dedicated
channel.
The bts_audit_response timer specifies the wait
time for audit Radio Resource State
bts_audit_response
Machine (RRSM) call response from the SCCP
State Machine (SSM).
The bts_escalation timer specifies how long the

bts_escalation BTS can be out of communication with
the BSC before resetting.
The carrier_free_immediate timer specifies the

time allowed to free all channels on a
carrier when the channels must be freed
carrier_free_immediate
immediately (regardless of state). This value
should be eight times greater than the value
needed to free a single timeslot.
The cbch_1 timer specifies the wait time for
sending BCCH information for the newly
cbch_1
activated CBCH channel to the deactivation of the
old CBCH.
The cbch_2 timer specifies the wait time for
cbch_2
updating the CBCH response from RSS.
The cbch_3 timer specifies the wait time for the
cbch_3 CBCH activation acknowledgement from
RCI.
The channel_act timer specifies how long the
Radio Subsystem (RSS) waits for a
confirmation from the channel coder after sending
channel_act
a CHAN_ACTIVATE request to the
channel coders. This request is sent to the
channel coders to activate a channel.
The channel_teardown timer specifies the wait
channel_teardown
time for channel teardown.
The cipher_comp_ms (and the

ciphering_successful) parameters are guard timers
that are used to verify that expected messages are
cipher_comp_ms received. If an expected message is
not received within the specified time, the
resources associated with the call are
released.
The ciphering_successful (and the

ciphering_comp_ms) parameters are guard
timers that are used to verify that expected
ciphering_successful messages are received. If an expected
message is not received within the specified time,
the resources associated with the call
are released.
The circuit_reset_ack timer specifies the wait time
for the circuit reset
circuit_reset_ack acknowledgement from internal subsystems. A
typical value for this timer is 1000
milliseconds.
The clear_cmd_ext_ho timer specifies the wait

clear_cmd_ext_ho time for the clear command from the
MSC when the MSC sends a Handover command.
The clear_command timer specifies the wait time

clear_command
for the clear command from the MSC.
The dealloc_inact timer specifies the wait time for

the deallocation of a channel for
dealloc_inact which a fatal error indication has been received
from the BSS. The channel is held for
the specified time in case the connection recovers.
The downlink_sync_timer timer specifies the wait

time a Channel Coder Unit (CCU)
downlink_sync_timer allows for the downlink TRAU Sync to be lost
during a call before generating an error
indication.
The dynet_retry_time timer specifies the amount of

time that the BTS waits for a
response from the BSC when the BTS requests a
dynet_retry_time
terrestrial backing source. The value
for this timer depends on whether satellites are
used to connect the BSC to the BTS.
The early_classmark_delay timer specifies how

long the BSS delays sending the
early_classmark_delay
Classmark Update message to the MSC during
Early Classmark sending.
The emerg_reserved timer specifies how long a

TCH is reserved for an emergency call
emerg_reserved access. The TCH becomes reserved after an
existing call is torn down due to the lack of
TCHs at the time of an emergency call access.
The ext_ho_allocation timer specifies the wait time
ext_ho_allocation
for handover allocation.
The ext_rtry_cand_prd timer specifies the time

between successive attempts for a
given source cell to attempt an inter-BSS handover
ext_rtry_cand_prd
to a target cell which had previously
rejected a handover attempt because of
congestion.
The flow_control_t1 timer specifies the wait time
flow_control_t1 before the Flow Control mechanism
considers new overload messages.
The flow_control_t2 timer specifies the wait time

flow_control_t2 before a previously flow control barred
access class is brought back in service.
The gbl_thrput_period timer specifies the time

period to compute the statistics
GBL_UL_DATA_THRPUT and
gbl_thrput_period
GBL_DL_DATA_THRPUT. These statistics
indicate the
throughput of a GBL uplink and downlink.
The gprs_smg30_t3192 timer specifies the mobile

timers used by the BTS on the BCCH
blocks. It specifies the time that the mobile
gprs_smg30_t3192
continues the assigned PDCHs, after
receiving its last data block and before it returns to
monitoring its paging groups.
The gprs_t3168 timer specifies the MS timers used

by the BTS on the BCCH blocks.
This parameter specifies the wait time for the MS
gprs_t3168
waits to get a Packet Uplink
Assignment after sending a Packet Resource
Request.
The gprs_t3192 timer specifies the MS timers used

by the BTS on BCCH blocks. This
parameter specifies the time that the MS continues
gprs_t3192
the assigned PDCHs after receiving
its last data block and before it returns to
monitoring its paging groups.
The handover_recognized_period parameter

specifies the per cell periodicity timer for
the minimum period between handover attempts
for a BTS queueing for handover. It
handover_recognized_period
sets the minimum period between internal BTS
handover messages being generated and
that result in a HANDOVER REQUIRED message
being sent from the BSS to the MSC.
In an intra-cell handover, the ho_ack timer

specifies the wait time for the BTS/BSC
assignment of the target handover channel. If this
ho_ack timer expires before this assignment,
the handover attempt fails, the newly assigned
channel is freed, and a new handover
procedure has to start.
The ho_allocation timer specifies the wait time for
ho_allocation handover allocation from destination
cell RRSM.
The ho_complete timer specifies the wait time for
ho_complete handover complete from a MS on the
target cell.
The ho_request timer specifies the wait time for
ho_request handover request from the MSC after
the SCCP connection is established.
The ho_successful parameter specifies the wait
ho_successful time for handover complete from target
cell Radio Resource State Machine (RRSM).
The hop_count _timer specifies the number of
SACCH periods that intercell
interference handovers are counted. If the number
of handovers defined by the
hop_count_timer
hop_count parameter occur within the time set by
the hop_count_timer, the system
escalates the handover to a RXQUAL handover to
another cell.
The initial_sync_timer specifies the wait time for a

Channel Coder Unit (CCU) to
initial_sync_timer receive the initial downlink Transcoding and Rate
Adaption Unit (TRAU) frame before
generating an error indication.
The mode_modify timer specifies the wait time for

mode_modify the MODE MODIFY message to be
sent from Abis to Physical Layer 1.
The mode_rr_modify_ack timer specifies the wait

mode_rr_modify_ack time for the MODE MODIFY
ACKNOWLEDGE message from the MS.
The ms_sapi3_est timer specifies the wait time for
ms_sapi3_est SAPI 3 SMS establishment from the
MS.
The neighbor_report_timer specifies the wait time

for the MS for a handover to decode
neighbor_report_timer
the BSIC and report on potentially interfering
neighbours.
The ns_alive_timer guards the NS Test Procedure
ns_alive_timer
between the BSS and the SGSN.
The ns_block_timer guards the NS Blocking and

ns_block_timer Unblocking Procedures between the
BSS and SGSN.
The ns_reset_period timer specifies the period for
ns_reset_period which the BSS attempts to reset an
NSVC using the NS Reset Procedure.
The ns_reset_timer guards the NS Reset

ns_reset_timer
Procedure between the BSS and the SGSN.
The ns_test_timer specifies the periodicity of the

ns_test_timer NSVC test procedure. The NSVC is
tested every ns_test_timer seconds.
The penalty_time timer specifies how long the

penalty_time value specified by the field
temporary_offset is valid.
The phase_lock_duration parameter extends the

minimum length of time a GCLK must
phase_lock_duration
hold synchronization with an MMS before the
GCLK is considered synchronized.
The radio_chan_released timer specifies how long
the BSC waits for the BTS to
radio_chan_released
release a call. This timer starts when one of the
following occurs:
The register_exp timer specifies the wait time for
register_exp the CRM to initiate registration with the
BSC.
The rf_chan_rel_ack timer specifies the wait time
an RF channel release
rf_chan_rel_ack
(acknowledgement) message from the Radio
Subsystem (RSS).
The rr_ny1_rep parameter specifies the threshold
for the maximum number of
rr_ny1_rep repetitions for the PHYSICAL INFORMATION
message during a handover. This
parameter is used by RSS Layer 1 process.
The rr_t3101 timer specifies how long the BSS

waits for the MS to establish on a
rr_t3101 Standalone Dedicated Control Channel (SDCCH)
after sending an immediate assignment
message.
The rr_t3103 timer specifies how long the BSS

rr_t3103 waits for an internal handover to
complete.
The rr_t3105 parameter specifies the repetition
between transmissions of the Physical
Information messages during the handover
rr_t3105
procedure. The RSS uses this value to
calculate the number of blocks to skip. This value
is sent to the DRI.
The rr_t3109 timer is used during the channel

rr_t3109 release procedure in case of a radio link
timeout.
The rr_t3111_sd timer specifies the delay for the

deactivation of an SDCCH channel
after the disconnection of the main signalling link.
rr_t3111_sd
The purpose is to allow some time for
the possible repetition of the disconnection of the
main signalling link.
Th rr_t311_tch timer specifies the delay for the

deactivation of a traffic channel (TCH)
after the disconnection of the main signalling link.
rr_t3111_tch
The purpose is to allow some time for
the possible repetition of the disconnection of the
main signalling link.
The rr_t3212 timer governs the MS periodic
location update procedure. This timer is
rr_t3212
part of the control channel description information
parameter.
The rtry_cand_prd timer specifies how long a cell

rtry_cand_prd can be marked as congested and can
not accept incoming non-imperative handovers.
The sacch_info timer specifies how long the Radio

Subsystem (RSS) must hold system
information messages for the SACCH from Call
Processing (CP) before it can send the
sacch_info
system information it has down to the channel
coders. The information is sent
immediately if both of the SACCH information
messages are received.
The sccp_released timer specifies the wait time for

SCCP Released from MSC. This
sccp_released
timer controls the duration that the BSC waits for
the SCCP connection to be released.
The sccp_tconn_est timer specifies the wait time
sccp_tconn_est for the SCCP connection confirmation
from the MSC.
The sccp_tiar timer specifies the receive inactivity
sccp_tiar
control timer.
The sccp_tias timer specifies the send activity

sccp_tias
control timer.
The sccp_trel timer specifies the wait time for

sccp_trel
SCCP Release complete.
The sm_audit_response timer specifies the wait
sm_audit_response time for audit response from switch
manager.
The spi timer specifies the wait time before
initiating an internal reset after either
spi
Subsystem Prohibited (SSP) or Signalling Point
Inaccessible (SPI) occurs.
The ss7_l2_t1 timer specifies the alignment ready

ss7_l2_t1
timer.
The ss7_l2_t2 timer specifies the not aligned

ss7_l2_t2
timer.
ss7_l2_t3 The ss7_l2_t3 timer specifies the aligned timer.
The ss7_l2t4 timer specifies the emergency

ss7_l2_t4
proving period timer.
The ss7_l2_t5 timer specifies the sending SIB

ss7_l2_t5
timer.
The ss7_l2_t6 timer specifies the remote

ss7_l2_t6
congestion timer.
The ss7_l2_t7 timer specifies the excessive delay

of acknowledgement timer. If the
ss7_l2_t7 error correction method is set to PCR, the
minimum value for this parameter is 0.8
seconds.
The ss7_l3_t3 timer specifies the delay to avoid
ss7_l3_t1
mis-sequencing on changeover timer.
The ss7_l3_t12 timer specifies the uninhibit
ss7_l3_t12
acknowledgement timer.
The ss7_l3_t13 timer specifies the force uninhibit
ss7_l3_t13
timer.
The ss7_l3_t14 timer sets the inhibition
ss7_l3_t14
acknowledgement timer.
The ss7_l3_t17 timer specifies the time to wait to
ss7_l3_t17 avoid oscillation of initial alignment
failure and link restart timer.
The ss7_l3_t2 timer specifies the wait time for

ss7_l3_t2
changeover acknowledgement timer.
The ss7_l3_t22 timer specifies the local inhibit test
ss7_l3_t22
timer.
The ss7_l3_t23 timer specifies the remote inhibit

ss7_l3_t23
test time
The ss7_l3_t4 timer specifies the waiting for

ss7_l3_t4 changeback acknowledgement (first
attempt) timer.
The ss7_l3_t5 timer specifies the waiting for
ss7_l3_t5 changeback acknowledgement (second
attempt) timer.
The ss7_slt_t1 parameter specifies the supervision
ss7_slt_t1 timer for signalling link test
acknowledgement.
The start_ack parameter specifies the BSC wait
time for the starting acknowledgement
start_ack
of a single registered BTS during configuration
time.
This static_sync_timer specifies the maximum

amount of time that is allowed for the
channel coder to transition from initial time
static_sync_timer
alignment to static time alignment. Static time
alignment is necessary before the channel coder
can process data.
The t_stat_info timer specifies the interval between

t_stat_info Subsystem Status Test (SST)
The uplink_sync_timer specifies how long a
Channel Coder Unit (CCU) waits for the
uplink_sync_timer
urgent alarm pattern to be received before
generating an error indication.
The valid_candidate_period timer specifies how

valid_candidate_period long candidates for handovers due to
congestion are valid before querying for new ones.
Valid range Value description Default value
0 to 1000000 60000
0 to 1000000 30000
0 to 10000 2000
0 to 127 0
0 to 127 0
0 to 1000000 120000
0 to 1000000 30000
1 0.1 seconds 100

milliseconds
.
10 1 second 1000
1 to 1000 10 (1 second)
milliseconds
.
1000 100 seconds
100000 milliseconds
1 to 120 3
0 to 1000000 60000
0 to 1000000 30000
0 to 1000000 28000
0 to 1000000 60000
0 to 1000000 40000
0 to 1000000 30000
T20
0 to 1000000 30000
0 to 1000000 30000
0 to 1000000 28000
0 to 1000000 30000
The lesser value

of 60000 or the
0 to 1000000
bsc_audit timer
minus 1
0 to 100000 30000
(0 indicates that the

BTS does not reset
0, and 30 to 360 due to loss of 60
communication with
the BTS)
0 to 1000000 120000
0 to 1000000 30000
0 to 1000000 30000
0 to 1000000 35000
0 to 10000 10000
0 to 1000000 28000
0 to 1000000 28000
0 to 1000000 28000
0 to 1000000 70000
0 to 1000000 30000
0 to 1000000 30000
0 to 1000000 None
1000 to 3000 1000
150 to 3000 150
0 to 100000 0
0 to 1000000 120000
0 to 1000000 30000
0 to 1000000 4000
0 to 1000000 20000
0 to 1000000 20000
1 to 255 50
500, 1000, 2000, and 4000 500
500, 1000, 2000, and 4000 4000
0, 80, 120, 160, 200, 500, 1000, and 1500 500
2 to 64 (even values only) 2
0 to 1000000 5000
0 to 1000000 30000
0 to 1000000 28000
0 to 1000000 30000
0 to 1000000 30000
A value of 0 disables
0 to 255 0
the feature.
1500 to 7000 4000 (4 seconds)
0 to 10000 10000
0 to 1000000 28000
0 to 1000000 28000
0 to 255 10
1 to 30 3
1 to 30 3
1 to 250 125
1 to 120 40
1 to 60 30
0 20 seconds
1 40 seconds
2 60 seconds
0 to 31 0
.
.
30 620 seconds
0
0 to 3600
50 (M-Cell only)
0 to 1000000 30000
0 to 1000000 120000
0 to 1000000 5000
0 to 200 20
5000 (add_cell
0 to 1000000
default)
0 to 1000000 30000
0 to 200 60
0 to 1000000 14400
0 to 1000000 14400
0 to 1000000 14400
0 to 255 10
0 to 1000000 4000
0 to 10000 2000
0 to 1000000 30000
0 to 1000000 30000
0 to 1000000 30000
0 to 1000000 30000
4000 to 15000 10000
0 to 1000000 30000
10000 to 1000000 60000
The default value

is dependent upon
the value of the
ss7_mode
40000 to 50000 If
The range of values is dependent upon the parameter.
ss7_mode = 0 (ITU)
value of the 50000 If
13000 to 30000 If
ss7_mode parameter ss7_mode = 0
ss7_mode = 1 (ANSI)
(ITU)
13000 If
ss7_mode = 1
(ANSI)
The default value

is dependent upon
the value of the
ss7_mode
5000 to 150000 If
ss7_mode = 0 (ITU)
5000 to 30000 If
ss7_mode parameter ss7_mode = 0
ss7_mode = 1 (ANSI)
(ITU)
23000 If
ss7_mode = 1
(ANSI)
The default value
is dependent upon
the value of the
1000 to 1500 If ss7_mode
The range of values is dependent upon the
ss7_mode = 0 (ITU) parameter.
value of the
5000 to 14000 If 1400 If ss7_mode
ss7_mode parameter
ss7_mode = 1 (ANSI) = 0 (ITU)
11500 If
ss7_mode = 1
(ANSI)
400 to 600 600
80 to 120 100
The default value

is dependent upon
the value of the
3000 to 6000 If
The range of values is dependent upon the ss7_mode
ss7_mode = 0 (ITU)
value of the parameter.
1000 to 6000 If
ss7_mode parameter 5000 If ss7_mode
ss7_mode = 1 (ANSI)
= 0 (ITU)
5000 If ss7_mode
= 1 (ANSI)
500 to 2000 1000
500 to1200 850
800 to 1500 1150
800 to 1500 1150
2000 to 3000 2500
800 to 1500 1150
700 to 2000 1400

The default value
is dependent upon
the value of the
ss7_mode
180000 to 360000 If
ss7_mode = 0 (ITU)
90000 to 120000 If
ss7_mode parameter. ss7_mode = 0
ss7_mode = 1 (ANSI)
(ITU)
90000 If
ss7_mode = 1
(ANSI)
The default value

is dependent upon
the value of the
ss7_mode
180000 to 360000 If
ss7_mode = 0 (ITU)
90000 to 120000 If
ss7_mode parameter. ss7_mode = 0
ss7_mode = 1 (ANSI)
(ITU)
90000 If
ss7_mode = 1
(ANSI)
500 to 1200 850
500 to 1200 850
4000 to 12000 8000
0 to 1000000 30000
0 0 seconds 0
milliseconds
1 0.001 second 1
millisecond
.
1 to 65535 12000 12 seconds 12000
12000 milliseconds
.
65535 65.535
seconds 65535
milliseconds
0 to 1000000 90000
1000 to 3000 1000
1 to 1000000 4000
Supported by
Dependencies
OMC-R GUI
None NO
None Yes
None NO
None Yes
None Yes
Must be greater than bts_audit No
None No
The GPRS feature must be

No
unrestricted.

No
unrestricted.
None No
None Yes
None No
None No
None No
None No
None NO
None No
None No
None No
None No
Must be less than bsc_audit No

None No
The parameter is only valid for a

remote BTS site.
In the command syntax, location No
must not be 0
(zero).
None No
None No
None No
None No
None No
None No
The ciphering_successful
parameter value must be
greater than the No
cipher_comp_ms parameter
value.
The ciphering_successful
parameter value must be
greater than the No
cipher_comp_ms parameter
value.
None No
This command is only valid for

Yes
the BSC (location 0).
None No
None No
This parameter is not allowed at

a stand-alone BSC
or a stand-alone RXCDR. It can Yes
be used at a
collocated BSC/BTS or at a BTS.
This parameter is not available

unless the containing
site is configured to support
Dynamic Allocation and No
this option is in operation.
The parameter is invalid for the
BSC (location 0).
The Multiband Inter-cell

Handover feature must be
enabled. Yes
This parameter can only be
viewed at the BSC.
None No
None No
The Congestion Relief feature

must be enabled.
The inter_cell_handover_allowed
No
parameter must
be enabled for ECR functionality
to work properly.
The flow_control_t1 value must
be at least 1000
No
milliseconds less than the
flow_control_t2 value.
The flow_control_t1 value must
be at least 1000
No
milliseconds less than the
flow_control_t2 value.

Yes
unrestricted.

unrestricted.
If the parameter smg_gb_vers is
less than or equal Yes
to 30, then it is used. Otherwise,
gprs_t3192 is
used.

Yes
unrestricted.

Yes
unrestricted.
Call queueing must be enabled.

MSC h_interval , Yes
handover_recognized_period
None Yes
None No
None No
None No
None No
None Yes
This timer is not allowed at a

stand-alone BSC or
RXCDR. It can be used at a
collocated BSC/BTS or
at a BTS.
Yes
The initial_sync_timer is valid
only at sites that
contain transceivers, such as
BTS sites or collocated
BSC/BTS sites.
The value of the

mode_modify_ack CP timer must
No
be greater than or equal to the
RSS timers + 10 ms.
None No
None No
This parameter is valid only if the

Concentric Cells
Option is enabled and the
inner_zone_alg element
Yes
is set to 2.
This parameter may not be
changed for Horizonoffice
BTS sites.
This parameter can be used only
if the GPRS feature No
is unrestricted.No
is unrestricted.
is unrestricted.
if the GPRS feature is No
unrestricted.
is unrestricted.
temporary_offset Yes
This parameter cannot be

modified for a GPRS PCU Yes
MMS.
None No
None No
None Yes
rr_t3105 Yes
The rr_t3101 value must be

greater than the
maximum length of time it takes Yes
for a Layer 2
establishment attempt.
None Yes
None Yes

greater than the
No
rr_t3111_sd and the rr_t3111_tch
values.

greater than the
No
values.

greater than the
No
values.
None Yes

must be enabled.
The inter_cell_handover_allowed
No
parameter must
be enabled for ECR functionality
to work properly.
None No
None No
None No
The sccp_tiar timer parameter
must be greater than
the sccp_tias timer parameter.
No
The sccp_tiar at the BSS must be
greater than the
sccp_tiar at the MSC.
The sccp_tiar timer parameter

must be greater than
the sccp_tias timer parameter.
No
The sccp_tiar at the BSS must be
greater than the
sccp_tiar at the MSC.
None No
None No
None No
ss7_mode Yes
ss7_mode Yes
ss7_mode Yes
None Yes
None Yes
ss7_mode Yes
If pcr_enable is on, ss7_l2_t7

must be greater Yes
than or equal to 800 milliseconds.
None Yes
None Yes
None Yes
None Yes
None Yes
If pcr_enable is on, ss7_l3_t2

must be greater
Yes
than or equal to 1400
milliseconds.
ss7_mode Yes
ss7_mode Yes
None Yes
None Yes
None Yes
None No

if the GPRS feature
is unrestricted.
This parameter is not available if Yes
the
local_maintenance flag is
disabled.
None
This parameter is not allowed at
a stand-alone BSC
or RXCDR. It can be used at a Yes
collocated BSC/BTS
or at a BTS.
The ho_exist_congest parameter

Yes
must be enabled.
Valid
range
The attach_detach parameter enables and disables the
attach_detach mandatory International Mobile 0 or 1
Subscriber Identity (IMSI) attach/detach for the MS.
The ba_alloc_proc parameter enables and disables the
reinitialization of the active block
following a change in the broadcast control channel
ba_alloc_proc 0 or 1
allocation (BA) and the suspension of
subsequent measurements until the new BA is
reported.
The bs_ag_blks_res parameter specifies the number of

blocks reserved for access
0 to 2
grant per 51–multiframes. The number of blocks
blocks
reserved starting with (and including)
reserved
block 0 are broadcast in the BCCH. The number of
for
paging blocks available are reduced
ccch_conf
by the number of blocks reserved for access grant
=1
bs_ag_blks_res messages.
0 to 7
The choice of value is determined by the ratio of MS-
blocks
originated calls to MS-terminated
reserved
calls.
for
PCH and AGCH share the same TDMA mapping when
ccch_conf
combined onto a basic physical
1
channel. Channels are shared on a block by block
basis.
The bsic parameter specifies the Base Station Identity

Code (BSIC).
The BSIC is a local colour code that allows an MS to
distinguish between different
neighbouring base stations. The BSIC is encoded on
the Synchronization Channel.
The size of the BSIC is one octet made up of two
bsic values: 0 to 63
Network Colour Code (NCC). The NCC is three bits
and is the same as the Public
land mobile network (PLMN) Colour Code.
Base station Colour Code (BCC). The BCC is also
three bits.
The values for the NCC and BCC may range from 000
to 111.
The bvci parameter specifies a BSSGP Virtual

Connection Identifier (BVCI). There must
2 to
bvci be one BVCI per cell and one signalling BVCI per BSS.
65535
BVCIs are automatically
generated by the BSS on creation of a cell.
The ccch_conf parameter specifies the organization of
the Common Control Channels
(CCCH) on the BCCH. This field defines whether the
CCCHs are combined with SDCCH 0, 1, 2, 4,
ccch_conf
and SACCH onto the same basic physical channel. and 6
The value depends on the size of
the cell and on the number of access attempts
expected on the cell.
The ccch_load_period parameter specifies the number

of TDMA multiframes between
ccch_load_period 1 to 1020
successive calculations of the RACH load during
overload conditions.
The cell_bar_access_class parameter specifies access

classes that are barred (or not
barred) access to the PLMN. A channel request is
initiated only when the access class
cell_bar_access_class of a mobile is “not barred”. The list of authorized 0 to ffffh
access classes is broadcast on the
BCCH by way of SYSTEM INFORMATION messages.
Also broadcast are the classes
that have access to emergency calls.
The cell_bar_access_switch parameter specifies

whether or not subscribers are barred
cell_bar_access_switch access to a cell in idle mode. 0 or 1
Emergency calls (user class 10) are not, and cannot
be, barred.
The cell_bar_qualify parameter is used by the network
cell_bar_qualify 0 or 1
to control MS cell selection.
The cell_reselect_hysteresis parameter specifies the

hysteresis level for cell
reselection into a different location area. The new cell
is selected only if the path loss
criterion parameter (C1) on the new cell exceeds C1 on
cell_reselect_hysteresis the old cell by a minimum of 0 to 7
value assigned to the cell_reselect_hysteresis
parameter.
Differences in received signal levels from 0 to 14 dB (in
2 dB increments) are used for
cell reselection.
The cell_reselect_offset parameter specifies a C2

offset value for the MS. C2 is the
reselection priority assigned to a cell which can be
broadcast on the BCCH of each cell.
When more than one cell is available for reselection,
cell_reselect_offset 0 to 63
the MS reselects the cell with the
highest C2 value.
Lower C2 values discourage fast moving MSs from
selecting a specific cell. Higher
values encourage MSs to reselect a specific cell.
The cell_reselect_parameter_ind parameter specifies

whether the C2 parameters
(cell_bar_qualify, cell_reselect_offset,
cell_reselect_param_ind 0 or 1
temporary_offset, and penalty_time) are broadcast
to the MS by the network in the system information
messages.
The channel_reconfiguration_switch parameter

enables and disables dynamic
channel reconfiguration (reassignment) of traffic
channels to Standalone Dedicated
Control Channels (SDCCHs).
The Cell Resource Manager (CRM) may attempt to
reconfigure an idle TCH into an
SDCCH if a high proportion of SDCCHs are in use and
channel_reconfiguration_swi
additional SDCCH requests are 0 or 1
tch
received. The reconfiguration process continues until
the number of idle SDCCHs
reaches the sdcch_need_high_water_mark value.
The reconfiguration process stops when the number of
idle TCHs goes below the
tch_full_need_low_water_mark value or when the total
number of SDCCHs configured
reaches the max_number_of sdcchs value.
The dl_dtx_voice_data parameter specifies the option
dl_dtx_voice_data for downlink discontinuous 0 to 3
transmission (DTX) for speech and voice.
The dpc parameter specifies the Destination Point 0 to

Code (DPC). The range of values 16383 If
depends on the setting of the ss7_mode parameter. ss7_mod
The system checks the value of the opc and ss7_mode e=0
variables and compares them to (CCITT)
dpc the value for ss7_mode. If the ranges are not 0 to
compatible, the system rejects the 16777215
changes and displays the following message: If
COMMAND ACCEPTED: WARNING: When opc ss7_mod
equals dpc, communication with MSC is e =1
impossible. (Bellcore)
The dr_allowed parameter enables or disables the

dr_allowed 0 or 1
Directed Retry option.
The dr_chan_mode_modify parameter determines if

the channel mode modify
procedure will follow a successful handover of a Phase
1 MS in which the channel mode
changed to full rate speech. The BSS reads this
parameter only in the case of a
successful handover in which the channel mode
changed, the MS is Phase 1, and the
new channel mode is full rate speech.
dr_chan_mode_modify 0 or 1
Changing the channel mode during a handover occurs
only during a Directed Retry
procedure. For this to occur, either an external Directed
Retry handover has successfully
completed to this BSS or an intra-BSS Directed Retry
handover has successfully
completed and either the database parameter
dr_standard_congest or
dr_ho_during_assign is enabled in the source cell.
The dr_preference parameter enables or disables the

dr_preference 0 or 1
Directed Retry procedures.
The dr_standard_congest parameter enables or
disables the standard Directed Retry
congestion procedure is enabled in the cell. The
procedure initiates a handover if
dr_standard_congest 0 or 1
possible for a call needing a TCH in the case of
congestion.
This parameter will be copied if the copy_cell command
is used.
The dtx_required parameter specifies the MS capability

to use discontinuous
dtx_required transmission (DTX). Enabling this feature helps to 0 to 2
reduce interference and prolong
battery life.
The egsm_bcch_sd parameter specifies whether or not

0 or 1
the cell is configured for both
0
egsm_bcch_sd BCCH carriers and the placement of SDCCH channels
Disabled
for the Extended GSM (EGSM)
1 Enabled
cell.
0 to 2
0
Extended
Range
disabled
for the
cell
1
Extended
Range is
The ext_range_cell parameter enables or disables the
enabled
ext_range_cell Extended Range Cell feature at a
as a
Cell.
boundary
cell
2
Extended
Range is
enabled
as an
isolated
cell (rural
area)
1 pgsm
2 egsm
The frequency_type parameter specifies the frequency 4
frequency_type
type of a cell. dcs1800
8
pcs1900
The gsm_cell_id_format parameter specifies the format

gsm_cell_id_format of the GSM Cell Identification 0 to 2
sent by the Call Processor (CP) to the switch.
The layer_number parameter specifies the serving cell

as being a macrocell, microcell,
or picocell.
layer_number When an RXQUAL handover condition exists, the 0 to 2
system attempts to handover a call in
the microcell layer to another cell in the microcell layer.
This parameter specifies the layer for a cell.
The max_number_of_sdcchs parameter specifies the

maximum number (limit) of
SDCCHs that may be reached with the reconfiguration
max_number_of_sdcchs 0 to 48
process. It determines the
maximum limit of the SDCCHs that the CRM will
maintain.
The max_q_length_full_rate_channel parameter
specifies the maximum number of
MSs that may wait in queue for a full rate channel
max_q_length_full_rate_cha assignment.
0 to 50
nnel If an idle traffic channel is not available at the channel
assignment instant, the network
may place the traffic channel request in queue.
If the queue length is 0, queuing is not allowed.
The max_q_length_sdcch parameter specifies the

maximum length of the queue for
max_q_length_sdcch 0 to 50
Stand-alone Dedicated Control Channel (SDCCH)
requests.
The max_retran parameter specifies the maximum

channel request retransmission value
for MSs. After a channel request is initiated, T3120
(timer) begins; if the number of
max_retran retransmissions does not exceed the maximum 0 to 3
retransmissions received on the BCCH,
the channel request message is repeated. The
maximum retransmission value may also
be defined for the cell reselection.
The max_tx_bts parameter specifies the maximum

output power for a BTS within its
power class. This can be used to establish a cell
max_tx_bts 0 to 21
boundary. A BTS is capable of
reducing its power in a range of 21 steps of 2 dBm per
step.
5 to 39
PGSM
and
EGSM
(Odd
The max_tx_ms parameter specifies the maximum MS
values
(Mobile Subscriber) output
only)
power. Regardless of the power class of the MS, the
0 to 36
MS is not told to use a higher
DCS1800
max_tx_ms output power.
(Even
The value should be chosen to balance the up and
values
down links in a cell.
only)
This parameter is also used in the power budget
0 to 32,33
calculation.
PCS1900
(Even
values
only and
value 33)
The mb_tch_congest_thres parameter specifies the
level of overall TCH utilization by
any MS in a given Cell, at which a MultiBand MS is
mb_tch_congest_thres 1 to 101
redirected to the preferred band (as
set by band_preference). The parameter is expressed
as a percentage.
5 to 39
(Odd
values
only)
PGSM
and
EGSM
0 to 36
The ms_txpwr_max_cell parameter specifies the
(Even
ms_txpwr_max_cell maximum MS transmit power in each
values
neighbour cell.
only)
DCS1800
0 to 32,
33 (Even
values
only and
value 33)
PCS1900
5 to 39
(Odd
values
only)
PGSM
and
EGSM
0 to 36
The ms_txpwr_max_def parameter specifies the
(Even
ms_txpwr_max_def default value for the
values
ms_txpwr_max_cell parameter.
only)
DCS1800
0 to 32,
33 (Even
values
only and
value 33)
PCS1900
The multiband_reporting parameter specifies the
number of cells of each supported
multiband_reporting 0 to 3
band the system includes in the MS Measurement
Report.
The ncc_of_plmn_allowed parameter is a bit mapped

value which specifies which
ncc_of_plmn_allowed Network Colour Codes (NCCs) are allowed on specific 0 to 255
broadcast control channels
(BCCH carriers).
The neighbor_journal parameter enables or disables
neighbour journaling.
If journaling is enabled:
There is no warm up period for neighbours. All
neighbor information is padded
with 0’s. Averaging and power budget calculations will
begin immediately.
If a previously reported neighbor is missing in the
neighbor_journal 0 or 1
measurement report, a 0 rxlev is
used for the neighbor.
If journaling is disabled:
There is a warmup period of the surround cell
hreqave before power budget
calculations begin.
The last received rxlev for the unreported neighbor is
used.
The num_audit_retries parameter specifies the number

of times CP processes audit
each other with regard to a particular connection. If an
audit fails, it repeats up to the
value specified by num_audit_retries, before a
num_audit_retries 0 to 5
particular call is cleared by the auditing
process.
This parameter provides a means of differentiating
between glitches on a link and a
complete link failure.
The num_emerg_access parameter enables or

disables the collection of statistics in
relation to the number of active TCH calls terminated to off
num_emerg_access
allow an emergency call to take on
the specified GSM Cell.
The num_emerg_rejected parameter enables or

relation to the number of emergency calls rejected off
num_emerg_rejected
because of a lack of resources for the on
selected GSM Cell.
The num_emerg_tch_kill parameter enables or

relation to the number of active TCH calls terminated to off
num_emerg_tch_kill
allow an emergency call to the on
channel on the specified GSM cell.
The num_emerg_term_sdcch parameter enables or
disables the collection of statistics
in relation to the number of emergency calls that are
off
num_emerg_term_sdcch terminated after being allocated a
on
SDCCH but could not be allocated a TCH for the
specified GSM cell.
The number_sdcchs_preferred parameter specifies the

preferred number of
Standalone Dedicated Control Channels (SDCCHs)
that the reconfiguration algorithm
tries to maintain.
4 to 44
number_sdcchs_preferred When channel reconfiguration is enabled, the CRM
8 to 48
attempts to maintain the preferred
number of SDCCHs for Immediate Assignments.
The reconfiguration either of consist idle TCHs being
converted to SDCCHs or free
SDCCHs being converted to TCHs.
The opc parameter specifies the Originating Point

Code (OPC). The values for the OPC
are stored as a 14-bit binary code. 0 to
If the opc parameter is set to equal the dpc, the system 16383
opc
issues a warning: 0 to
COMMAND ACCEPTED: WARNING: When opc 16777215
equals dpc, communication with MSC is
impossible.
The pwrc parameter specifies whether or not the

Broadcast Control Channels (BCCH)
pwrc 0 or 1
measurement are included in the averaged value of
hopping frequencies.
This parameter specifies the maximum number of MSs
queue_management_inform that may wait in a queue for
0 to 50
ation channel assignment. A value of 0 indicates that
queueing is not allowed.
The rach_load_period parameter specifies the number
of TDMA multiframes between
rach_load_period 1 to 1020
successive calculations of the RACH load during the
non-overload conditions.
The rach_load_threshold parameter specifies the

threshold for RACH load. If the
calculated RACH load exceeds this threshold, an
overload condition is signalled and an
access class is barred at the cell where the overload is
rach_load_threshold 0 to 1000
occurring.
If the RACH load exceeds rach_load_threshold, an
overload indication is sent to Call
Processing which may result in an access class being
barred. The RACH load may be
The rach_load_type parameter specifies the RACH
rach_load_type 0 or 1
loading calculation method.
The report_resource_tch_f_high_water_mark
parameter specifies the high need
threshold of a full rate traffic channel (TCH) for the
resource indication procedure. When
the number of available (idle) full rate TCHs falls below
report_resource_tch_f_high_
this threshold, the internal 0 to 254
water_mark
resource indication timer starts and the resource
indication message is sent to the MSC.
That is, the Resource Request message received from
the MSC is indicating a
spontaneous mode.
The report_resource_tch_f_low_water_mark parameter

specifies the low need
threshold of a full rate traffic channel (TCH) for the
resource indication procedure. When
report_resource_tch_f_low_ the number of available (idle) full rate TCHs rises
1 to 255
water_mark above this threshold, the internal
resource indication timer stops (if it is running). That is,
the Resource Request message
received from the MSC is indicating a spontaneous
mode.
The rf_res_ind_period parameter specifies the RF

resource indication period. During
this period, the idle channel is categorized. The idle
rf_res_ind_period 1 to 127
channel categories are reported to
the CRM by the RSS. The idle channel categories are:
X1, X2, X3, X4, and X5.
The rxlev_access_min parameter specifies the

minimum received signal level (dBm)
required for an MS to access the system.
The range –110 dBm to –47 dBm is used to set the
minimum received signal level which
rxlev_access_min 0 to 63
in turn is used in path loss criterion parameter, C1. This
should be set to a value
corresponding to a signal level at which a call can be
maintained in a particular
environment.
The rxlev_min_def parameter specifies the default

rxlev_min_def 0 to 63
value for rxlev_min_cell.
The sdcch_need_high_water_mark parameter
specifies the number of idle SDCCHs to
trigger reconfiguration of traffic channels to SDCCHs.
If dynamic reconfiguration is enabled and the total
sdcch_need_high_water_ma number of idle SDCCHs is less than
1 to 39
rk the value of the sdcch_need_high_water_mark, the
CRM tries to reconfigure TCHs in
order to make more SDCCHs. The total number of
SDCCHs can not exceed the value of
the max_number_of_sdcchs parameter.
The sdcch_need_low_water_mark parameter specifies

the number of idle SDCCHs to
trigger reconfiguration of SDCCHs (from previous TCH
to SDCCH reconfigurations) back
to TCHs.
sdcch_need_low_water_mar When dynamic channel reconfiguration is enabled, and
10 to 48
k when the number of idle
SDCCHs available at a point in time goes above this
value, reconfiguration of SDCCHs
to TCHs is triggered as long as the total number of
SDCCHs after reconfiguration would
stay above the number_sdcchs_preferred value.
The sdcch_tch_band_reassign_delay parameter

specifies the number of
measurement report periods that the RSS waits before
sdcch_tch_band_reassign_d responding to CRM if the MS
0 to 4
elay does not report any preferred band neighbour.
This parameter applies to multiband MSs only.
Use of this parameter may cause a delay in call setup
of up to two seconds.
The second_asgnmnt parameter enables or disables

the Second Assignment
procedure. With this parameter enabled, the RRSM
initiates a second assignment
procedure if it receives an assignment failure from the
second_asgnmnt 0 or 1
MS for the first assignment. In
situations where first TCH assignment fails and the MS
successfully recovers to the
SDCCH, this parameter enables a second TCH
assignment attempt.
The sms_dl_allowed parameter enables or disables

sms_dl_allowed downlink (MS terminated) Short 0 or 1
The sms_tch_chan parameter specifies the logical
radio channel for the Short Message
Service (SMS) transfer in the event of a call being
sms_tch_chan present on a traffic channel. The 0 to 2
FACCH is tried first, and if this fails, the SACCH is
used. If the current radio channel is
an SDCCH, the SDCCH will be used.
The sms_ul_allowed parameter enables or disables
sms_ul_allowed uplink (MS originated) Short 0 or 1
The surround_cell parameter specifies the averaging
parameter for a serving cell’s
neighbour cells. The system uses this parameter to
determine which neighbour cell to
surround_cell 0 to 255
hand off to.
The chg_act_alg_data surround_cell command is used
to modify the value of this
parameter.
The tch_full_need_low_water_mark parameter

specifies the low need water mark used
by the Cell Resource Manager (CRM) to determine the
need for reconfiguration of full
rate traffic channels (TCHs) to SDCCHs.
This parameter specifies the minimum number of TCHs
the system attempts to maintain
tch_full_need_low_water_m when dynamic reconfiguration is enabled.
0 to 255
ark If the total number of idle SDCCHs falls below the
value of the
sdcch_need_high_water_mark, the CRM tries to
reconfigure TCHs in order to make
more SDCCHs. For a TCH to be reconfigured, the
number of TCHs must be greater
than the value of the tch_full_need_low_water_mark
parameter.
The threshold parameter specifies the number of times

that the Cell Resource Manager
threshold (CRM) attempts to assign a Signalling Connection 0 to 255
Control Part (SCCP) number before
rejecting the request.
The timing_advance_period parameter specifies the
interval between timing advance
changes.
The interval should be greater than or equal to (n8 – p8
+ 1) x hreqavex/2.
Where:
x equals:
timing_advance_period 0 to 31
n equals the values assigned for decision_1_ny
where y is a value from 1 to 4.
p equals the values assigned for decision_1_py
where y is a value from 1 to 4.
hreqave is the number of measurements from the MS
that are used in calculating
one average.
The ts_alloc_flag parameter alters the E1/T1 timeslot

allocation on links that are
adjacent to a ts_switch (pseudo site).
This parameter is only used when RSL or RTF devices
are equipped.
ts_alloc_flag 0 or 1
Changing this parameter does not alter the timeslot
mapping of RSLs and RTFs that are
already equipped; it affects the way timeslots are
allocated for subsequently equipped
devices.
The tsc_update_method parameter specifies the

method for updating timeslots when
the BSIC is changed. The available methods are:
tsc_update_method 0 to 2
Update the BCCH/CCCH timeslots.
Update all timeslots on the BCCH carrier.
Update all timeslots on all carriers of cell.
The use_neighbor_pbgt_hreqave parameter indicates
whether the per cell or per
use_neighbor_pbgt_hreqave 0 or 1
neighbour hreqave will be used for the pbgt>ho_margin
trigger assignment.
The wait_indication_parameters parameter specifies

the MS timer (T3122).
For an MS origination with no channel available, the
MS is sent an IMMEDIATE
wait_indication_parameters ASSIGNMENT REJECT message in an 0 to 255
unacknowledged mode on the CCCH. The
message contains the request reference and a wait
indication. The MS does not make a
new request in the same cell until the timer expires.
Default
Value description
value
0 Disabled
0
1 Enabled
0 Reinitialization disabled
0
1 Reinitialization enabled
The range of values depends on the value of the ccch_conf

parameter:
0
Hex = 00h to 3Fh

Decimal = 0 to 63
See the tables “Base Station Identity Code Hexadecimal NONE
Values” and “Base Station Identity Code Decimal Values”
tables.
NONE
0, 1, 2, 4, and 6
1 to 1020 40
0 to ffffh 0
0 Cell is not barred

0
1 Cell is barred
0 Normal priority cell
0
1 Low priority cell
Represents the signal level differences as shown below:

0 0 dB
1 2 dB
2 4 dB
3 6 dB NONE
4 8 dB
5 10 dB
6 12 dB
7 14 Db
0 0 dB
1 2 dB
2 4 dB
. 0
.
.
63 126 dB
0 Do not broadcast cell reselection parameters on

the BCCH of the cell
0
1 Broadcast cell reselection parameters on the
BCCH of the cell
0 Disabled
0
1 Enabled
0 DTX enabled for speech / disabled for non-transparent data
1 DTX disabled for speech / disabled for non-transparent data
0
2 DTX disabled for speech / enabled for non-transparent data
3 DTX enabled for speech / enabled for non-transparent data

NONE
0 Disabled
1
1 Enabled
0 Disabled
0
1 Enabled
0 Disabled
0
1 Enabled
0 Disabled
0
1 Enabled
0 Permitted (MS may use DTX)

1 Required (MS must use DTX) 2
2 Disallowed (MS must not use DTX)
0 or 1
0 Disabled 0
1 Enabled
0 to 2
1 Extended Range is enabled as a boundary cell 0
2 Extended Range is enabled as an isolated cell
(rural area)
1 pgsm
2 egsm
NONE
4 dcs1800
8 pcs1900
0 Whole Cell Global Identification (CGI)

1 Location Area Code (LAC), and Cell Identity (CI) 1
2 Cell Identity (CI)
0 Macrocell
1 Microcell 0
2 Picocell
Valid values depend on the value of ccch_conf.

If ccch_conf = 1, the values must be in multiples of 8 with an
offset of 4 (such as 0, 4, 12,...,44). NONE
If ccch_conf 1, the values must be in multiples of 8 with
an offset of 0 (such as 0, 8, 16,...48).
0
NONE
0 Maximum [1] retransmission

NONE

100 (The
value 100
indicates
(The value 101 indicates there are no resources left an
to allocate). attempt to
use the
last
resource).

0 to 36 (Even values only) DCS1800 None

0 to 36 (Even values only) DCS1800 None
0 Normal reporting of the six strongest neighbour cells with
known and allowed NCC part of the BSIC, irrespective of the
band used.
1 Report the strongest neighbour cell, with known and allowed
NCC part of BSIC, in each of the frequency bands in the
neighbour cell list, excluding the frequency band of the serving
cell. The remaining positions in the measurement report shall
be used for reporting Cells in the band of the serving Cell.
Any
still remaining positions will be used to report the next
strongest identified neighbours in other bands irrespective of
the band used.
2 Report the two strongest cells, with known and allowed NCC
cell list, excluding the frequency band of the serving cell. The 0
used.
3 Report the three strongest cells, with known and allowed
NCC
used.
The following table is a representation of the bit mapping of

the ncc_of_plmn_allowed
parameter. When a bit is set to 1, the corresponding NCC will 255
be allowed. When a bit is
set to 0, the corresponding NCC will not be allowed.
0 Disabled
0
1 Enabled
off Disabled
off
on Enabled
off Disabled
off
on Enabled
off Disabled
off
on Enabled
off Disabled
off
on Enabled
4 if
ccch_conf
equals 1;
8 if
ccch_conf
not equal
to 1
0 to 16383 If ss7_mode = 0 (ITU-TSS)

NONE
0 to 16777215 If ss7_mode = 1 (ANSI)
0 Include BCCH measurement

1
1 Do not include BCCH measurement
50
16
1000
(Disables
flow
control)
0 Percentage of RACH opportunities used
1 Percentage of total RACHs which are incorrect NONE
(collisions)
12
10
Represents dBm as shown below:

0 -110 dBm and lower
1 -109 dBm
2 -108 dBm
0
.
.
.
63 -47 dBm and higher
15
2
12
0 Disabled
0
1 Enabled
0 Disabled
0
1 Enabled
0 BSS_ALGORITHM
1 FACCH always used 2
2 SACCH always used
0 Disabled
1 Enabled
NONE
255
7
Mapped to SACCH multiframes
4
.
.
.
0 Use existing algorithm

0
1 Use new algorithm
0 Update the BCCH/CCCH timeslots

1 Update all timeslots on the BCCH carrier 0
2 Update all timeslots on all carriers of cell
0 Disabled
0
1 Enabled
5
Supported by
Dependencies
OMC-R GUI
none YES
NONE YES
ccch_conf YES
NONE YES

is unrestricted.
YES
A BVCI cannot be modified if gprs_enabled is set for
the cell.
If ccch_conf = 0, 2, 4, or 6, values for the following
parameters must meet specific criteria:
multiples of 8 with no offset (divisible by
8) (that is, 0, 8, 16,...,48)
– number_sdcchs_preferred must be
sdcch_need_low_water_mark.
be divisible by 8.
– max_number_of_sdcchs must be
divisible by 8.
– 0 bs_ag_blks_res 7
If ccch_conf = 1, values for the following parameters
must meet specific criteria:
multiples of 8, with an offset of 4 (that is,
0,4,12,...,44 )
be a multiple of 8 (+4).
– max_number_of_sdcchs must be a
multiple of 8 (+4).
– 0 bs_ag_blks_res 2 YES
Enabling of CBCH is not permitted (cbch-enabled =
1) if no AGCH is reserved in a non-combined cell
(bs-ag-blks-res = 0 and ccch-conf is other than 1).
This parameter can be used with the GPRS feature
unrestricted as follows:
for a BCCH carrier.
for a BCCH carrier.
– Set to 2, six PDCHs are supported for a
BCCH carrier.
– Set to 4, five PDCHs are supported for a
BCCH carrier.
– Set to 6, four PDCHs are supported for
a BCCH carrier.
The GPRS timeslots on the GPRS carrier must have
the same FHI.
GPRS channels must have the same training
sequence codes.
If GPRS is unrestricted for a cell, attempts to modify
ccch_conf are rejected if the required timeslots are
configured as GPRS timeslots.
This parameter must be greater than or equal to the

YES
rach_load_period.
cell_bar_access_switch YES
NONE YES
This parameter cannot be changed if the
cell_reselect_param_ind parameter does not equal YES
1.
C1 (path loss criterion) YES

YES
cell_reselect_parm_ind parameter is not equal to 1.
NONE YES
NONE YES
The dl_dtx_voice_data parameter affects speech
NO
only if dnlk_vad_dtx is enabled.
This parameter is only valid at the BSC (location = 0). YES

either the Directed Retry option is available,
and
YES
the neighbour is placed on the SACCH list
and
the neighbour is external.

YES
This parameter can be changed only at the BSC.
dr_standard_congest
dr_ho_during_assign
YES
Requires the Directed Retry option. Directed Retry
must be on.
dr_preference must 0
YES
retry is supported within the BSS (not across the
NONE YES
The egsm_bcch_sd parameter can be disabled only

if:
The BCCH carrier is not in the GSM Extension
band.
The sd_load parameter is 0 for all carriers in
the Cell.
If the hopping systems (both enabled and YES
disabled) do not contain a combination of
PGSM and GSM extension band frequencies.
If the neighbour BCCH frequencies are not in
the GSM extension band.
The egsm_bcch_sd parameter can be enabled only
if the cell is an EGSM frequency cell.
The ext_range_cell parameter cannot be changed if
the Extended Range Cells feature is restricted.
The number of extended range timeslots on the
BCCH RTF must support the BCCH, CCCH, and
SDCCH channels as these channels are always
extended.
ms_max_range must be less than or equal to 63 for
a normal range cell. If ext_range_cell is enabled,
the maximum value of ms_max_range increases to
219.
max_number_sdcchs must be less than or equal to YES
20 when Extended Range is enabled.
Baseband hopping systems can only be configured
among timeslots of the same type, such as extended
or normal.
If frequency hopping systems is enabled in an
Extended Range Cell, all frequency hopping
indicators for the timeslots in the BCCH carrier
should be set to “255” (in hexadecimal, 0xff).
This parameter is not available at Horizonoffice BTS,
M-Cellcity, M-Cellarena or M-Cellarenamacro sites.
feature is not enabled, the frequency_type for every
cabinet and cell at a site must be the same.
feature is enabled, but the Infrastructure Sharing
Heterogeneous feature is disabled, the cells at a site
must have the same single frequency type as the
cabinet they correlate to. However, the cabinets at
the site may be of different frequency types
If both the Infrastructure Sharing Homogeneous
Cabinet feature and the Infrastructure Sharing
Heterogeneous feature are enabled, the cells at a
site may have different frequency types and cabinets YES
may support multiple frequency types. However, the
cell frequency must be supported by the cabinet the
cell is correlated to.
If inner_zone_alg is set to indicate Dual Band Cells,
the following two dependencies are enforced: (1) if
secondary_freq_type is set to EGSM or PGSM, the
frequency_type may be set only to DCS 1800; (2) if
secondary_freq_type is DCS 1800,
frequency_type may be set only to PGSM or
EGSM.
Cell and cabinet frequency types must be allowed at
the BSS as per the freq_types_allowed command.
This parameter can be set only at the BSC. YES
The Microcellular feature must be unrestricted. YES
For combined channel configurations, the values can

be 4, 12, 20, 28 SDs
YES
For non-combined channel configurations, the values
can be 8, 16, 24, 32 SDs
max_q_length_sdcch must be less than or equal to YES

max_q_length_sdcch must be less than or equal to YES
NONE YES
frequency_type YES
The range and default values of

mstxpwr_max_inner depends on this parameter. If
the range or default value of max_tx_ms changes, YES
mstxpwr_max_inner must also be updated, to a
value less than or equal to max_ts_ms.
The parameter can be set only if
S the Congestion Relief feature is unrestricted
(ho_exist_congest element must be
enabled).
S mb_preference element must be enabled.
YES
S band_preference_mode must be set to 6
(the mode which triggers when a Cell is
congested).
S mb_tch_congest_thres must be less than
or equal to tch_congest_prevent_thres.
ms_txpwr_max_def YES
ms_txpwr_max_cell YES
YES
enabled.
0 to 255 (or 0 to FFh in Hex) YES

NONE YES
NONE YES
NONE NO
NONE NO
NONE NO
NONE NO
The value of this parameter must be less than or

equal to the max_number_of_sdcchs.
YES
The valid range for this parameter depends on the
value of ccch_conf.
The value of opc depends on the values of

ss7_mode . YES
NONE YES
The sum of (max_q_length_full_rate_channel +

max_q_length_sdcch) must be less than or equal to YES

YES
ccch_load_period.

parameter is (# correct RACH accesses/# incorrect
RACH accesses).
YES
parameter is (# correct RACH access/# possible
RACH accesses).
NONE YES
Must be less than

YES
Must be greater than

YES
NONE YES
NONE YES

1 -109 dBm
2 -108 dBm
YES
.
.
.
NONE YES
NONE YES

YES
unrestricted.
This parameter applies only to the BSC. YES

The SMS Point to Point feature must be unrestricted. NO
decision_1_p_bgt_rxlev_av_h YES
NONE YES
NONE YES
hreqave, n8, p8 YES
This parameter cannot be altered unless the

Aggregate Abis feature is enabled. YES
No RTFs are equipped (tsc_update_method must

first be set before RTFs can be equipped in the
script). Equip RTF verifies the TSC values based on YES
this setting.
NONE YES
NONE YES
The adap_ho_alt_trigger_rxqual parameter specifies whether the

system uses
alternative trigger values for adaptive quality handovers for a cell
adap_ho_alt_trigger_rxqual which is frequency
hopping.If adaptive handovers are enabled for rxqual, this
parameter enables the use of the
hopping thresholds for calls that are frequency hopping.
The adap_ho_pbgt parameter specifies whether the system allows

adaptive power
budget handovers. The cumulative area for the adaptive power
budget handovers can
be defined as “per cell” or “per neighbor”.
adap_ho_pbgt
At each measurement report, the cumulative area are updated and
compared to a
cumulative trigger. If the area is greater than the cumulative power
budget (pbgt) trigger
a need for a handover is recognized.
The adap_ho_rxlev parameter specifies whether the system allows

adaptive receive
level handovers.
At each measurement report the cumulative area are updated and
adap_ho_rxlev
compared to a
adaptive receive level
(rxlev) trigger a need for a handover is recognized.
The adap_ho_rx_qual parameter specifies whether the system

allows adaptive quality
handovers.
At each measurement report the cumulative area is updated and
adap_ho_rxqual
compared to a
adaptive quality
(rxqual) trigger a need for a handover is recognized.
The adap_trigger_hop_rxqual_dl parameter specifies the trigger
adap_trigger_hop_rxqual_dl threshold for downlink
The adap_trigger_hop_rxqual_ul parameter specifies the trigger
adap_trigger_hop_rxqual_ul threshold for uplink
The adap_trigger_pbgt parameter specifies the cumulative trigger
level for adaptive
power budget handovers.
adap_trigger_pbgt
When the threshold set by adap_trigger_pbgt is exceeded, the
system triggers a
The adap_trigger_rxqual_dl parameter specifies the cumulative
trigger level for
adaptive receive level downlink handovers.
adap_trigger_rxlev_dl
When the threshold set by this parameter is exceeded, the system
performs a downlink
strength handover.
The adap_trigger_rxlev_ul parameter specifies the cumulative

trigger level for adaptive
receive level uplink handovers.
adap_trigger_rxlev_ul
performs an uplink
strength handover.
The adap_trigger_rxqual_dl parameter specifies the cumulative

trigger level for
adaptive rxqual downlink handovers.
adap_trigger_rxqual_dl
performs a downlink
quality handover.
The adap_trigger_rxqual_ul parameter specifies the cumulative

trigger level for
adaptive rxqual uplink handovers.
adap_trigger_rxqual_ul
performs an uplink
quality handover.
The adap_trigger_pbgt_nbr parameter specifies the cumulative

trigger level for the
adaptive handover power budget algorithm.
adap_trigger_pbgt_nbr
When the threshold is set by adap_trigger_pbgt_nbr is exceeded,
the system triggers a
The band_preference parameter displays the frequency bands that

the cell prefers to
band_preference
use for handovers and specifies the destination frequency band for
intercell handovers.
The band_preference_mode parameter specifies the method the
system uses to
band_preference_mode
program a MultiBand MS with the preferred frequency band for a
given cell in the BSS.
The bounce_protect_margin parameter, in conjunction with the
ho_margin_cell
parameter, specifies the level by which a target cell must exceed
bounce_protect_margin the serving cell.
This parameter prevents continuous handover bouncing between
cells due to RXQUAL
level and congestion reasons.
The coincident_cell parameter specifies the cell that is coincident to

the cell specified in
coincident_cell
the chg_cell_element coincident_mb prompt or the disp_cell
command.
The coincident_mb parameter specifies the ability of a BTS to
coincident_mb execute the Coincident
MultiBand Handover option.
The coincident_offset parameter enables and disables the

configuration of an additional
offset to the ho_margin value between a cell and its coincident cell.
coincident_offset The system uses
the coincident_offset value when a handover from a MultiBand MS
is based on the
receive level for the serving cell.
The congest_ho_margin parameter specifies the margin of a

congestion handover. To
make it easier to handover to this neighbour in the case of
congestion in the current cell,
congest_ho_margin this parameter value should be less that the value of the handover
margin(s).
To disable congestion handovers to this neighbour, set the
congestion handover margin
to the maximum value.
This parameter specifies the bin number containing the
measurement averaging
algorithm data used to make the handover decisions for downlink
decision_1_dl_rxlev_av_h signal strength.
This parameter may not be changed to a bin which does not contain
valid handover
algorithm data.

algorithm data used to make handover decisions for downlink signal
interference.
valid handover data.

algorithm data used to generate power control changes due to
decision_1_dl_rxlev_av_p downlink signal strength.
valid power control
data.

algorithm data used to generate handover decisions due to
decision_1_dl_rxqual_av_h downlink receive quality
(rxqual).

algorithm data used to generate power control changes due to
downlink receive quality
decision_1_dl_rxqual_av_p
(rxqual).
valid power control
data.
These parameters specify N1 and P1 in the decision algorithm used

in the BSS.
N1 is the number of samples in the threshold comparison process
used in decisions to
increase uplink and downlink power. P1 is the number of samples in
the processed
decision_1_n1/decision_1_p1 measurement (process) relative to the (averaging) algorithm in
place. If a least P1
averages out of N1 averages are lower than RSS handover
threshold l_rxlev_ul_p
(uplink) or RSS handover threshold l_rxlev_dl_p (downlink), the
downlink power must be increased.
in the BSS.
decrease uplink and downlink power. P2 is the number of samples
in the processed
decision_1_n2/decision_1_p2 measurement (process) relative to the (averaging) algorithm in
place. If at least P2
averages out of N2 averages are greater than RSS handover
threshold u_rxlev_ul_p
(uplink) or RSS handover threshold u_rxlev_dl_p (downlink), the
downlink transmit power (txpwr) must be decreased.

in the BSS.
increase uplink and downlink power. P3 is the number of samples in
the processed
measurement (process) relative to the (averaging) algorithm in
averages out of N3 averages are greater (worse quality) than RSS
handover threshold
l_rxqual_ul_p (uplink) or RSS handover threshold l_rxqual_dl_p
(downlink), the
corresponding uplink or downlink transmit power (txpwr) must be
increased.

in the BSS.
decrease uplink and downlink power. P4 is the number of samples
in the processed
measurement (process) relative to the (averaging) algorithm in
averages out of N4 averages are lower (better quality) than RSS
handover threshold
u_rxqual_ul_p (uplink) or RSS handover threshold u_rxqual_dl_p
(downlink), the
corresponding uplink or downlink transmit power (txpwr) must be
decreased.
in the BSS.
used in handover
decisions. P5 is the number of samples in the processed
decision_1_n5/decision_1_p5 measurement (process)
relative to the (averaging) algorithm in place. If at least P5 averages
out of N5 averages
are lower than RSS handover threshold l_rxlev_ul_h (uplink) or
RSS handover threshold
l_rxlev_dl_h (downlink), a handover might be required.

in the BSS.
used in handover
decisions. P6 is the number of samples in the processed
measurement (process)
relative to the (averaging) algorithm in place. If at least P6 averages
out of N6 averages
are greater (worse quality) than RSS handover threshold
l_rxqual_ul_h (uplink) or RSS
handover threshold l_rxqual_dl_h (downlink), a handover may be
needed.

in the BSS.
N7 is the number of samples in the threshold comparison process.
P7 is the number of
samples in the processed measurement (process) relative to the
(averaging) algorithm in
decision_1_n7/decision_1_p7 place.
If at least P7 averages out of N7 averages are greater than RSS
handover threshold
u_rxlev_ul_ih (uplink) or RSS handover threshold u_rxlev_dl_ih
(downlink), an internal
handover might be required if rxqual_ul/dl is also greater than
l_rxqual_ul/dl_h.

in the BSS.
N8 is the number of samples in the threshold comparison process.
P8 is the number of
samples in the processed measurement (process) relative to the
(averaging) algorithm in
place.
If at least P8 averages out of N8 averages are greater than RSS
handover threshold
ms_range_max, a handover might be required due to distance.
The decision_1_ncell_rxlev_av_h_calc parameter specifies which
bin is used in the
surround_cell parameter for the purposes of candidate ordering.
decision_1_ncell_rxlev_av_h_calc Therefore, it also
specifies the hreqave value to use.
The decision_1_p_bgt_rxlev_av_h parameter specifies which bin is

used for the
rxlev_dl_ho and surround_cell parameters for the purposes of
making a Better Cell
power budget (pbgt) handover decision.
valid power control
data.
The decision_1_tim_adv_av_alg parameter specifies the bin

number containing the
measurement averaging algorithm data used to make handover
decision_1_tim_adv_av_alg decisions due to
distance.
The decision_1_ul_rxlev_av_h parameter specifies the bin number

containing the
decision_1_ul_rxlev_av_h decisions due to uplink
signal strength.
The decision_1_ul_rxlev_av_ih parameter specifies the bin number

containing the
decision_1_ul_rxlev_av_ih decisions due to uplink
signal interference.
The decision_1_ul_rxlev_av_p parameter specifies the bin number

containing the
measurement averaging algorithm data used to generate power
control changes due to
decision_1_ul_rxlev_av_p
uplink signal strength.
valid power control
data.
The decision_1_ul_rxqual_av_h parameter specifies the bin number
containing the
measurement averaging algorithm data used to generate handover
decision_1_ul_rxqual_av_h decisions due to
uplink signal quality.
The decision_1_ul_rxqual_av_p parameter specifies the bin number

containing the
measurement averaging algorithm data used to generate power
control changes due to
decision_1_ul_rxqual_av_p
uplink receive quality.
valid power control
data.
If the disuse_cnt_hreqave parameter is enabled, neighbour cells

with a disuse count
less than or equal to the maximum disuse count are still valid
candidates for handovers.
Disuse count is the number of consecutive measurement reports a
disuse_cnt_hreqave previously reported
neighbour is not reported by the mobile station. If the neighbor is
reported before the
maximum disuse count is reached, the disuse count is reset to 0.
If enabled, the maximum disuse count is defined by the surrounding
cell hreqave.
The dl_rxlev_ho_allowed parameter enables or disables a handover

dl_rxlev_ho_allowed due to downlink
The dl_rxqual_ho_allowed parameter enables or disables a
dl_rxqual_ho_allowed handover due to downlink
The egsm_handover_threshold parameter specifies the range of
interference bands
allowed for handing over an extended GSM MS using a primary
resource which is
needed by a primary MS. Allowed interference bands are those
egsm_handover_threshold
above or meeting a
specified threshold, which are considered best quality resources.
Forced handovers may
be disallowed by disabling the egsm_handover_threshold
parameter.
The en_incom_ho parameter enables or disables incoming

en_incom_ho handovers based on
whether or not the cell is barred.
The erc_ta_priority parameter specifies the priority threshold for
extended range cell
neighbour. If the absolute timing advance is greater than the priority
threshold, the ERC
erc_ta_priority
neighbours are placed at the top of the list of sorted handover
candidates. Otherwise,
the ERC neighbours are appended to the end of the list of
candidates.
The handover_power_level parameter defines the power control

handover_power_level level to be used by an
MS during a handover to a different cell.
The handover_required_curr_ch parameter specifies whether or not
the optional
message element current channel is included in the Handover
handover_required_curr_ch Required message to the
MSC.
This parameter should conform to the MSC capabilities.
The handover_required_reject_switch parameter disables or

enables the delivery of a
handover required reject message from the MSC to the source BSS
in the event that a
target cannot be found for a requested handover.
This parameter only applies to the BSC (location = 0).
If the handover_required_reject_switch is enabled (set to “1”), the
BSS expects to
receive a “handover required reject” message from the switch. Any
internal cells
handover_required_reject_switch
that are candidates for the handover will not be included in the
“Handover
Required” message. On receipt of the “Handover Required Reject”
message the
BSS will perform an internal handover if there are valid candidates.
If the handover_required_reject_switch is disabled (set to “0”), the
BSS will not
expect to receive a “Handover Required Reject” message from the
switch and will
include internal candidates in the “Ho Required” message.
The handover_required_sp_ver_used parameter determines

whether the optional
handover_required_sp_ver_used
element speech_version_used can be built into the Handover
Required message.
The ho_exist_congest parameter specifies how to handle existing

calls on a TCH when
an MS needs a TCH and none are available in that cell.
The options are: (a) to attempt to handover as many calls as the
ho_exist_congest number of queued
assignment requests, (b) to attempt to handover as many calls as
meet the congestion
handover criteria, and (c) no handover attempts (for this condition).
The ho_margin_def parameter sets the default value for the
neighbour handover margin
(ho_margin_cell) attribute of the source cell. The neighbour
handover margin is set using
the add_neighbor command and changed using the
modify_neighbor command.
ho_margin_def The handover margin is the amount by which the neighbouring cell
received signal
strength must exceed the source cell received signal to request a
handover.
In the context of the power budget process, the following equation
must be true: If
PBGT(n) > ho_margin(n) then a handover may be required.
The ho_margin_type5 parameter sets the power budget type 5

ho_margin_type5
handover margin.
The ho_margin_usage_flag parameter determines which sorting

algorithm the system
uses to sort the neighbour list.
If ho_margin_usage_flag is disabled, handover candidates are
always sorted
using ho_margin_cell.
ho_margin_usage_flag If ho_margin_usage_flag is enabled:
– Handover candidates for RXLEV handovers are sorted using
ho_margin_rxlev [n].
– Handover candidates for RXQUAL handovers are sorted using
ho_margin_rxqual [n].
– All other handover causes have neighbours are sorted using
ho_margin_cell value.
The ho_only_max_pwr parameter specifies whether the MS or the

BTS must be at full
power before an rxlev or rxqual handover can take place.
If this option is enabled:
ho_only_max_pwr The MS must be at full power for an uplink handover.
The BTS must be at full power for a downlink handover.
If ho_only_max_pwr is enabled, the system also removes all
candidates for interference
handovers until the mobile/base is at full power.
The ho_pwr_level_inner parameter specifies the handover power

level for the inner
ho_pwr_level_inner zone of a Dual Band cell. The valid range for this parameter
depends on the frequency
of the inner zone.
The hop_count parameter, combined with the hop_count_timer
parameter, limits the
number of intracell interference handovers for a call.
The hop_count parameter sets the number of handovers. If the
hop_count number of handovers
defined by the hop_count parameter occur within the time set by the
hop_count_timer,
the system escalates the handover to a RXQUAL handover to
another cell.
The hop_qual_enabled parameter enables or disables the use of

specific rxqual
thresholds for hopping call handovers.
Trials have shown that non-hopping calls can show poor quality of
service when the
reported rxqual value is around 5, whereas hopping calls can
provide the same quality of
hop_qual_enabled service with the reported rxqual value at 6 or 7.
If hop_qual_enabled is enabled and a hopping call is in progress,
the system uses the
rxqual values set with the chg_cell_element command (see Syntax
below).
If hop_qual_enabled is disabled, the normal rxqual values set with
the add_cell
command are used.
The hopping_support parameter defines the frequency hopping in a

hopping_support cell. Two methods
of achieving frequency hopping are available.
The hopping_systems_enabled parameter enables or disables a
frequency hopping
system.
hopping_systems_enabled An index number (fhi) is required. The frequency hopping indicator
(fhi) value specifies
which hopping system is affected. The range of values, entered as
<index> is 0 – 3.
The hopping_systems_hsn parameter specifies the hopping

sequence (generator)
hopping_systems_hsn number (HSN) to be used by the frequency hopping system. HSN is
one of seven
parameters that defines a particular physical channel in a BTS.
The hopping_systems_mobile_alloc parameter allocates the

Absolute Radio
hopping_systems_mobile_alloc Frequency Channel Number (ARFCN) frequencies for hopping
(either baseband hopping
or synthesizer hopping).
The inter_cell_handover_allowed parameter specifies how internal

and external
intercell handovers are managed at the BSC.
inter_cell_handover_allowed Internal intercell handovers are defined as handovers between cells
in the same BSS.
External intercell handovers are defined as handovers between
cells in different BSSs.
The interband_ho_allowed parameter specifies the handover
frequencies for a cell.
The interfer_ho_allowed parameter disables or enables handovers

due to interference.
interfer_ho_allowed If this parameter is disabled, interference causes an intercell
RXQUAL handover instead
of an intracell handover.
This parameter disables or enables intracell handovers under two

conditions: to begin the
handover or to begin the handover when co-channel interference is
suspected. Intracell
intra_cell_handover_allowed
handovers are defined as handovers within the same cell.
BSS support is optional. If the BSS does not support an internal
intracell handover, it is
initiated by sending a Handover Required message.
The l_rxlev_dl_h parameter specifies the handover thresholds for

the lower Receive
l_rxlev_dl_h (Rx) level downlink. This threshold is checked to determine if a
handover condition
exists.
The l_rxlev_ul_h parameter specifies the handover threshold for the
lower Receive (Rx)
l_rxlev_ul_h
level uplink. This threshold is checked to determine if a handover
condition exists.
The l_rxqual_dl_h parameter specifies the handover control

threshold for the lower
Received (Rx) quality downlink. This threshold is checked to
determine if a handover
l_rxqual_dl_h condition exists.
Receive quality processing is measured using Bit Error Rate (BER)
values or Quality
Band (QBand) units. The type of unit is specified by the
The l_rxqual_dl_h_data parameter specifies the handover control

threshold for the
lower Received (Rx) quality downlink, for data transmissions only
(for example
modem-to-modem calls). This threshold is checked to determine if a
handover condition
exists. This threshold is enabled and set to be used when data is
being transmitted, by
l_rxqual_dl_h_data use of the data_qual_enabled parameter in a chg_cell_element
command. In this
situation it is used instead of the l_rxqual_dl_h threshold value, as
set in the add_cell
command.
values or Quality
The l_rxqual_dl_h_hopping parameter specifies the handover

control threshold for the
lower Received (Rx) quality downlink, for hopping calls only. This
threshold is checked to
determine if a handover condition exists. This threshold is enabled
and set to be used
l_rxqual_dl_h_hopping chg_cell_element
command. In this situation it is used instead of the l_rxqual_dl_h
threshold value, as
values or Quality
The l_rxqual_ul_h parameter specifies the handover control
threshold for the receive
(Rx) quality uplink. This threshold is checked to determine if a
handover condition exists.
l_rxqual_ul_h
values or Quality
The l_rxqual_ul_h_data parameter specifies the handover control

threshold for the
lower Received (Rx) quality uplink, for data transmissions only (for
example
modem-to-modem calls). This threshold is checked to determine if a
handover condition
exists. This threshold is enabled and set to be used when data is
being transmitted, by
l_rxqual_ul_h_data use of the data_qual_enabled parameter in a chg_cell_element
command. In this
situation it is used instead of the l_rxqual_ul_h threshold value, as
set in the add_cell
command.
values or Quality
The l_rxqual_ul_h_hopping parameter specifies the handover

control threshold for the
lower Received (Rx) quality downlink, for hopping calls only. This
threshold is checked to
determine if a handover condition exists. This threshold is enabled
and set to be used
l_rxqual_ul_h_hopping chg_cell_element
command. In this situation it is used instead of the l_rxqual_ul_h
threshold value, as
values or Quality
The low_sig_thresh parameter specifies the minimum receive level

for redirected
handovers. When a call, using a MultiBand MS, is on any cell, and a
handover is
low_sig_thresh
triggered to a cell with a coincident cell, the handover takes place to
the coincident cell, if
the measured receive level from the target cell exceeds this
parameter value.
The mb_preference parameter enables or disables the Multiband
mb_preference Intercell Handover
feature.
The missing_rpt parameter enables or disables the suspension of

the storing,
missing_rpt
averaging, and processing of downlink power control and
handovers.
The ms_distance_allowed parameter disables or enables the

distance comparison
process for handovers.
When enabled, the distance comparison process might cause a
ms_distance_allowed handover if the distance
between the MS and the BSS is greater than the ms_max_range. If
this parameter is
enabled, the value chosen for ms_max_range needs careful
optimization.
The msc_preference parameter specifies A interface messaging if
an external handover
is needed during an assignment procedure. This parameter should
align with the MSC
msc_preference implementation which may depend on whether queueing is enabled
in the cell. The
cause value sent to the MSC can be set according to whether
directed retry is supported
by the MSC.
The number_of_preferred_cells parameter specifies the maximum

number of target
cells to be included in a Handover Required message.
number_of_preferred_cells
The preferred list of target cells is a mandatory BSS field. The
number of preferred cells
is given in order of predicted best performance.
The override_intra_bss_pre_transfer parameter specifies whether
or not a pre-transfer
request is sent to SM (Switch Manager) when the handover
allocation message is
received during an inter-cell handover.
This parameter only applies to intra-BSS inter-cell handovers.
Call processing sends the pre-transfer request to the switch
manager, to make a
connection in the downlink direction from the active CIC to the new
override_intra_bss_pre_transfer
radio channel at the
time of the new radio channel assignment. This puts voice traffic on
the new radio
channel that the mobile is being handed off to earlier than when the
pre-transfer function
is disabled.
This parameter also determines which method of audio connection
is used for the BTS
concentration resource optimization for the handovers feature.
The poor_initial_assignment parameter enables or disables

checking the timing
advance on a Random Access Channel (RACH). If the RACH is too
far away, this
poor_initial_assignment indicates that there has been a poor initial assignment, and
therefore the RACH is
discarded.
If this feature is enabled, the ms_max_range parameter must be
carefully optimized.
The rel_tim_adv parameter is the relative timing advance value

used in HDPC averaging
processing.
The chg_act_alg_data rel_tim_adv command is used to modify the
rel_tim_adv value of this
parameter.
A bin_num is used in the chg_act_alg_data rel_tim_adv command
to specify the
The rxlev_dl_ho parameter specifies the averaging parameters for

making handover
The chg_act_alg_data rxlev_dl_ho command changes the
rxlev_dl_ho averaging algorithm data for
the downlink receive level handover.
A bin_num is used in the chg_act_alg_data rxlev_dl_ho command
to specify the
The rxlev_dl_zone parameter specifies the downlink receive level
threshold that must be
rxlev_dl_zone
crossed for a handover to take place between the outer zone and
the inner zone.
The rxlev_ul_ho parameter specifies the averaging parameters for

making handover
The chg_act_alg_data rxlev_ul_ho commands changes the
rxlev_ul_ho averaging algorithm data
for the uplink receive level handover.
A bin_num is used in the chg_act_alg_data rxlev_ul_ho command
to specify the
The rxlev_ul_zone parameter specifies the uplink receive level

threshold that must be
rxlev_ul_zone
crossed for a handover to take place between the inner zone and
the outer zone.
The rxqual_dl_ho parameter specifies the averaging parameters for

making handover
decisions with respect to the downlink receive signal quality.
The chg_act_alg_data rxqual_dl_ho command changes the
rxqual_dl_ho averaging algorithm data
for the downlink receive quality handover.
A bin_num is used in the chg_act_alg_data rxqual_dl_ho command
to specify the
The rxqual_ul_ho parameter specifies the averaging parameters for

making handover
decisions with respect to the uplink receive signal quality.
The chg_act_alg_data rxqual_ul_ho command changes the
rxqual_ul_ho averaging algorithm data
for the uplink receive quality handover.
A bin_num is used in the chg_act_alg_data rxqual_ul_ho command
to specify the
The sdcch_ho parameter enables or disables handovers on the
SDCCH.
When enabled, handovers are not allowed until at least
(sdcch_timer_ho * 2)
sdcch_ho measurement report periods have elapsed.
To allow handovers on the SDCCH with a minimum delay, the
sdcch_ho parameter must
be enabled and the sdcch_timer_ho parameter set to its minimum
value of 1.
The sdcch_timer_ho parameter specifies the wait time (measured in

sdcch_timer_ho SACCH
multiframes) before a handover on the SDCCH may occur.
The u_rxlev_dl_ih parameter specifies the intracell control

thresholds for the Receive
u_rxlev_dl_ih (Rx) level downlink. This parameter is evaluated in conjunction with
the l_rxqual_dl_h
to determine whether an intercell or intracell is being requested.
The u_rxlev_ul_ih parameter specifies the intra-cell control

thresholds for the upper
Receive (Rx) level uplink. This parameter is evaluated in
u_rxlev_ul_ih
conjunction with the
l_rxqual_ul_h to determine whether an intercell or intracell is being
requested.
The ul_rxlev_ho_allowed parameter enables or disables handovers

ul_rxlev_ho_allowed due to uplink
This parameter enables or disables handovers due to the uplink
ul_rxqual_ho_allowed
The worse_neighbor_ho parameter specifies whether or not a call
can be handed over
worse_neighbor_ho to a neighbor cell due to the downlink receive level even when the
neighbor cell receive
level is lower than the serving cell receive level.
The zone_ho_hyst parameter specifies the margin for the inner
zone handover
hysteresis. The system uses this value to determine whether an
outer-zone to
inner-zone handover should take place.
A handover initiates when both the uplink and the downlink receive
level averages are
greater than the sum of the respective uplink or downlink threshold
defined for the inner
zone plus the per cell hysteresis for interzone handover plus the
zone_ho_hyst difference between the
current uplink/downlink transmit power and the maximum
uplink/downlink transmit power
of the inner zone carrier:
RXLEV_DL > RXLEV_DL_ZONE + ZONE_HO_HYST +
(BS_TXPWR –
BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER)
or
(RXLEV_UL > RXLEV_UL_ZONE + ZONE_HO_HYST +
(MS_TXPWR –
MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER)).
0 Do not use hopping specific thresholds.

0 or 1 0
1 Use hopping specific thresholds.
0 Disables adaptive power budget handovers at

the location.
0 to 2 0
location using per cell cumulative area.
location using per neighbor cumulative area.
0 Disables adaptive receive level handovers at the

location.
0 or 1 0
1 Enables adaptive receive level handovers at the
location.
0 Disables adaptive quality handovers at the

location.
0 or 1 0
1 Enables adaptive quality handovers at the
location.
0 to 65535 0
0 to 65535 0
0 to 255 0
0 to 255 0
0 to 255 0
0 to 65535 0
0 to 65535 0
40 (the value of 40
corresponds to a
0 to 255
hreqave of 8 and a
handover margin of 5)
1 (PGSM), 1 (PGSM),
The frequency type of
2 (EGSM), 2 (EGSM),
the cell (as set by
4 (DCS1800), 4 (DCS1800),
frequency_type).
8 (PCS1900) 8 (PCS1900)
The BSS places preferred band neighbours ahead of
non-preferred band neighbours in order to attempt to
assign
a channel from the preferred band for the MS.3 The BSS
attempts to assign a Multiband MS to the
strongest preferred-band neighbour that the MS reported
at
the time of SDCCH to TCH assignment, as well as attempt
to hand the MS over to the strongest preferred–band
neighbour that the MS reported when a handover is
required for normal radio resource reasons.
This value combines the functions of values 1 and 2.
4 The BSS continually attempts to hand a Multiband MS
over
to a preferred band TCH immediately after initial
assignment.
The BSS will not attempt to allocate a TCH in the preferred
band for this MS at the time of SDCCH-to-TCH
assignment.
0 to 6 0
The BSS will enter a mode of continually monitoring for
qualified preferred-band neighbours reported by the MS in
order to hand the MS over. The BSS will stay in this mode
until it finds a neighbour TCH in the preferred band for the
current serving cell. Handovers for normal radio resource
reasons may occur during the monitoring mode, and these
handovers will be to the strongest preferred band
neighbour
reported by the MS.
strongest preferred–band neighbour reported by the MS at
the time of SDCCH-to-TCH assignment.
If this assignment is impossible, the BSS enters a mode of
continually monitoring for qualified preferred-band
neighbours reported by the MS in order to hand the MS
over. The BSS will stay in this mode until it finds a
monitoring mode, and these handovers will be to the
0 to 127 0
The GSM Cell ID

The GSM Cell ID number NONE
number
0 to 2
0 to 2
1 Use coincident
better cell detection NONE
2 Use coincident cell
redirection and better
cell detection
–63 to 63 –63 to 63 0
–63 to 63 –63 to 63 NONE

0 to 3 0 to 3 0
0 to 3 0 to 3 0
0 to 3 0 to 3 0
0 to 3 0 to 3 0
0 to 3 0 to 3 0
1 to 31 1 to 31 1
1 to 31 1 to 31 1
1 to 31 1 to 31 1
1 to 31 1 to 31 1
1 to 31 1 to 31 1
1 to 31 1 to 31 1
1 to 31 1 to 31 1
1 to 31 1 to 31 1
0 to 3 0 to 3 0
0 to 3 0 to 3 0
0 to 3 0 to 3 0
0 to 3 0 to 3 0
0 to 3 0 to 3 0
0 to 3 0 to 3 0
0 to 3 0 to 3 0
0 to 3 0 to 3 0
0 Disabled
0 or 1 0
1 Enabled
0 Disabled
0 or 1 1
1 Enabled
0 Disabled
0 or 1 NONE
1 Enabled
0 to 5
0 Forced handovers
are not allowed.
1 Forced handovers
to interference band 1
extended resource
are allowed.
2 Forced handovers
0 to 5
to interference bands
1 to 2
extended resource
are allowed.
3 Forced handovers
to interference bands 0
1 to 3
extended resource
are allowed.
4 Forced handovers
1 to 4
extended resource
are allowed.
5 Forced handovers
1 to 5
extended resource
are allowed.
0 or 1 0 or 1
0 Disabled 0 Disabled 1
1 Enabled 1 Enabled
0 to 63 0 to 63 35
EGSM
0 to 15 for
DCS1800 and
2
PCS1900
29 to 31 for
DCS1800 and
0 Not included
0 or 1 0
1 Included
0 Disabled (reject message not required)

0 or 1 0
1 Enabled (reject message required)
0 Disabled (no speech version)

0 or 1 0
1 Enabled (build in speech version)
0 No handover attempts (for this condition)

1 Attempt to handover as many calls as the
0 to 2 number of queued assignment requests 0
2 Attempt to handover as many calls as meet the
congestion handover criteria
63 to +63 8
63 to +63 63
0 Disabled
0 or 1 0
1 Enabled
0 Disabled
0 or 1 0
1 Enabled
EGSM
0 to 15 for
DCS1800 and
2
PCS1900
29 to 31 for
DCS1800 and
0 to 255 (0 disables intracell interference handovers) 255
0 Disabled
0 or 1 0
1 Enabled
0 No hopping in this cell

0 to 2 1 Synthesizer hopping 0
2 Baseband hopping
0 Disabled
0 or 1 NONE
1 Enabled
0 Cyclic hopping. The MA is hopped through

lowest to highest magnitudes, and then the cycle
0 to 63 repeats. NONE
1 to 63 Random hopping. HSN and MA are entries to
the algorithm table 6 of GSM
S If the cell is PGSM, the range is 1 through

124.
ARFCN depends on
S If the cell is EGSM, the range is either:
the frequency type for
- 1 through 124 NONE
the
- 975 through 1023 , 0.
cell.
S If the cell is DCS1800, the range is 512
through 885.
0 Outgoing Inter-cell handover is not enabled. The

Handover Required message is sent to the MSC.
1 Outgoing Inter-cell handover is enabled.
2 Outgoing internal intercell handover is disabled.
0 to 3 The Handover Required message is not sent to 1
the MSC.
3 Outgoing Inter-cell and external handovers are
disabled and the Handover Required message is
not sent to the MSC.
1 = PGSM
2 = EGSM
3 = PGSM and EGSM If the Multiband Inter-
4 = DCS1800 cell Handover feature
5 = PGSM and DCS1800 is enabled:
1 to 11 6 = EGSM and DCS1800 3 for PGSM and
7 = PGSM, EGSM, and DCS1800 EGSM cells
8 = PCS1900 4 for DCS1800 cells
9 = PGSM and PCS1900 8 for PCS1900 cells
10 = EGSM and PCS1900
11 = PGSM, EGSM, and PCS1900
0 Disabled
0 or 1 1
1 Enabled
0 Intracell handovers are performed by the BSS.

These calls are included as target cells in a
Handover Required message to the MSC.
1 The BSS performs Intracell handovers. The
0 to 2 MSC is notified with a Handover Performed 1
message.
2 Intracell handovers are disabled and the
Handover Required message is not sent to the
MSC.
Represents -110 dBm to -47 dBm, as shown below:

1 -109 dBm
2 -108 dBm
0 to 63 10
.
.
.
1 -109 dBm
2 -108 dBm
0 to 63 10
.
.
.
0 to 1810 BER If
alt_qual_proc = 0
alt_qual_proc = 0 453 BER / 5 Qband
0 to 7 QBand If
alt_qual_proc = 1
0 to 1810 BER If 0 BER If

alt_qual_proc = 0 dat_qual_enabled = 0
alt_qual_proc = 0
0 to 7 QBand If 4QBand units If
alt_qual_proc = 1 data_qual_enabled = 1

alt_qual_proc = 0 dat_qual_enabled = 0
alt_qual_proc = 0
0 to 7 QBand If 4QBand units If
alt_qual_proc = 1 data_qual_enabled = 1
alt_qual_proc = 0 alt_qual_proc = 0
alt_qual_proc = 0
0 to 7 QBand If 5 QBand units If

alt_qual_proc = 0

alt_qual_proc = 0
0 to 63 0
0 Disabled
0 or 1 0
1 Enabled
0 Disabled
0 or 1 0
1 Enabled
0 Disabled
0 or 1 0
1 Enabled
0 Directed Retry is supported within the BSS, but not
across
the A-interface.
1 Directed Retry is supported within the BSS. The only
A-interface impact is the Assignment Complete message,
which contains the optional Cell ID if the Cell ID changes
during the assignment.
2 The BSS sends the Handover Required message with
the
cause directed retry to the MSC.
3 The BSS sends the Handover Required message with
the
cause of the handover to the MSC (for example, Better
Cell).
0 to 7 0
Required message with cause directed retry to the MSC.
Required message with the cause of the handover to the
MSC (for example, Better Cell).
6 The BSS sends a Handover Required message with
cause directed retry and then sends an Assignment
Failure message with cause directed retry to the MSC.
7 The BSS sends a Handover Required message with the
cause of the handover (for example, Better Cell) and then
sends an Assignment Failure message with cause
directed retry to the MSC.
1 to 16 16
0 Send pre-transfer request to SM
0 or 1 0
1 Do not send pre-transfer request to SM
0 Disabled
0 or 1 0
1 Enabled
4 if alg_data=0 1 if
1 to 31
alg_data=1
1 to 31
alg_data=1
1 -109 dBm
2 -108 dBm
0 to 63 63
.
.
.
1 to 31
alg_data=1 1 if
alg_data=2
0 to 255

1 -109 dBm
2 -108 dBm
0 to 63 63
.
.
.
1 to 31
alg_data=1 1 if
alg_data=2
0 to 255
1 to 31
alg_data=1 1 if
alg_data=2
0 to 255
0 Disabled
0 or 1 NONE
1 Enabled
1 to 31 . 1
.
.

0 -110 dBm
1 -109 dBm
2 -108 dBm
0 to 63 45
.
.
.
63 -47 dBm

0 -110 dBm
1 -109 dBm
2 -108 dBm
0 to 63 45
.
.
.
63 -47 dBm
0 Disabled
0 or 1 1
1 Enabled
0 Disabled
0 or 1 1
1 Enabled
0 Handover disabled
0 or 1 0
1 Handover enabled
0 to 30
0 to 30 (Not Dual Band Cell))
0
-60 to 63 (Dual Band Cell)
or
-60 to 63
Supported by
Dependencies
OMC-R GUI
none NO
none YES
none NO
none NO
none NO
none NO
none NO
none NO
none NO
none NO
none NO
This parameter is
invalid when ba_type NO
is ba_bcch.
The Multiband Inter-

cell handover feature
must be
enabled.
YES
This parameter has
no meaning if
band_preference_mo
de = 0 for this cell.
This parameter is
unavailable if the
Multiband YES
Inter-cell handover
feature is disabled.
After a RXQUAL
handover, the system
applies the
bounce_protect_marg
in value for the
number of
SACCH periods set
by the
bounce_protect_qual_
tmr timer.
YES
After a congestion
handover, the system
applies the
bounce_protect_marg
in value for the
number of
SACCH periods set
by the
bounce_protect_cong
_tmr timer.
This parameter may

only be changed if the
Coincident MultiBand
Handover option is
unrestricted.
If coincident_mb is set
to 1 or 2, both cells
must be
SACCH neighbours of
each other.
If coincident_mb is set NO
to 2, both cells must
be at
the same site, the
cells must be
neighbours of each
other, and the bsic
settings must be the
same.
A cell cannot be
coincident to itself.
This parameter may
Coincident MultiBand
Handover option is
enabled.
to 1 or 2, both cells
must be
SACCH neighbours of
each other.
to 2, both cells must
be at
the same site, the
cells must be
neighbours of each NO
other, and the bsic
settings must be the
same.
If a coincident cell has
not been selected, the
value of
coincident_mb must
equal 0.
A cell cannot be
coincident to itself.
This parameter must
be disabled when
inner_zone_alg is set
to indicate Dual Band
Cells.
This parameter may

Coincident MultiBand NO
Handover option is
enabled.
This parameter can

only be modified if:
either the Directed
Retry or Alternate
Congestion Relief
YES
options are available,
and
the neighbour is
placed on the SACCH
list.
rxlev_dl_ho YES
rxlev_dl_ho YES
rxlev_dl_pc YES
rxqual_dl_ho YES
rxqual_dl_pc YES
N1 must be greater
than or equal to P1.
N1 must be
the hreqt value set
YES
using
chg_act_alg_data
command for
rxlev_dl_pc and
rxlev_ul_pc.
N2 must be greater
N2 must be
the hreqt value set
YES
using
chg_act_alg_data
command for
rxlev_dl_pc and
rxlev_ul_pc.
N3 must be greater
N3 must be
the hreqt value set
YES
using
chg_act_alg_data
command for
rxqual_dl_pc and
rxqual_ul_pc.
N4 must be greater
N4 must be
the hreqt value set
YES
using
chg_act_alg_data
command for
rxqual_dl_pc and
rxqual_ul_pc.
N5 must be greater
N5 must be
the hreqt value set
YES
using
chg_act_alg_data
command for
rxlev_dl_ho and
rxlev_ul_ho.
N6 must be greater
N6 must be
the hreqt value set
YES
using
chg_act_alg_data
command for
rxqual_dl_ho and
rxqual_ul_ho.
N7 must be greater
N7 must be
the hreqt value set
YES
using
chg_act_alg_data
command for
rxlev_dl_ho and
rxlev_ul_ho.
N8 must be greater
N8 must be less than
YES
or equal to the Hreqt
value set
for rel_tim_adv
surround_cell YES
NONE YES
rel_tim_adv YES
rxlev_ul_ho YES
rxlev_ul_ho YES
rxlev_ul_pc YES
rxqual_ul_ho YES
rxqual_ul_pc YES
NONE YES
NONE YES
NONE YES
This parameter may
only be changed on
YES
EGSM
systems.
NONE YES
NONE YES
The maximum value

for a PGSM or EGSM
system is
19. YES
The maximum value
for a DCS1800
system is 15.
This parameter only
YES
applies to the BSC.
This parameter
applies only to the YES
BSC.
The
handover_required_s
p_ver_used
parameter
YES
cannot be disabled (0)
if the efr_enabled
parameter
is enabled (1).
Congestion Relief
feature is required.
The MSC may need
to increase the timer
waiting for
YES
the Assignment
Complete message
from the BSS
when this database
NONE YES
NONE YES
NONE YES
To use the
ho_only_max_pwr
parameter, the
decision_alg_type
YES
parameter must equal
1, to allow
the MS or BTS to
reach full power.
This parameter may

be modified only
when the Dual YES
Band Cells feature is
unrestricted.
NONE YES
alt_qual_proc
This parameter is not
valid at Horizonoffice YES
BTS
sites.
The hopping_support
paPlace the system in
the SYSGEN ON
mode before
using the
chg_element or
chg_cell_element
commands to change
this parameter.
YES
Using the
chg_hop_param
command to change
the
hopping system does
not require SYSGEN
ON.rameter defines
the frequency hopping
in a cell.
The system must be
in SYSGEN ON mode
to
change this
parameter with the
chg_element or
chg_cell_element
YES
commands.
Using the
chg_hop_params
command to change
the hopping system
does not require
SYSGEN ON.
Respond to the SITE

reset prompt which
will be
displayed after the
YES
chg_element
command is
entered to modify this
parameter.
Refer to the
descriptions for the
chg_hop_params
command for
restrictions on
changing the hopping
parameters.
The system does not
check for errors when
YES
changes
are made in SYSGEN
ON mode. When
SYSGEN is
turned off, however,
the system does
check for
errors, and may reject
the command.
NONE YES
available unless the
Multiband
Inter-cell Handover
feature is enabled.
This parameter must
include, at a
minimum, the
frequency type for the
cell. For example, if
YES
the cell
has a frequency_type
of pgsm, then the
parameter must
include
pgsm as a possible
destination frequency
band for
handovers.
NONE YES
NONE YES
NONE YES
NONE YES
alt_qual_proc.
See also
YES
data_qual_enabled,
hop_qual_enabled
data_qual_enabled
YES
alt_qual_proc
hop_qual_enabled
alt_qual_proc
This parameter may
YES
not be changed for
Horizonoffice
sites.
alt_qual_proc
See also
YES
data_qual_enabled,
hop_qual_enabled
data_qual_enabled
YES
alt_qual_proc
hop_qual_enabled
alt_qual_proc
This parameter may
YES
not be changed for
Horizonoffice
sites.
NONE YES
This parameter is
unavailable if the
Multiband
Inter-Cell Handover
feature is restricted.
This parameter may YES
not be disabled when
inner_zone_alg is set
to indicate Dual Band
Cells for
any cell in the BSS.
NONE YES
ms_max_range YES
The Directed Retry or
the Multiband Intercell
YES
Handover feature
must be unrestricted.
NONE YES
This parameter only
applies to the BSC or YES
RXCDR.
NONE YES
When alg_num is set

to 255, bin_num can
not be
YES
set equal to
decision_1_tim_adv_
av_alg.
When alg_num is set

to 255, bin_num can
not be
set equal to one of the
following parameters:
decision_1_dl_rxlev_a YES
v_h
decision_1_dl_rxlev_a
v_ih
decision_1_p_bgt_rxl
ev_av_h
The Concentric Cells
Option must be
enabled and
the inner_zone_alg
type must be set to 1. YES
available at
Horizonoffice BTS
sites.
When alg_num is set

to 255, bin_num can
not be
set equal to either:
YES
decision_1_ul_rxlev_a
v_h, or
decision_1_ul_rxlev_a
v_ih

Option must be
enabled and
the inner_zone_alg
parameter must be
YES
set to 1.
available at
Horizonoffice BTS
sites.
When alg_num is set

to 255, bin_num can
not be
YES
set equal to
decision_1_dl_rxqual
_av_h.
decision_1_ul_rxqual
YES
_av_h
External SDCCH
handover must be
enabled at and
supported by the
MSC.
The
hand_over_required_
YES
curr_ ch parameter
must
be set to 1 so as to
include the
information element in
the handover required
message to the MSC.
The sdcch_ho
parameter must be
enabled. (This is YES
not monitored by the
system.)
l_rxqual_dl_h
This parameter is
used by the BSS only
YES
when
interfer_ho_allowed is
1.
l_rxqual_ul_h
This parameter is
used by the BSS only
YES
when
interfer_ho_allowed is
1.
NONE YES
NONE YES
NONE YES
feature must be
unrestricted.
The range depends
on the value of
inner_zone_alg:
S Dual Band Cell: -63
YES
to 63.
S Not Dual Band Cell:
0 to 30.
available at
Horizonoffice BTS
sites.
DATABASE PARAMETER Description Valid range
The bts_p_con_ack parameter specifies the maximum

amount of time to wait for RF
power change acknowledgements to the BSS. This
bts_p_con_ack allows a repeat of the BTS power 0 to 31
control message if the BTS power has not been
confirmed. This is effective only if the
decision_alg_num equals 1.
The bts_p_con_interval parameter specifies the

minimum amount of time in multiples of
two SACCH multiframes between successive RF power
change orders to the BSS.
The time period is greater than or equal to (nx – px + 1)
hreqave / 2
Where:
x equals
bts_p_con_interval – 2 (upper threshold of RXLEV), 0 to 31
n equals the values assigned for decision_1_ny where
y is a value from 1 to 4.
p equals the values assigned for decision_1_py where
y is a value from 1 to 4.
hreqave is the number of measurements from the MS
that are used in calculating
one average.
The bts_power_control_allowed parameter enables or

disables the downlink RF power
bts_power_control_allowed 0 or 1
control for the BSS. When enabled, the BSS uses up to
15 power control levels.
The bts_txpwr_max_inner parameter specifies the
0 to 21 (0 to 6 for
bts_txpwr_max_inner maximum transmit power BTS inner
Horizonoffice sites)
zone for Dual Band cells.
The decision_alg_type parameter specifies the current
power control algorithm.
Disabling the decision_alg_type type parameter uses
the bts_p_con_interval and
ms_p_con_interval parameters. This setting does not
allow use of the bts_p_con_ack
decision_alg_type Enabling decision_alg_type uses the bts_p_con_ack 0 to 31
Enabling the decision_alg_type parameter allows a
power decision based on quality to
increase the power. This results in a rxlev above the
upper rxlev thresholds set in:
u_rxlev_dl_pc
u_rxlev_ul_pc
The dyn_step_adj parameter enables or disables the

uplink and downlink dynamic step
adjustment algorithm for the step size. When enabled,
dyn_step_adj the calculation of step size can 0 to 2
include or exclude dynamic power reduction caused by
the level being above the upper
level threshold.
The dyn_step_adj_fmpr parameter specifies the
dyn_step_adj_fmpr percentage power reduction used in 0 to 10
the dynamic power reduction calculation.
The full_pwr_rfloss parameter enables or disables the

ability of the BSS power control to
fully power up the MS and BTS at the point where the
full_pwr_rfloss RF connection appears to be lost. 0 or 1
When enabled, the transition to full power occurs when
the threshold set by
link_about_to_fail is reached in the link_fail procedure.
The l_rxlev_dl_p parameter specifies the lower

downlink limit for the signal strength of
l_rxlev_dl_p the serving cell. This threshold is checked to determine 0 to 63
if BTS power should be
increased.
The l_rxlev_ul_p parameter specifies the lower uplink
limit for the signal strength of the
l_rxlev_ul_p 0 to 63
mobile. This threshold is checked to determine if MS
power should be increased.
The l_rxqual_dl_p parameter specifies the lower

downlink limit for the signal quality of
the serving cell. This threshold is checked to determine
0 to 1810 BER If
if BTS power should be
alt_qual_proc = 0
l_rxqual_dl_p increased.
0 to 7 QBand If
Receive quality processing is measured using Bit Error
alt_qual_proc = 1
Rate (BER) values or Quality
The l_rxqual_dl_p_data parameter specifies the lower

downlink limit for the signal
quality of the serving cell, for data transmissions only
(for example modem-to-modem
calls). This threshold is checked to determine if BTS
power should be increased. This
threshold is enabled and set to be used when data is 0 to 1810 BER If
being transmitted, by use of the alt_qual_proc = 0
l_rxqual_dl_p_data
data_qual_enabled parameter in a chg_cell_element 0 to 7 QBand If
command. In this situation it is alt_qual_proc = 1
used instead of the l_rxqual_dl_p threshold value, as
The l_rxqual_dl_p_hopping parameter specifies the

lower downlink limit for the signal
quality of the serving cell, for hopping calls only. This
threshold is checked to determine
if BTS power should be increased. This threshold is
enabled and set to be used for
0 to 1810 BER If
hopping calls, by use of the hop_qual_enabled
alt_qual_proc = 0
l_rxqual_dl_p_hopping parameter in a chg_cell_element
0 to 7 QBand If
command. In this situation it is used instead of the
alt_qual_proc = 1
l_rxqual_dl_p threshold value, as
The l_rxqual_ul_h_hopping parameter specifies the
handover control threshold for the
lower Received (Rx) quality downlink, for hopping calls
only. This threshold is checked to
determine if a handover condition exists. This threshold
is enabled and set to be used
0 to 1810 BER If
for hopping calls, by use of the hop_qual_enabled
alt_qual_proc = 0
l_rxqual_ul_h_hopping parameter in a chg_cell_element
0 to 7 QBand If
alt_qual_proc = 1
l_rxqual_ul_h threshold value, as
The l_rxqual_ul_p parameter specifies the lower uplink

limit of the signal quality of the
MS. This threshold is checked to determine if MS 0 to 1810 BER If
power should be increased. alt_qual_proc = 0
l_rxqual_ul_p
Receive quality processing is measured using Bit Error 0 to 7 QBand If
Rate (BER) values or Quality alt_qual_proc = 1
The l_rxqual_ul_p_data parameter specifies the lower

uplink limit for the signal quality
of the serving cell, for data transmissions only (for
example modem-to-modem calls).
This threshold is checked to determine if MS power
should be increased. This threshold
is enabled and set to be used when data is being 0 to 1810 BER If
transmitted, by use of the alt_qual_proc = 0
l_rxqual_ul_p_data
data_qual_enabled parameter in a chg_cell_element 0 to 7 QBand If
command. In this situation it is alt_qual_proc = 1
used instead of the l_rxqual_ul_p threshold value, as
The l_rxqual_ul_p_hopping parameter specifies the
lower uplink limit for the signal
quality of the serving cell, for hopping calls only. This
threshold is checked to determine
if MS power should be increased. This threshold is
enabled and set to be used for
0 to 1810 BER If
hopping calls, by use of the hop_qual_enabled
alt_qual_proc = 0
l_rxqual_ul_p_hopping parameter in a chg_cell_element
0 to 7 QBand If
alt_qual_proc = 1
l_rxqual_dl_p threshold value, as
The link_about_to_fail parameter specifies the number

of undecoded SACCH frames
before the BSS and MS are increased to full power.
The number of SACCH frames is
calculated by subtracting the number of undecoded
SACCH frames represented by the
value entered for this parameter from the number of
undecoded SACCH frames
represented by the link_fail parameter.
For example, if link_fail is set to 5 (24 SACCH frames)
link_about_to_fail and link_about_to_fail is set to 0 to 15
1 (4 SACCH frames), the BSS and MS is increased to
full power when 20 undecoded
SACCH frames are received.
Full power is specified by the max_tx_bts parameter for
the downlink power; and
max_tx_ms or max power capability of the MS for
uplink power.
This provides a method for improving the quality of a
call by increasing the power of the
signal transmitted by the BSS to an MS.
The ms_max_range parameter specifies the MS
maximum range for the handover
algorithm.
This parameter must be programmed in terms of timing
advance bits. The following
equation shows the relationship between distance and
timing advance: 0 to 63
(timing advance)(bit period)(propagation velocity) = 2
ms_max_range
(distance from MS to BSS)
Value 0 corresponds to no timing advance. Values 1 to 0 to 219
63 represent the bit periods that
the MS transmission (to the BSS) are delayed.
If The Extended Range Feature is unrestricted and
Extended Range is enabled in the
cell, the maximum value of ms_max_range increases
to 219.
The ms_p_con_ack parameter specifies the time for

which power control can be
resumed if power change acknowledgement is not
ms_p_con_ack 0 to 31
received from the MS. This
parameter is effective only if the decision_alg_num
equals 1.
The ms_p_con_interval parameter specifies the

minimum amount of time in multiples of
two SACCH multiframes between successive RF power
change orders to the MS.
This value depends on the value for the
decision_alg_num parameter.
ms_p_con_interval If decision_alg_num = 1, then the recommended 0 to 31
value for ms_p_con_interval
equals hreqave divided by 2 (hreqave/2).
If decision_alg_num = 0, then the minimum
recommended value for
ms_p_con_interval equals 2 plus hreqave divided by 2
(2+hreqave/2).
The ms_power_control_allowed parameter enables or

ms_power_control_allowed disables MS power control. 0 or 1
Enabling this feature helps to reduce interference.
The ms_power_offset parameter specifies the power
offset value sent out in the BCCH
system information which will utilize the additional
ms_power_offset power capabilities of a class 3 0 to 3
DCS1800 MS that is accessing on the RACH. The
value is a positive power offset from
the value set by ms_txpwr_max_cch.
The mspwr_alg parameter enables or disables the
enhanced power control algorithm.
The enhanced power control algorithm is used to
mspwr_alg prevent oscillation for MS power control 0 or 1
where power is reduced for RXQUAL reasons and
subsequently increased for RXLEV
reasons.
pbgt_mode 0 or 1
The pow_inc_step_size_dl parameter specifies the step

pow_inc_step_size_dl sizes for power increases from 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 or 14
the BTS to the MS.
The pow_inc_step_size_ul parameter specifies the step
pow_inc_step_size_ul size increases from the MS to 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 or 14
the BTS.
The pow_red_step_size_dl parameter specifies the
pow_red_step_size_dl step size for power decreases from 2, 4
the BTS to the MS.
The pow_red_step_size_ul parameter specifies the
pow_red_step_size_ul step size for power decreases from 2, 4
the MS to the BTS.
The pwr_handover_allowed parameter enables or

disables the power budget
assessment for handovers.
When enabled, a handover to cell “n” might be required
pwr_handover_allowed if: PBGT(n) – ho_margin(n) > 0. 0 or 1
This comparison ensures that the MS is always linked
to the cell with the minimum path
loss even though the quality and level thresholds may
not have been exceeded.
This parameter enables or disables the rapid power
down procedure. The rapid power
down procedure bypasses the pow_red_step_size
values set in the database in an
effort to bring the power of the MS to an acceptable
level quickly.
Detected MS power levels are averaged over the
rapid_pwr_down 0 or 1
number of SACCH periods specified by
the rpd_period parameter. This average is compared to
the value specified for the
rpd_trigger value. The rapid power down procedure will
be initiated when the calculated
value is greater than the value specified for the
rpd_trigger parameter.
The rpd_offset parameter specifies the offset value

used when calculating the receive
uplink level for an MS when the rapid power down
rpd_offset 0 to 63
procedure initiates.
The receive uplink level is equal to rpd_trigger minus
rpd_offset.
The rpd_period parameter specifies the number of

SACCH frames used to calculate a
rolling average of uplink rxlev values.
rpd_period the rpd_period parameter. This average is compared to 1 to 32
the value specified for the
rpd_trigger value. The rapid power down procedure
initiates when the calculated value
is greater than the value specified for the rpd_trigger
parameter.
The rpd_trigger parameter specifies the threshold used

to initiate the rapid power down
procedure.
the rpd_period parameter. This average is compared to
rpd_trigger the value specified for the 0 to 63
rpd_trigger value. The rapid power down procedure
initiates when the calculated value
is greater than the value specified for the rpd_trigger
parameter.
The receive uplink power level is equal to rpd_trigger
minus rpd_offset.
The rxlev_dl_pc parameter specifies the averaging
parameters for making power control
decisions with respect to the downlink receive signal
level.
The chg_act_alg_data rxlev_dl_pc command changes
rxlev_dl_pc 1 to 31
the averaging algorithm data for
the downlink receive level power control.
A bin_num is used in the chg_act_alg_data rxlev_dl_pc
command to specify the
The rxlev_ul_pc parameter specifies the averaging

parameters for making power control
1 to 31
The chg_act_alg_data rxlev_ul_pc command changes
rxlev_ul_pc the averaging algorithm data for
the uplink receive level.
0 to 255
A bin_num is used in the chg_act_alg_data rxlev_ul_pc
command to specify the
The rxqual_dl_pc parameter specifies the averaging

parameters for making power
control decisions with respect to the downlink receive
signal quality. 1 to 31
The chg_act_alg_data rxqual_dl_pc command changes
rxqual_dl_pc
the averaging algorithm data
for the downlink receive quality power control. 0 to 255
A bin_num is used in the chg_act_alg_data
rxqual_dl_pc command to specify the
The rxqual_ul_pc parameter specifies the averaging

parameters for making power
control decisions with respect to the uplink receive
signal quality. 1 to 31
The chg_act_alg rxqual_ul_pc command changes the
rxqual_ul_pc
averaging algorithm data for the
uplink receive quality power control. 0 to 255
A bin_num is used in the chg_act_alg_data
rxqual_ul_pc command to specify the
The tx_power_cap parameter specifies all cells within a
site to be either low transmitting
power capable or high transmitting power capable.
This parameter is valid only at DCS1800 or PCS1900
sites.
This parameter is not valid for micro sites.
tx_power_cap This parameter can be set when the primary outer 0 or 1
zone frequency type f the cell is
PGSM, EGSM, DCS1800, or PCS1900 provided that
the cell is a Dual Band Cell.
If the cell is not, the frequency must be DCS1800 or
PCS1900 to change
tx_power_cap.
The u_rxlev_dl_p parameter specifies the signal

strength for the upper downlink limit of
u_rxlev_dl_p the serving cell. 0 to 63
BTS transmit power may be reduced if the MS signal
strength is greater than this value.
This parameter specifies the signal strength for the

upper uplink limit of the serving cell.
u_rxlev_ul_p Mobile transmit power may be reduced if the MS 0 to 63
transmit signal strength is greater than
this value.
The u_rxqual_dl_p parameter specifies the power

control threshold for the best allowed
downlink receive quality (rxqual). The valid range and
default values for this parameter
are dependent on the type of unit that is selected. 0 to 1810 BER If
Receive quality processing is measured using Bit Error alt_qual_proc = 0
u_rxqual_dl_p
Rate (BER) values or Quality 0 to 7 QBand If
Band (QBand) units. The type of unit is specified by the alt_qual_proc = 1
An Rxqual value better (lower BER rate) than what is
specified by the u_rxqual_ul_p
parameter may result the reduction of downlink power.
The u_rxqual_ul_p parameter sets the power control
threshold for the best allowed
uplink receive quality (rxqual). The valid range and
default values for this parameter are
dependent on the type of unit that is selected. 0 to 1810 BER If
Receive quality processing is measured using Bit Error alt_qual_proc = 0
u_rxqual_ul_p
Rate (BER) values or Quality 0 to 7 QBand If
Band (QBand) units. The type of unit is specified by the alt_qual_proc = 1
An Rxqual value better (lower BER rate) than what is
specified by the u_rxqual_ul_p
parameter may result the reduction of MS power.
The use_derived_ho_power parameter specifies how

the system manages the derived
handover power level for internal intercell handovers.
When disabled, these handovers use the power level in
use_derived_ho_power 0 or 1
the database.
When enabled, these handovers use a power level
derived from the rxlev reported by the
MS for the target cell.
Value description Default value
0
1
2
.
.
.
31
1 (equals 2 SACCH multiframes)
0 SACCH multiframes
2 SACCH multiframes
4 SACCH multiframes
.
.
.
0
1
2
.
.
.
31
2 (equals 4 SACCH multiframes)
0 SACCH multiframes
2 SACCH multiframes
4 SACCH multiframes
.
.
.
0 BTS power control disabled

0
1 BTS power control enabled
0 to 21 (0 to 6 for Horizonoffice sites) 0

0 Power control algorithm number 1
1 Power control algorithm number 2 (enables the 0
use of p_con_ack timers)
0 Disabled
1 Enabled (excludes power reduction) 0
2 Enabled (includes power reduction)
0 to 10 10
0 or 1
0 Disabled 0
1 Enabled
Represents -110 dBm to -47 dBm, as shown

below:
1 -109 dBm
2 -108 dBm 30
.
.
.
below:
1 -109 dBm
2 -108 dBm 30
.
.
.

226 BER If alt_qual_proc = 0
alt_qual_proc = 0
4 QBand units If alt_qual_proc = 1
0 to 1810 BER (1 step = 0.01% bit error rate) If 0 BER If data_qual_enabled = 0

alt_qual_proc = 0 4 QBand units If data_qual_enabled
0 to 7 QBand units If alt_qual_proc = 1 =1
0 to 1810 BER (1 step = 0.01% bit error rate) If 0 BER If data_qual_enabled = 0

alt_qual_proc = 0 4 QBand units If data_qual_enabled
0 to 7 QBand units If alt_qual_proc = 1 =1
alt_qual_proc = 0

alt_qual_proc = 0

alt_qual_proc = 0
alt_qual_proc = 0
Represents the number of SACCH frames as

shown below:
0 0 SACCH frames
1 4 SACCH frames
2 8 SACCH frames 2
.
.
.
15 60 SACCH frames
0 to 63 for normal cells
63
0 to 219 for Extended Range cells
. 2
.
.
. 2
.
.
0 Disabled
1
1 Enabled
0 0 dB
1 2 dB
0
2 4 dB
3 6 dB
0 Disabled
0
1 Enabled
1 MS uses servicing channel measurements to

calculte power budget.
0
0 MS uses reported servicing cell BCCH signal
strength to calculate power budget.
0 Disabled
1
1 Enabled
0 Disabled
0
1 Enabled
Each step represents an increase of 1dBm, from

-110 dBm to
-47 dBm, as shown in the table below:
1 -109 dBm
45 (- 65 dBm)
2 -108 dBm
.
.
.
4 if alg_data=0 1 if alg_data=1
1 if alg_data=2
1 if alg_data=2
1 if alg_data=2
0 Low power
0
1 High power

below:
0 -110 dBm
1 -109 dBm
2 -108 dBm 40
.
.
.
63 -47 dBm

below:
0 -110 dBm
1 -109 dBm
2 -108 dBm 40
.
.
.
63 -47 dBm
0 to 1810 BER
(1 step = 0.01% bit
error rate)
0 to 1810 BER
(1 step = 0.01% bit
error rate)
0 Disabled
0
1 Enabled
Supported by
Dependencies
OMC-R GUI
This parameter will not work if the

specified location
is the BSC (location = 0).
hreqave YES
bts_p_con_ack
decision_1_n1 through decision_1_n4
decision_1_p1 through decision_1_p4
NONE YES
This parameter may be modified only

when the Dual YES
NONE YES
NONE YES
NONE NO
NONE YES
Must be less than u_rxlev_dl_p YES

Must be less than u_rxlev_ul_p YES
alt_qual_proc
Must be greater than u_rxqual_dl_p
YES
See also data_qual_enabled,
hop_qual_enabled
data_qual_enabled
YES
alt_qual_proc
hop_qual_enabled
alt_qual_proc
This parameter may not be changed for YES
Horizonoffice
sites.
hop_qual_enabled
alt_qual_proc
Horizonoffice
sites.
alt_qual_proc
Must be greater than u_rxqual_ul_p
YES
See also data_qual_enabled,
hop_qual_enabled
data_qual_enabled
YES
alt_qual_proc
hop_qual_enabled
alt_qual_proc
Horizonoffice
sites.
link_about_to_fail must be less than

link_fail YES
max_tx_bts
The range for the ms_max_range
parameter
depends on whether the Extended Range
feature is YES
enabled or disabled.
This parameter is not available at
Horizonoffice sites.
hreqave YES
NONE YES
If the cell is not a type 3 MS cell, 0 is the

only value YES
allowed.
NONE YES
The Dual Band Cells feature must be

unrestricted.
Changing this parameter to 1 adds this
cell to its won
neighbour list. This auto-created YES
neighbour will not
be deleted by the user. It can only be
deleted by
changing this element back to 0.
This parameter must be greater than or

equal to YES
pow_red_step_size_dl.
This parameter must be greater than or
equal to YES
pow_red_step_size_ul.
This parameter must be less than or
equal to YES
pow_inc_step_size_dl.
This paremeter must be less than or
equal to YES
pow_inc_step_size_ul.
NONE YES
NONE YES

rpd_trigger.
YES
The parameter rapid_pwr_down must be
enabled.
NONE YES

l_rxlev_ul_p.
YES
rpd_offset.
The parameter rapid_pwr_down must be
enabled.
When alg_num is set to 255, bin_num
can not be YES
set equal to decision_1_dl_rxlev_av_p.

can not be YES
set equal to decision_1_ul_rxlev_av_p.

can not be YES
set equal to decision_1_dl_rxqual_av_p.
decision_1_ul_rxqual_av_p YES
This parameter is valid only if the
transceivers at the
site are inactive.
YES
The system does not accept this
parameter if the
associated DRIs are unlocked.
NONE YES
NONE YES
alt_qual_proc
Since better rxqual corresponds to a
lower bit error YES
rate, u_rxqual_dl_p should be less than
l_rxqual_dl_p.
alt_qual_proc
Since better rxqual corresponds to a
lower bit error YES
rate, u_rxqual_ul_p must be less than
l_rxqual_ul_p.
This parameter is not available at

YES
The alt_qual_proc parameter specifies whether receive

quality processing is performed
using Bit Error Rate (BER) values or Quality Band
alt_qual_proc (QBand) units. The type of values 0 or 1
and the range of values of six parameters are determined
by the value assigned to the
The data_qual_enabled parameter enables or disables

the use of specific rxqual
thresholds for data call handovers.
A data call is one that involves the transmission of
data_qual_enabled computer data, such as a 0 or 1
modem–to–modem call. These types of calls are very
sensitive to bit errors. Therefore,
specific rxqual thresholds may be configured to trigger
data call handovers.
The intave parameter specifies the algorithm data

needed for performing interference
intave 1 to 31
band averaging and classification during idle channel
interference processing.
whose limit 0 to X5 is adjusted by Operations and

interfer_bands 0 to 63
Maintenance (O & M).
The n_avg_i parameter specifies the number of signal

strength measurements that must
be made for each filtered interference signal strength
n_avg_i 1 to 15
sample. NAVG_I is the number of
radio blocks that the signal strength is computed on over
a period of TAVG_I.
The rpt_bad_qual_no_mr parameter specifies whether or
not the uplink quality value of
7 is allowed in a missing measurement report.
When rpt_bad_qual_no_mr is set to 0, the worst quality
value, 7, is not used to signify
the quality if the measurement report does not arrive.
rpt_bad_qual_no_mr When rpt_bad_qual_no_mr is set to 1, the worst quality 0 to 2
value, 7, is used to signify the
quality if the measurement report does not arrive.
The OMC-R is able to display and change
rpt_bad_qual_no_mr over the BSS–OMC-R
interface. This attribute is not required during cell
creation.
Value description Default value Dependencies
The value that is entered for the alt_qual_proc

0 BER Units parameter determines the type of values, the range
0
1 Quality band units of values, and the default values for the dependent
parameters.
0 Disabled
0 alt_qual_proc
1 Enabled
.
8 NONE
.
.
Represents -110 dBm to -47

dBm, as shown below:
interfer_bands,1
0 -110 dBm
1 -109 dBm
interfer_bands,2
2 -108 dBm 63
.
interfer_bands,3
.
.
interfer_bands,4
63 -47 dBm
2 The GPRS feature must be unrestricted.

0 NONE
Supported by
OMC-R GUI
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
The bs_pa_mfrms parameter specifies the

number of multiframes between
transmissions of paging messages to MSs of the
bs_pa_mfrms same paging group. The number of 0 to 7
paging blocks available (per CCCH) are those
available (on a specific CCCH) multiplied
by (bs_pa_mfrms).
The extended_paging_active parameter enables

or disables extended paging.
When enabled, the BTS sends pages to an MS
in its extended page group when all
0 or 1
pages could not be transmitted in the designated
extended_paging_active 0 Disabled
page group for the MS. The MS must
1 Enabled
receive and analyze messages for its paging
group and the group two paging blocks
later.
When disabled, extended page is not allowed.
Supported by
OMC-R GUI
Represents the multiframes period

for the transmission of
PAGING REQUEST messages to
the same paging group.
The value chosen for this field will
Value bs_pa_mfrms
be dependant
0 2 multiframes
upon the size of the location area
1 3 multiframes 0 YES
and the ratio of
2 4 multiframes
mobile originated to mobile
3 5 multiframes
terminated calls.
4 6 multiframes
5 7 multiframes
6 8 multiframes
7 9 multiframes
0 or 1
0 Disabled 0 NONE YES
1 Enabled
The prioritize_microcell parameter specifies whether or

not the level (micro or macro)
of the serving cell impacts the sorting of the candidate
list.
If prioritize_microcell is set to 0, the level of the service
prioritize_microcell 0 or 1
cell does not impact sorting of
the candidate list.
if prioritize_microcell is set to 1, the level of the serving
cell impacts the sorting of the
candidate list.
Supported by
OMC-R GUI
The Microcell feature must be unrestricted to

0 No impact on sorting
1 use this YES
1 Impact on sorting
parameter.
The congest_at_source parameter specifies how a specified source

cell treats target
cells when trying to find candidates for an imperative handover.
congest_at_source The specified source cell may be enabled to: (a) treat all target cells
equally or (b)
immediately retry target cells which were in the process of
congestion relief.
The congest_at_target parameter specifies how a specified cell

congest_at_target behaves if it rejects a
handover request.
The tch_busy_critical_threshold parameter specifies the threshold

for initiating the
flow control procedure barring two of the access classes 0 to 9 from
making calls due to
TCH congestion. The two classes that are barred are selected
tch_busy_critical_threshold
randomly. The flow
control procedure initiates when the percentage of busy TCHs is
equal to or greater than
the value entered for this parameter.
The tch_busy_norm_threshold parameter specifies the threshold for

initiating the flow
control procedure to bar a single access class 0 through 9 from
making a call due to TCH
congestion. The class that is barred is selected randomly. The flow
tch_busy_norm_threshold
control procedure
initiates when the percentage of busy TCHs is equal to or greater
than the value entered
for this parameter.
The tch_congest_prevent_thres parameter specifies the level of

overall TCH utilization
tch_congest_prevent_thres by any MS in a given Cell, at which the Congestion Relief procedure
is initiated.
The tch_flow_control parameter enable or disables the TCH flow
control option.
The flow control procedure tries to reduce the load on the system
when the TCH usage
goes above thresholds determined by the tch_busy_norm_threshold
tch_flow_control
and
tch_busy_critical_threshold parameters. The reduction in traffic is
achieved by barring
access classes and manipulating the tx_integer and max_retran
parameters.
Valid range Value description
0 or 1
0 The source cell treats all target cells
0 The source cell treats all target
equally as candidates
cells equally as candidates
1 The source cell immediately retries target
1 The source cell immediately retries
cells which were
target cells which were
0 or 1
0 The system takes no action if the
0 The system takes no action if the Cell
Cell rejects a
rejects a
handover request.
handover request.
1 The system invokes Congestion
Relief
procedures if this Cell rejects a
request.
handover
request.
81 to 100
0 to 100
1 to 101 (The value 101 indicates there are 1 to 101 (The value 101 indicates
no resources left there are no resources left
to allocate). to allocate).
0 Disabled
0 or 1
1 Enabled
Supported by
OMC-R GUI
The parameter can be set only

0 if the Congestion YES
The parameter can be set only

0 if the Congestion YES
Must be greater than or equal

100 to NO
tch_busy_norm_threshold.
Must be less than or equal to

100 NO
tch_busy_critical_threshold.

100 (The value 100 indicates an attempt to must be enabled.
use the last This parameter must be YES
resource). greater than or equal to
mb_tch_congest_thres.
0 NONE YES
The direct_inner_zone_threshold parameter

specifies the rxlev threshold that must be
direct_inner_zone_threshold exceeded by the MS reported rxlev for the call
to qualify for accelerated allocation of an
inner zone resource.
The dual_band_offset parameter estimates the

effects of the power level differences
that occur when comparing signal strengths
from different zones. The
dual_band_offset dual_band_offset is applied to power budget
handover calculations from the inner zone
to cells of any frequency type. Plus, it is used
to evaluate the criteria for the interzone
handovers within a cell.
The inner_zone_alg parameter specifies the

inner_zone_alg use algorithm and the associated
parameters for the inner zone of the cell.
The ms_txpwr_max_inner parameter specifies
ms_txpwr_max_inner the maximum power an MS can use in
the inner zone of a concentric cell.
The outer_zone_usage_level parameter

specifies the percentage level of outer cell
traffic channel (TCH) usage.
If this parameter is set to 0, channels in the
inner zone is used whenever an MS is
outer_zone_usage_level qualified to use those resources.
If this parameter is set to any other value, the
inner zone resources are allocated
only when an MS is qualified and at least the
specified percentage of outer zone
TCHs is in use.
The secondary_freq_type parameter specifies

secondary_freq_type the frequency type of the inner zone
band of a Dual Band cell.
Valid range Value description
0 to 63 0 to 63
-63 to 63 -63 to 63
0 = disable inner zone

1 = power based use algorithm
The system displays prompts for:
S ms_txpwr_max_inner
Valid range:
- PGSM and EGSM:
5 to 39 dBm (odd values only; value must be less than
- DCS1800 and PCS1900:
0 to 30 dBm (even values only; value must be less
than
S zone_ho_hyst,
0 to 3 Valid range: 0 to 30
Default value:0
S rxlev_dl_zone
Default value: 63
S rxlev_ul_zone
Default value: 63
2 = interference based use algorithm
The system prompts for:
S neighbor_report_timer
Valid range: 0 to 255 SACCH periods
Default value: 10
3 = The Dual Band Cell Use Algorithm is used. The
prompts shown
in Table 5-3 are generated and displayed.
PGSM/EGSM: 5 to 39 (odd values only) PGSM/EGSM: 5 to 39 (odd values only)
DCS1800: 0 to 36 (even values only) DCS1800: 0 to 36 (even values only)
PCS1900 0 to 32 (even values only); PCS1900 0 to 32 (even values only);
and 33 and 33
0 to 100
1 PGSM
2 EGSM
1,2,4,8
4 DCS1800
8 PCS 1900
Supported by
OMC-R GUI
The Concentric Cells option must be enabled in order

to set this parameter.
63 YES
sites.

0 YES
The Concentric Cells feature must be unrestricted to

change inner_zone_alg.
sites.
Cannot set this parameter to Dual Band cells for
PCS1900 cells.
Before this parameter can be set to Dual Band (3)
the following dependencies must be met:
0 The Dual Band Cells feature must be unrestricted in YES
order to set inner_zone_alg to 3.
The Coincident Multiband feature and the Dual Band
Cells feature must not be set at the same time, so
coincident_mb must be 0.
RTFs must not be equipped for the inner zone.
The Multiband Inter-Cell Handover feature must be
enabled to change inner_zone_alg to 3
(mb_preference parameter must not be 0).
ms_txpwr_max_inner must be less than or equal to
max_tx_ms if the value for inner_zone_alg equals 1
Same value as
(Dual Band cell). YES
max_tx_ms
sites.
The Concentric Cells feature must be enabled.

0 This parameter can not be modified at a YES
Horizonoffice site.
This parameter is set to the primary frequency type

when a cell is not configured as a Dual Band cell.
This parameter may be modified only when changing
inner_zone_alg to 3 with the chg_cell_element
command.
At Dual Band cells:
S When the Cell frequency type is set to PGSM
NO
or EGSM, the secondary_freq_type can only
be set to DCS1800.
S When the Cell frequency type is set to
DCS1800, the secondary_freq_type can only
be set to PGSM or EGSM.
At non-Dual Band cells, the secondary_freq_type is
set to the primary frequency type.
Valid
range
The cbc_fast_select parameter enables and disables
the fast connect function for the
cbc_fast_select BSC. The fast connect function supports X.25 0 or 1
networks that do not support user data in
connect and disconnect requests.
The cbc_intface_vers parameter selects the interface

for each BSC site.
cbc_intface_vers The available interfaces are either the standard 0 or 1
interface or the interface with the
repetition rate interpretation and CBCH loading fields.
The cbc_vbind_cntr parameter sets the number of

successful VBINDs sent by the BSS
cbc_vbind_cntr to the CBC before a negotiate must take place within 0 to 255
the next VBIND sent.
This parameter is effective on a per BSC basis.
The cbch_enabled parameter enables the Cell

Broadcast Channel (CBCH) option in a
cell.
The CBCH is used with the Short Message Service
cbch_enabled 0 or 1
(SMS) Cell Broadcast feature. An
operator defined message or set of background
messages may be transmitted on the
CBCH when the cbch_enabled parameter is enabled.
The cbs_outage_cntr parameter introduces a delay

between an outage occurring and
cbs_outage_cntr the CBS halting transmission of CBC originated 0 to 255
messages.
This parameter is effective on a per BTS site basis.
Default Supported by
Value description Dependencies
value OMC-R GUI
0 Disabled This parameter is valid

1 YES
1 Enabled only for the BSC.
0 Standard interface
1 Interface with the repetition This parameter is only
0 YES
rate interpretation valid for the BSC.
and CBCH loading fields
This parameter is only

0 to 255 0 YES
valid for the BSC.
Enabling of CBCH is not

permitted if no AGCH is
reserved in a non-
0 Disabled
NONE combined cell (bs-ag- YES
1 Enabled
blks-res = 0
and ccch-conf other than
1).
This parameter is only

0 to 255 0 YES
valid for a BTS site.
Valid Value
range description
The bts_type parameter specifies the BTS

0 BTP
bts_type configuration type. It is valid only for sites 1 0 or 1
1 BTP and DHP
to 100.
The carrier_disable_time parameter specifies the

time delay between putting individual
carriers into battery conservation mode after a
main power failure is reported.
For example, when a main power failure is first
reported the system waits for the period 120 to
carrier_disable_time
of time specified by the carrier_disable_time 65535
parameter before placing the first carrier
into battery conservation mode. Then the system
waits for the same period of time
before placing the next carrier into battery
conservation mode.
The carriers_ins_pwr_fail parameter specifies the

number of carriers (RCUs) left up in
carriers_ins_pwr_fail the maintenance power state when emergency 0 to 30 0 to 30
battery power starts (that is, during a
main power failure).
Dependencies
value OMC-R GUI
This parameter may not be changed to 0 if DHPs

exist at the site, or if max_dris is set to 0.
This parameter may not be changed at
Horizonoffice
sites. It is automatically set to 1 when a
NONE NO
Horizonoffice cabinet is equipped.
This parameter must be set to 0 for M-Cell2, M-
Cell6,
M-Cellcity, M-Cellarena, M-Cellarenamacro and
Horizonmacro cabinets.
This parameter is not available at Horizonoffice

NONE BTS NO
sites.
This parameter is not available at Horizonoffice

30 BTS NO
sites.
The auto_rf_loss_trace parameter enables and

disables automatic RF Loss tracing for
a cell. The destination for RF loss measurement
reports is also specified when RF loss
tracing is enabled.
If the auto_rf_loss_trace parameter is enabled for a cell
with the destination set for the
auto_rf_loss_trace 0 to 2
MMI and an RF loss occurs in the cell, a measurement
report is sent to the MMI and is
displayed in the same format as the output for the
trace_call command. An RLM cause
for the RF loss is included in the additional trace status
field when the measurement
report when generated by the RF loss trace.
The call_trace_options parameter enables or disables

MSC initiated traces. It also
specifies the percentage of traces exclusively reserved
for MSC initiated call traces.
The number of call trace instances that may be created
is affected by the percentage of
call_trace_options traces reserved exclusively for MSC initiated traces. 0 to 100, and 255
This percentage is specified using
the call_trace_options element. For example, if 50% of
the traces are reserved for
initiation from the MSC, a maximum of eight instances
may be created using the
trace_call command.
The ct_flow_control_hi_level parameter specifies the

percentage of call trace OML
buffer space that may be used before flow control is
enabled. When this limit is reached,
ct_flow_control_hi_level 20 to 100
the BSS parameter ct_flow_control_bss_enabled is set
to 1. (This level is not used to
Setting this parameter to 100 disables flow control.
The ct_flow_control_lo_level parameter specifies the

percentage of call trace OML
buffer space that may be used before flow control is
ct_flow_control_lo_level enabled. When this limit is reached, 0 to 80
the BSS parameter ct_flow_control_bss_enabled is set
to 0. (This level is not used to
The ct_flow_control_msc_trace parameter specifies
ct_flow_control_msc_trace whether or not MSC traces are 0 or 1
allowed when flow control is enabled.
The trace_msgs_after_ho parameter specifies the
trace_msgs_after_ho number of messages that the system 0 to 8
collects immediately after a handover occurs.
The trace_msgs_before_ho parameter specifies the

trace_msgs_before_ho number of messages that the 0 to 8
system collects immediately before a handover occurs.
Value description Default value
0 Automatic RF loss tracing disabled for

this cell
1 Automatic RF loss tracing enabled for
this cell; send measurement reports to
0
MMI and OMC
2 Automatic RF loss tracing enabled for
this cell; send measurement reports to
OMC-R only
0 to 100 The percentage of traces reserved for

MSC initiated traces on a per LCF basis. 0
255 MSC invoked call traces disabled.
20 to 100 60
0 to 80 20
0 MSC traces are allowed while flow is restricted.

1 MSC traces are not allowed while flow is 0
restricted.
5
5
Supported by
Dependencies
OMC-R GUI
NONE NO
NONE NO
ct_flow_control_hi_level must be greater than

NO
ct_flow_control_lo_level plus 20.
ct_flow_control_lo_level must be less than

NO
ct_flow_control_hi_level minus 20.
NONE NO
This parameter is used only when handover
records
are requested and RSS, Abis and/or MS Power YES
This parameter is used only when handover
records
are requested and RSS, Abis and/or MS Power YES
The allow_32k_trau parameter enables or disables 32 kbps GPRS

TRAU timeslots on a
carrier. When this parameter is enabled for an RTF, all GPRS TRAU
channels are 32
allow_32k_trau
bkps channels. Both CS-3 and CS-4 are supported.
Both BSC-PCU GDS and BSC-BTS may be equipped. The BSS
calculates bandwidth
requirements during the equipage of the timeslots.
The bssgp_block_retries parameter specifies the number of retries

bssgp_block_retries generated by the
BSS for cell block messages to the SGSN.
The bssgp_flow_control parameter specifies the downlink flow
bssgp_flow_control control mechanism for
the PCU.
The bssgp_racap_retries parameter specifies the number of retries
bssgp_racap_retries generated by the
BSS for RA-Capability-Update messages to the SGSN.
The bssgp_reset_retries parameter specifies the number of retries
bssgp_reset_retries generated by the
BSS for Reset messages to the SGSN.
The bssgp_scheduling parameter specifies the scheduling type used
in downlink flow
bssgp_scheduling control at the PCU. Packets can be scheduled on either a First
In/First Out or an Earliest
Deadline First basis.
The bssgp_unblock_retries parameter specifies the number of
bssgp_unblock_retries retries generated by the
BSS for cell Unblock messages to the SGSN.
The gprs_bs_cv_max specifies the maximum count down value a

mobile can use for
uplink RLC data transfer. The MS sends a count down value in each
uplink RLC data
gprs_bs_cv_max block starting gprs_bs_cv_max blocks from the last block. The value
sent is
decremented by one in each subsequent block. This allows the
network to identify the
last RLC block in the uplink TBF.
The gprs_dl_pwr_mode parameter specifies the downlink power

gprs_dl_pwr_mode control mode that the
PCU uses to broadcast data blocks to the MS.
The gprs_drx_timer_max parameter specifies the maximum timer
gprs_drx_timer_max value allowed for the
MS to request for non–DRX mode after packet transfer mode.
The gprs_enabled parameter specifies whether or not GPRS is

unrestricted at a cell.
The gprs_supported broadcast parameter describes the GPRS
gprs_enabled
configuration of a cell.
The BSS implements this as two cell elements: gprs_enabled and
pcch_alloc.
The gprs_intraho_allwd parameter specifies whether or not the BSS

performs intra-cell
gprs_intraho_allwd handovers to free GPRS timeslots currently in use for circuit traffic.
Such handovers
recover PDTCHs which have been switched to TCHs.
The gprs_mac_mode parameter specifies the medium access mode

gprs_mac_mode to be used by the
PCU. The mode can be either “fixed” or “dynamic”.
The gprs_ms_pan_dec parameter specifies the amount by which to
decrement the MS
acks/nacks received
incremented by
gprs_ms_pan_inc. n3102 never exceeds gprs_ms_pan_max. Each
gprs_ms_pan_dec time the preset
defines how long the mobile waits for an uplink ack/nack. If n3102
decrements to zero,
then the MS performs an abnormal cell reselection procedure as
defined in the GSM
Th gprs_ms_pan_inc parameter specifies the amount by which to

increment the MS
acks/nacks received
incremented by
gprs_ms_pan_inc. n3102 never exceeds gprs_ms_pan_max. Each
gprs_ms_pan_inc time the preset
defines how long the mobile waits for an uplink ack/nack. If n3102
decrements to zero,
then the MS performs an abnormal cell reselection procedure as
defined in the GSM
The gprs_ms_pan_max parameter specifies the maximum value of

the MS counter
n3102. The MS counter n3102 counts the number of uplink
acks/nacks received by the
MS. When an uplink ack/nack is received, n3102 is incremented by
gprs_ms_pan_inc.
n3102 never exceeds gprs_ms_pan_max. Each time the preset
gprs_ms_pan_max internal timer T3182
expires, n3102 is decremented by gprs_ms_pan_dec. T3182
defines how long the
mobile waits for an uplink ack/nack. If n3102 decrements to zero,
then the MS performs
an abnormal cell reselection procedure as defined in the GSM
standard referred to in this
description.
The gprs_ms_txpwr_max_cch parameter specifies the maximum

gprs_ms_txpwr_max_cch transmit power
allowed for GPRS MSs.
The gprs_network_operation_mode parameter specifies whether a
gprs_network_operation_mode GPRS is present
between the MSC and the SGSN.
The gprs_pb parameter specifies the power reduction used by the

gprs_pb BTS on the BCCH
blocks.
The gprs_pc_alpha is the system parameter broadcast on the
BCCH. It is used as a
multiplier of the power offset in power control calculations. The
gprs_pc_alpha actual multiplying factor
is one tenth of the value set in this parameter; that is, if N is the
value of this parameter,
the multiplying factor is N/10.
The gprs_pc_meas_chan parameter specifies whether the MS
measures the received
gprs_pc_meas_chan
power level on the downlink BCCH or PDCH in order to control the
uplink power.
The gprs_reconfig_thresh_idle_tch parameter specifies the number

of idle circuit
gprs_reconfig_thresh_idle_tch switched resources on the GPRS carrier that must be exceeded
before a switchable
timeslot is reconfigured as a Packet Data Traffic Channel (PDTCH).
The gprs_sig_bvci parameter specifies the BVCI of the signalling

gprs_sig_bvci source used with
GBLs.
The max_ms_dl_buffer parameter specifies the maximum size of the
max_ms_dl_buffer downlink buffer
allocated to every MS in the cell.
The max_ms_dl_rate parameter specifies the maximum rate at
max_ms_dl_rate which the SGSN
transmits downlink data to any MS in the cell.
The ns_alive_retries parameter specifies the number of retries
ns_alive_retries generated to establish if
a NSVC is alive.
The ns_block_retries parameter specifies the number of retries
ns_block_retries generated to block a
NSVC.
The ns_unblock_retires parameter specifies the number of retries
ns_unblock_retries generated to unblock
a NSVC.
The nsei parameter specifies the Network Service Entity Identifier

(NSEI) used by the
nsei
BSS over the Gb interface. There can be only one NSEI associated
with each BSS.
The num_gbl_dl_thrput_samples parameter specifies the number of

num_gbl_dl_thrput_samples samples used to
compute the gbl_dl_data_thrput statistic.
The num_gbl_ul_thrput_samples parameter specifies the the
num_gbl_ul_thrput_samples number of samples used
to compute the gbl_ul_data_thrput statistic.
The protect_last_ts parameter specifies the switchability of PDTCH

when there is one
(and only one) switchable PDTCH on a carrier and none are
reserved.
When protect_last_ts is set to 1, the PDTCH may not be allocated to
protect_last_ts
a voice call unless
there is no data flowing or queued for that timeslot.
When protect_last_ts is set to 0, there is no restriction and the last
remaining switchable
PDTCH can be taken for a voice call.
The ra_colour parameter specifies the routing area colour used in

System Information
ra_colour
messages for a specific cell and, therefore, indicates that GPRS is
supported in the cell.
The rac parameter specifies the routing area code (RAC) which is
rac part of the cell
identifier for GPRS cells.
The smg_gb_vers parameter specifies the SMG version being

smg_gb_vers adopted by the BSS over
the Gb interface.
The smg_um_vers parameter specifies the SMG version being
smg_um_vers adopted by the BSS
over the UM interface.
The t_avg_t parameter specifies the number of multiframes for C
averaging in the
t_avg_t
Transfer state. (TAVG_W is the number of multiframes for C
averaging in the Wait state).
The t_avg_w parameter specifies the number of multiframes for C
averaging in the Wait
t_avg_w
state. (TAVG_T is the number of multiframes for C averaging in the
Transfer state).
0 Disabled
0 or 1 0
1 Enabled
1 to 3 3
0 No flow control
0 to 2 1 XON/XOFF 2
2 Leaky bucket algorithm
1 to 3 3
1 to 3 3
0 First In/First Out packet scheduling

0 or 1 1 Earliest Deadline packet 1
scheduling
1 to 3 3
0 to 15 0 to 15 6
0 to 2 0 to 2
0 No power mode 0 No power mode
1
1 Mode A 1 Mode A
2 Mode B 2 Mode B
0 to 3 0 to 3 0
0 or 1 0 or 1
1 Enabled 1 Enabled
0 or 1 0 or 1
1 Enabled 1 Enabled
0 or 1 0 or 1
0 Fixed mode 0 Fixed mode 0
1 Dynamic mode 1 Dynamic mode
0 to 7 0 to 7 1
0 to 7 0 to 7 1
0 to 7 0 to 7 3
0 to 31 0 to 31 31
1 to 3 1 to 3
1 Mode 1 1 Mode 1
1
2 Mode 2 2 Mode 2
3 Mode 3 3 Mode 3
0 to 16 1
0 to 10 1
0 or 1 0
0 to 5 1
0 to 65535 0
1600 to 20000 20000
1 to 900 900
1 to 10 3
1 to 3 3
1 to 3 3
0 to 65535 NONE
1 to 10 10
1 to 10 10
0 Last timeslot is not protected

0 or 1 0
1 Last timeslot is protected
0 to 7 NONE
0 to 255 NONE
24 to 31 31
29 to 31 31
0 to 25 10
0 to 25 10
Supported by
Dependencies
OMC-R GUI

The dynamic allocation of terrestrial resources
feature must be disabled for GPRS sites.
This parameter prevents GPRS usage on RTFs that
are subequipped in the database.
max_gprs_pdch must be enabled can not be set to NO
zero without first disabling allow_32k_trau.
Verifications must be performed to ensure that there
are enough terrestrial resources available when
max_gprs_pdch is increased and allow_32k_trau.
is enabled.

NO
is unrestricted.

If the local_maintenance parameter is disabled, the NO
The GPRS feature must be unrestricted. NO

If the local_maintenance parameter is disabled, the NO
The GPRS feature must be unrestricted. YES

This parameter can be set to a value of 1 (mode A)
or a value of 2 (mode B) only when
YES
gprs_pc_meas_chan is set to 0 (BCCH).
This parameter cannot be set to 2 (mode B) when
gprs_mac_mode is set to 1 (dynamic mode).

max_gprs_pdch must be set to a non-zero-value.
operator.
PCU.

max_gprs_pdch must be set to a non-zero-value.
operator.
PCU.
YES

This parameter can not be set to 1 (dynamic mode) YES
when gprs_dl_pwr_mode is set to 2 (mode B).
The gprs_ms_pan_dec parameter specifies the amount by
which to decrement the MS
counter n3102. The MS counter n3102 counts the number of
uplink acks/nacks received
incremented by
gprs_ms_pan_inc. n3102 never exceeds
gprs_ms_pan_max. Each time the preset YES
defines how long the mobile waits for an uplink ack/nack. If
n3102 decrements to zero,
then the MS performs an abnormal cell reselection procedure
as defined in the GSM


Sysgen mode cannot be left until the nsei parameter
has been configured by the operator. YES
The nsei parameter cannot be modified until all GBLs
have been locked.

The GPRS feature must be unrestricted. Queuing

must be enabled and the priority sent from the MSC
in the assignment request must be a value between 1 YES
and 14; if this is not done, the last timeslot acts like a
reserved timeslot.

YES
If the local_maintenance flag is disabled, this
parameter cannot be changed through the MMI.
YES
This parameter displays only when the value has
been set previously by the operator.
The PCU must be locked. YES
The PCU must be locked. YES
NONE NO
NONE NO
DATABASE PARAMETER
dynet_tchs_reserved
Description Valid range
The dynet_tchs_reserved parameter specifies the amount of terrestrial backing

resources reserved for a changing cell when dynamic allocation is enabled for the site
containing the cell.
The system rejects this parameter if the new value causes the total terrestrial backing
resources for a BTS network to be less then the total reserved cell capacity.
The total terrestrial backing resources for a BTS network is the sum of the
0 to 32
terrestrial backing resources reserved on the DYNETs for the BTS network.
The total reserved cell capacity for a site is the sum of the reserved capacity for all
of the cells at the site minus the dedicated resources for the site. If this total is
less than zero, it is set at zero. The total reserved cell capacity for a BTS
networks is then the sum of the total reserved cell capacity of the dynamic
allocation BTSs in the BTS network.
Supported by
OMC-R GUI
This parameter is not available unless the containing

site is configured to support dynamic allocation.
The parameter is invalid for the BSC (location 0).
0 to 32 0 NO
The system will reject the command if the cell_desc
equals all.
The Dynamic Allocation option must be in operation.
The ber_loss_daily parameter specifies the daily

Bit Error Rate (BER) alarm threshold.
ber_loss_daily 3 to 6
An alarm is generated if the BER exceeds this
The ber_loss_hourly parameter specifies the

hourly Bit Error Rate (BER) alarm
threshold.
This parameter represents the exponent of
ber_loss_hourly threshold BER. For example, 3 would be the 3 to 6
exponent value of 103, indicating 1 bit error in
1000 bits.
An alarm is generated if the BER exceeds this
The hdsl_losw_oos parameter specifies the HDSL

Loss of Sync Word (LOSW) out of
hdsl_losw_oos service (OOS) alarm period. The system takes 0 to 3598
the HDSL link out of service if the sync
word is not received for the hdsl_losw_oos period.
The hdsl_losw_restore parameter defines the

HDSL Loss of Sync Word (LOSW)
restoration period. If the sync word is received for
hdsl_losw_restore 0 to 65534
the hdsl_losw_restore_period, the
system restores the HDSL link back into service
(INS).
The hdsl_snr_daily parameter defines the HDSL

Signal to Noise Ratio (SNR) daily
alarm level. If the SNR alarm level drops below
the hdsl_snr_daily threshold for an
hdsl_snr_daily 6 to 44
accumulated period of
hdsl_snr_daily_mon_period within a given 24
hour period, a
daily alarm is generated.
The hdsl_snr_hourly parameter sets the threshold
period for the hourly signal to noise
ratio (SNR). If the SNR level drops below the
hdsl_snr_hourly threshold for an
hdsl_snr_hourly 8 to 44
hdsl_snr_hourly_mon_period within a given 60
minute period,
The hdsl_snr_hourly_period parameter sets the

threshold period for the hourly signal
to noise ratio (SNR). If the SNR level drops below
the hdsl_snr_hourly threshold for an
hdsl_snr_hourly_period 0 to 3598
hdsl_snr_hourly_mon_period within a given 60
seconds period,
The hdsl_snr_oos parameter specifies the SNR

threshold level for the HDSL Signal to
Noise Ratio (SNR). The SNL level is continuously
hdsl_snr_oos monitored by the system. If the SNR 6 to 44
level drops below the hdsl_snr_oos threshold for
more than hdsl_oos_mon_period,
the HDSL link is taken Out Of Service (OOS).
The hdsl_snr_restore parameter specifies the
SNR threshold level for the HDSL Signal
to Noise Ratio (SNR). The SNL level is
continuously monitored by the system. If the
hdsl_snr_restore 6 to 44
SNR level rises above the hdsl_snr_restore
threshold for more than
hdsl_oos_mon_period, the HDSL link is restored
to service.
The land_layer1_mode parameter specifies the

layer 1 mode of the land network
TELCO connection type. Only the 2.048 Mbit/s –
CEPT format is currently supported.
land_layer1_mode All BTS site values are set to the BSC value. 0 or 1
This parameter may be set only while in the initial
SYSGEN mode. All BTS site values
are set to BSC (site 0) value when the database
is loaded initially.
The red_loss_daily parameter specifies the

synchronization loss, daily alarm level count
red_loss_daily on a T1 link. An alarm generates if the 0 to 65535
synchronization loss meets or exceeds the
The red_loss_hourly parameter specifies the
synchronization loss, daily alarm level
red_loss_hourly count on a T1 link. An alarm generates if the 0 to 65535
synchronization loss meets or exceeds the
The red_loss_oos parameter specifies the
synchronization loss, Out Of Service (OOS)
daily alarm level count for a T1 circuit. The T1
red_loss_oos 0 to 65535
circuit is be taken OOS if the
synchronization loss meets or exceeds this
threshold during a given 24 hour period.
The red_loss_restore parameter specifies the

synchronization loss, restorable time limit
for a T1 circuit. If a synchronization loss error
red_loss_restore does not occur within this period of time, 0 to 65535
the T1 circuit is brought back in service. The
synchronization loss is controlled by the
value assigned to the red_loss_oos parameter.
The red_time_oos parameter specifies the

synchronization loss time for a T1 circuit. If
red_time_oos synchronization is lost for this period of time, the 0 to 65535
T1 circuit is taken Out Of Service
(OOS).
The red_time_restore parameter specifies the

synchronization loss restart time for a T1
red_time_restore link. If synchronization loss does not occur within 0 to 65535
this period of time, the T1 link returns
to service.
The sync_loss_daily parameter specifies the

threshold for the synchronization loss daily
alarm level count. An alarm generates if the
sync_loss_daily 0 to 65535
number of synchronization loss alarms
meets or exceeds this threshold during a 24 hour
period.
The sync_loss_hourly parameter specifies the

threshold for the synchronization loss
sync_loss_hourly hourly alarm level count . An alarm generates if 0 to 65535
the number of sync loss alarms meets or
exceeds this threshold during a 60 minute period.
The sync_loss_oos parameter specifies the

threshold for the synchronization loss, Out
Of Service (OOS) daily alarm level count. The 2
sync_loss_oos 0 to 65535
Mbit/s circuit is taken out of service if
the number of sync loss alarms meets or exceeds
this threshold during a 24 hour period.
The sync_loss_restore parameter specifies the
synchronization loss restorable time
period for a sync_loss_oos_alarm. If a
sync_loss_restore 0 to 65535
synchronization loss alarm does not occur
within this period, the 2 Mbit/s circuit is brought
back in service.
The sync_time_oos parameter specifies the

synchronization loss time period. If
sync_time_oos 0 to 65535
synchronization is lost for this period, the 2 Mbit/s
circuit is taken Out Of Service (OOS).
The sync_time_restore parameter specifies the

synchronization loss restorable time
sync_time_restore period. If synchronization returns for this period, 0 to 65535
the 2 Mbit/s circuit is brought back in
service.
The trunk_critical_threshold parameter specifies

the severity assignment of certain
alarms. The value of this parameter is a
percentage of total trunk capacity.
A critical alarm is assigned when the percentage
of trunk capacity loss exceeds the
trunk_critical_threshold parameter value. A major
trunk_critical_threshold alarm is assigned when the 0 to 100
percentage of trunk capacity loss is greater than
or equal to the trunk_major_threshold
parameter value but is less than the
trunk_critical_threshold parameter value.
A trunk_critical_threshold value of 0 insures that
Critical is always the severity
assignment if there is any capacity loss.
The trunk_major_threshold parameter specifies
the severity assignment of certain
alarms. The value of this parameter is a
percentage of total trunk capacity.
A major alarm is assigned when the percentage
of trunk capacity loss exceeds the
trunk_major_threshold 0 to 99
trunk_major_threshold parameter value but is less
than the trunk_critical_threshold
parameter value.
A minor alarm is assigned when the percentage
of trunk capacity loss is less than the
trunk_major_threshold parameter value.
Represents the exponent of threshold

BER. For example, 3
would be the exponent value of 103, 6 NONE
indicating 1 bit error in
1000 bits.
4 NONE

site.
6

site.
6

Represents 3 dB to 22 dB, as shown
below:
6 = 3 dB
7 = 3.5 dB
site.
8 = 4 dB 16
.
.
.
44 = 22 dB
Represents 4 dB to 22 dB, as shown option is unrestricted.
below: This parameter may only be changed at an
8 = 4 dB M-Cellcity, Horizonmicro or Horizoncompact site.
9 = 4.5 dB Changing this parameter affects all master
10 = 5 dB 18 modems
. equipped as msi_type niu_hdsl at the local M-Cell
. site.
. All slave modem alarm thresholds are identical to
44 = 22 dB the
This parameter may only be changed if

the HDSL
option is unrestricted. This parameter may only be changed if the HDSL
This parameter may only be changed at option is unrestricted.
an This parameter may only be changed at an
M-Cellcity, Horizonmicro or M-Cellcity, Horizonmicro or Horizoncompact site.
Horizoncompact site. Changing this parameter affects all master
Changing this parameter affects all 20 modems
master modems equipped as msi_type niu_hdsl at the local
equipped as msi_type niu_hdsl at the M-Cellcity or Horizonmicro site.
local All slave modem alarm thresholds are identical to
M-Cellcity or Horizonmicro site. the
All slave modem alarm thresholds are master modem alarm thresholds.
identical to the
This parameter may be changed only if the HDSL

below:
Changing this parameter affects all master
6 = 3 dB
modems
7 = 3.5 dB
8 = 4 dB 14
site.
.
All slave modem alarm thresholds are identical to
.
the
.
44 = 22 dB
The hdsl_snr_oos threshold must be lower than
the
below:
Changing this parameter affects all master
6 3 dB
modems
7 3.5 dB
8 4 dB 16
site.
.
All slave modem alarm thresholds are identical to
.
the
.
44 22 dB
The hdsl_snr_oos threshold must be lower than
the
The value of this parameter may be specified for

the
BSC (site 0) only while in the initial SYSGEN
mode.
The value of this parameter may not be changed
if
any MSIs or BTS sites are equipped.
land_layer1_mode cannot be changed to 1 (T1)
unless mms_config_type = 0.
0 2.048 Mbit/s - CEPT format (E1)
0 Horizonoffice BTS sites support E1 (2.048 Mbit/s -
1 1.544 Mbit/s - T1 link
CEPT format) BSC-BTS links only. This
parameter
must be set to E1 before a Horizonoffice cabinet
can
be equipped. This parameter cannot be changed
at
Horizonoffice BTS sites.
If the GPRS feature is unrestricted and a PCU is
equipped, this parameter must be set to 0 (E1).
16 NONE
20 NONE
511 NONE
.
6000 NONE
.
65535 6553.5 seconds 6553500
milliseconds
.
25 NONE
.
65535 6553.5 seconds 6553500
milliseconds
.
150 NONE
.
65535 6553.5 seconds 6553500
milliseconds

16
sync_loss_hourly.

20
sync_loss_daily.
511 NONE
.
6000 600 seconds 600000 milliseconds 6000 NONE
.
65535 6553.5 seconds 6553500
milliseconds
.
.
65535 6553.5 seconds 6553500
milliseconds
.
.
65535 6553.5 seconds 6553500
milliseconds
This parameter must be greater than the value

assigned to the trunk_major_threshold parameter
50
unless both values are set to 0.
This parameter must be less than the value
assigned
50 to the trunk_critical_threshold parameter unless
both values are set to 0.
Supported by
OMC-R GUI
NO
NO
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
YES
YES
DATABASE PARAMETER
ciph_mode_rej_allowed
dnlk_vad_dtx
dr_ho_during_assign
early_classmark_sending
efr_enabled
max_rst_ckt_timer_exps
ni
option_alg_a5_1
option_alg_a5_2
option_alg_a5_3
option_alg_a5_4
option_alg_a5_5
option_alg_a5_6
option_alg_a5_7
option_emergency_preempt
override_speech_version
rtf_path_enable
sccp_bssap_mgt
ss7_mode
ssm_critical_overload_thresh
old
ssm_normal_overload_thres
hold
stat_interval
ul_audio_lev_offset
volume_control_type
Description Valid range
The ciph_mode_rej_allowed parameter enables or disables the Cipher Mode Reject

0 Disabled
message to be sent to the MSC. This message generates when the Cipher Mode
1 Enabled
Command message from the MSC specifies ciphering that the BSS cannot perform.
The dnlk_vad_dtx parameter enables or disables downlink Voice Activated
Detection/Discontinuous Transmission (VAD/DTX) at the RXCDR or at the local
transcoding BSC.
0 or 1
If VAD is disabled, no silence/voice detection takes place and no DTX is possible for
speech calls, regardless of the value of dl_dtx_voice_data.
This parameter replaces the xcdr_d_vad_dtx command.
The dr_ho_during_assign parameter determines if a handover is handled during an

assignment procedure.
This parameter can only be changed at the BSC. 0 or 1
This parameter is not read if the dr_preference parameter is disabled.
The early_classmark_sending parameter specifies the following:

Whether the BSS suppresses the early sending of the Classmark Update message
0 to 3
to the MSC.
Whether an MS is allowed to send an early Classmark Change message.
0 or 1
The efr_enabled parameter enables or disables the Enhanced Full Rate (EFR). 0 Disabled
1 Enabled
The max_rst_ckt_timer_exps parameter specifies the number of times that the Reset
0 to 100
Circuit message is repeated if there is no answer from the MSC.
The ni parameter specifies the Network Indicator (NI) that establishes a method of
0 to 3
differentiation between international and national messages.
The option_alg_a5_1 parameter enables or disables the encryption algorithm A5/1. 0 or 1
The option_emergency_preempt parameter enables or disables the emergency call

preemption option. The emergency call preemption feature enables the BSS to provide
0 or 1
access for emergency calls regardless of other traffic currently on the BSS. An
emergency call is identified in the RACH burst from the MS.
The override_speech_version parameter specifies a speech version when multiple

speech versions are included in a Handover Request or Assignment message from the
MSC. The choices are:
The first speech version that is supported by the BSS from the list of speech 0 to 2
versions provided by the MSC.
The Full Rate speech version by preference.
The Enhanced Full Rate (EFR) by preference.
The rtf_path_enable parameter enables or disables the RTF Fault Containment feature. 0 or 1
The sccp_bssap_mgt parameter enables or disables ITU-TSS SCCP Management.

When enabled, the BSS detects Signalling Point Inaccessible and loss of BSSAP
subsystem. The BSS also handles the following messages: User Part Unavailable
(UPU), Subsystem prohibited (SSP), Subsystem Allowed (SSA), and Subsystem Test
0 or 1
(SST). (Use with Ericsson MSC)
When disabled, the BSS always responds to an SST with an SSA message. This flag
should be set only if the MSC does ITU-TSS SCCP Management.
All BTS site values are set to the same value assigned to site 0.
The ss7_mode parameter specifies the type of SS#7 for the BSC. This parameter
permits the ITU or ANSI version to be selected.
The ITU C7 version is consistent with the GSM specifications. The ANSI version is used
0 or 1
to support PCS1900 applications in the United States.
This parameter can only be changed when the user is in SYSGEN ON mode. It can only
be changed for site 0. All BTS site values are set to the same value assigned to site 0.
The ssm_critical_overload_threshold parameter indicates the usage of call information
blocks, as expressed by the ratio of the number of active calls to the maximum number
of calls the SSM can handle (400). After this threshold has been met or exceeded, no
MS originated calls are allowed. The remaining SSM resources are used to 0 to 100
accommodate handover of existing calls. Every time the usage meets or exceeds this
threshold, two access classes are barred. This number has to be greater than the
ssm_normal_overload_threshold parameter.
information blocks, as expressed by the ratio of the number of active calls to the
0 to 100
maximum number of calls the SSM can handle. Every time the usage equals or exceeds
The stat_interval parameter sets the time, in minutes, that the statistics file is reported
to the OMC-R.
If the operator fails to reset the interval to 30 minutes, the OMC-R calculations of the Key
Statistics and Health Indicators are interrupted for the entire period until the interval is 5 to 60
reset.
Although any value between 5 and 60 minutes is valid, the OMC-R only parses uploaded
statistics files if this attribute is set to 30 or 60 minutes.
The ul_audio_lev_offset parameter specifies the uplink volume control offset on a per
BSS basis. The offset is in 1 dB steps with a maximum increase or decrease of 30 dB
(between –15 dB and 15 dB).
(-15 to 15)
Changes take effect immediately (including active calls).
The audio level parameters affect background and comfort noise. The audio level
The volume_control_type parameter enables or disables uplink and downlink Volume

Control. The volume can be changed at either an RXCDR or at a BSC. The effect
0 or 1
depends on the equipment configuration (GDPs or DRIs equipped), and the value of
volume_control_type to use DRIs (0) or GDP volume control (1).
Default
value
0 Disabled This parameter only applies to the BSC (location =

0
1 Enabled 0).
Must be executed in SYSGEN mode.

This parameter can be displayed or changed only at
0 Enabled sites where transcoding is enabled (RXCDR or local
0
1 Disabled transcoding BSC).
When enabled, the dnlk_vad_dtx parameter makes
the dl_dtx_voice_data parameter alive.

0 Ignore the need of a when this database parameter is enabled.
handover until the The BSS does not initiate an external handover due
assignment procedure to the Directed Retry procedure if the
is complete. msc_preference parameter indicates that directed
0
1 Act on the need for a retry is supported only within the BSS (not across the
handover during the A-interface) when the dr_standard_congest
assignment parameter is enabled.
procedure. This parameter requires the Directed Retry option.
This parameter requires that dr_preference be
enabled.
0 Disabled across both the

A-interface and the
Air-interface
The Multiband Inter-cell Handover feature must be
1 Enabled on A-interface,
enabled.
disabled on Air-interface
0 This parameter can only be changed at the BSC
2 Disabled on A-interface,
(location = 0), but it can be viewed at any site within a
enabled on Air-interface
specified BSS.
3 Enabled across both the
A-interface and the
Air-interface
The EFR feature must be unrestricted.

This parameter cannot be enabled if the
0 or 1 handover_required_sp_ver_used parameter is
0 Disabled 0 disabled.
1 Enabled This parameter is only valid at BSC or RXCDR
locations (location = 0).
The bss_id is only valid at a RXCDR site.
The value 0 means the

system keeps sending the
Reset 1 This parameter only applies to the BSC.
Circuit message
indefinitely.
0 International Network
1 Spare (for international
The MTL must be locked then unlocked for the
use only) NONE
change to take effect.
2 National Network
3 Reserved for national use
0 Disabled This parameter applies only to the BSC or RXCDR.
0
1 Enabled The Multiple Encryption feature must be unrestricted.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0 Disabled
0 This parameter only applies to the BSC or RXCDR.
1 Enabled
0 No override (First
supported speech version
as
This parameter is not allowed at the RXCDR.
supplied by the MSC)
This parameter is only applied at the BSC (location 0).
1 Full Rate (GSM speech full 0
The EFR feature must be enabled to change this
rate version 1)
parameter.
2 Enhanced Full Rate (GSM
speech full rate
version 2)
The RTF Fault Containment option must be

0 Disabled
0 unrestricted to use this parameter.
1 Enabled

0 Disabled
1 using the chg_element command to change this
1 Enabled
parameter.
The system checks the values of the opc and dpc

variables and compares them to the value of
0 ITU version ss7_mode. If the ranges are not compatible, the
0
1 ANSI version system rejects the changes.
This parameter requires a location value of 0 or
bsc.
Must be greater than the
80 ssm_normal_overload_threshold parameter.

70 ssm_critical_overload_threshold parameter.
Must be set to 30 or 60 minutes to align with the

30
OMC-R.

ul_audio_lev_offset application. If
volume_control_type = 1, then the
ul_audio_lev_offset parameter only applies to sites
0
equipped with GDP boards. The GDP firmware
controls the volume level by converting the audio
level bits for the entered offset.
The Generic DSP Processor (GDP) Volume Control

feature must be available.
If volume_control_type is set to 1, the BSS must be
equipped with GDP boards, unless remote
transcoding, when RXCDR must contain a GDP
board to serve the BSS.
CCDSP (Channel Coding Digital Signal Processor)
0 CCDSP Volume Control volume control cannot be directly initiated from an
0
1 GDP Volume Control RXCDR. (There are no DRIs at the RXCDR).
However, by setting the parameter to 0 at the BSC
and at the RXCDR, CCDSP (DRI) volume control is
used in this BSS.
The parameters ul_audio_lev_offset and
dl_audio_lev_offset must be set to 0 before
changing volume_control_type.
Supported by
OMC-R GUI
NO
NO
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
YES
YES
The bsc_type parameter specifies the BSC

bsc_type 1 or 2
configuration type.
The cic_error_clr_threshold parameter

specifies the CIC error count clearing
cic_error_clr_threshold threshold 0 to 253
at the BSC. When the error count reaches or
falls below this threshold the alarm clears.
The cic_error_decrement parameter

specifies the CIC error decrement value. The
system updates the CIC error count by this
value whenever a successful call is made.
cic_error_decrement 1 to 127
For example, if cic_error_decrement is set to
two, each successful call decreases the
error count by two and two successful calls
decrease the count by four.
The cic_error_gen_threshold parameter

specifies the CIC error count threshold at the
BSC. Once this threshold is reached, further
CIC errors do not increase the CIC error
cic_error_gen_threshold count. When this threshold is reached or 2 to 255
exceeded an alarm is generated.
If the error count threshold is exceeded, the
error count resets to the error count
threshold value.
The cic_error_increment parameter specifies

the CIC error increment value. The
0 Disabled
system updates the CIC error count by this
1 to 255 CIC
value whenever an error is detected.
cic_error_increment error
For example, if cic_error_increment is set to
increment
two. each detected error increases the
value
error count by two, so that two errors are
counted as four.
The cic_validation parameter enables or
cic_validation disables the CIC (Circuit Identity Code) yes or no
validation.
The clk_src_fail_reset_period parameter

specifies the length of time for which the
OOS
count is kept for the MMSs at a site. At the
end of the reset period, all of the MMS OOS
counts are reset to zero.
clk_src_fail_reset_period 1 to 255
The OOS counts are used in the selection
process for an MMS as a reference clock for
GCLK synchronization. If several MMSs
have the same value assigned to the
mms_priority parameter, the MMS with the
lowest OOS count is selected.
The cp_option_reset_ckt parameter enables 0 Disabled

cp_option_reset_ckt
and disables the reset circuit feature. 1 Enabled
The cp_option_rr_status parameter enables

and disables the radio resource status.
0 Disabled
cp_option_rr_status If this is enabled, the BSS can generate the
1 Enabled
4.08 radio resource status message to the
MS.
This parameter enables or disables the

calling party address being included in the
cr_calling 0 Disabled
SCCP
1 Enabled
message Connection Request.
The dl_audio_lev_offset parameter specifies

the downlink volume control offset on a
per BSS basis. The offset is in 1 dB steps
with a maximum increase or decrease of 30
dl_audio_lev_offset dB (between –15 dB and 15 dB). –15 to +15
The audio level parameters affect
background and comfort noise. The audio
level
The eas_alarm parameter is the text
component of the EAS (External Alarm
System)
alarm table. The EAS alarm table consists of
34 indexed pairs consisting of a text
component and a severity level. The text
component and severity level are assigned Up to 24
when the EAS alarm table is initialized using alphanumeric
eas_alarm the chg_eas_alarm command. The text characters
component of an indexed pair may only be (including
changed using the chg_eas_alarm spaces)
command.
The index number uniquely identifies each
text and severity pair in the EAS alarm table.
Index numbers are required to specify which
of the 34 pairs to display. Index values are 0
to 33.
The eas_alarm_type parameter specifies

one of the EAS (External Alarm System)
alarm table elements to one of eight
optocouplers of an addressed PIX card. The
eas_alarm_type value corresponds to the
index number identifying the location of a
text
and severity level pair.
Index numbers are required to specify which
of the 34 pairs to display. Index values are
eas_alarm_type 0 to 33. 0 to 33
The disp_element command displays the
optocouplers and indexed alarm text and
severity pairs assigned with the
map_eas_opto command.
The output of the disp_element command
appears in the form:
eas_alarm_type = x y x y x y x y x y
where each x corresponds to an opto# and
each y corresponds to an alarm text and
severity pair.
The eas_report_opto parameter specifies
whether or not each of the eight
optocouplers
(optos) on a specific PIX card will report
state changes.
Index numbers are required. Index numbers
are used to identify the desired EAS device.
eas_report_opto 0 or 1
Index values are assigned during installation.
The output of the disp_element command
appears in the form:
eas_report_opto = 1 = ON 2 = ON 3 = OFF 4
= ON 5 = OFF 6 = ON 7 = ON 8 = ON
where 1, 2, 4, 6, 7, and 8 report state
changes but 3 and 5 do not.
The eas_severity parameter specifies the

severity level component of the EAS
(External
Alarm System) alarm table.
The index number uniquely identifies each
text and severity pair in the EAS alarm table.
The EAS alarm table consists of 34 indexed
pairs consisting of a text component and a
severity level. The text component and
0 to 4
severity level are assigned when the EAS
0 Investigate
alarm
1 Critical
eas_severity table is initialized using the chg_eas_alarm
2 Major
command. The severity component may be
3 Minor
changed using either the chg_element or the
4 Warning
chg_eas_alarm command. If the
chg_eas_alarm command is used, it permits
the alarm text to be changed at the same
time.
“Clear” is a valid alarm condition, but it is not
a valid alarm severity setting. All alarms of
severity levels 0 to 4 can receive a “clear”
indication for the original pegging of an alarm
when a system is running.
The gclk_qwarm_flag parameter specifies
the amount of time required by the active
GCLK to warm up. It has no effect on the
standby GCLK.
If this parameter is disabled, the active
GCLK with hardware revision 9 or greater
will require 15 minutes to warm up, while
older GCLKs will require 30 minutes.
gclk_qwarm_flag 0 or 1
If this parameter is enabled, the software
overrides the hardware timer on the
active GCLK and brings it into service after
15 minutes using the Fast GCLK
Warmup feature. This 15 minute period
begins when the site is initialized.
This parameter is only valid for GCLK
boards.
The global_reset_repetitions parameter

allows the “Reset” message to be sent
indefinitely if Reset Ack is not received, or
stops sending the “Reset” message after a
fixed number of repetitions. The global reset
procedure repeats is only if the MSC fails to
acknowledge the BSS. After the fixed
number of repetitions, an alarm is generated.
If the value is set to 0, the global reset
global_reset_repetitions 0 to 255
message repeats continuously until a Reset
Ack is
received.
If the value is set to a value greater than 0,
the global reset message repeats the
number
of times entered and the alarm: No MSC
Acknowledgement for Global Reset is
generated.
The gproc_slots parameter specifies the
number of timeslots to be allocated to all
GPROCs for the TDM highway. It is possible 16 or 32
to configure different functions on each of 16 16 TDM
the 32 channels. The system supports 16 or timeslots
32 timeslots for assignment to the TDM 32 32 TDM
gproc_slots highway. timeslots
This parameter is not allowed at (only valid
Horizonoffice BTS sites. 32 timeslots are with
automatically GPROC2
assigned to the TDM highway for boards).
This parameter is not allowed at M-Cell sites.
The group_block_unblock_allowed
parameter allows the operator to make the A
interface more efficient, by enabling support
of the group blocking/unblocking procedure,
if MSC supports circuit group block and
unblock messages.
This parameter is only valid at the BSC
(location = 0).
group_block_unblock_allow If this parameter is enabled, the following
0 or 1
ed ‘group block’ messages are sent to the MSC:
Circuit Group Block
Circuit Group Unblock
If this parameter is disabled, the following
‘single circuit block’ messages are sent to
the
MSC:
Block
Unblock
The illegal_circuit_id parameter is used as

an identifier to describe a circuit that is
never used. This parameter is used as an
internal place holder in call processing to
show that no circuit has been assigned to a
illegal_circuit_id 0 to 65535
call. The value may be changed to permit a
customer to specify the circuit ID to be used
as the illegal_circuit_id. If the value is not
changed, a Motorola specified
illegal_circuit_id is assigned.
The ksw_config parameter specifies the
order in which the timeslots are borrowed
from
neighbouring cages. Each KSW pair
ksw_config 0 to 3
provides 1024 timeslots. When there are no
more
timeslots available, the system borrows
timeslots from neighbouring cages.
The local_maintenance parameter specifies

whether or not database elements that can
be configured via the OMC-R interface can
be modified from a local maintenance
local_maintenance 0 or 1
terminal or from an rlogin. This is used to
synchronize the database in the BSS and
the
data modelled in the OMC-R MIB.
The lta_alarm_range parameter specifies the

alarm range on the allowed Long Term
Average (LTA) variation. Temperature
changes can cause the frequency generated
by
the VCXO (Voltage Controlled Crystal
Oscillator) to vary. The default range (7) is
sufficient to compensate for normal day to
day variations in temperature. This value
should not be changed unless it is known
that the MMS or uplink clock is faulty.
The LTA is a rolling average of the values
read from the clock frequency register
lta_alarm_range (CLKFREQ) of each GCLK once every half 1 to 255
hour after synchronization if the GCLK is
phase locked. Up to 48 clock frequency
readings are stored. These stored readings
are
used to calculate the LTA. An alarm will be
generated if 25% or more of the stored
readings differ from the calculated LTA by
more than the value that is specified by the
lta_alarm_range parameter.
The CLKFREQ register is used to maintain
the correct frequency generated by the
VCXO (Voltage Controlled Crystal
Oscillator). The register centre value is 80h.
The ltu_fw_auto_download parameter
specifies if Horizonoffice HDSL modem
devices
are to be downloaded automatically with new
firmware when it is made available.
ltu_fw_auto_download 0 or 1
A warning prompt displays when this
parameter is enabled:
WARNING: RF Unit MMSs will be cycled if a
firmware download is required
Are you sure (y=yes,n=no)?
The mmi_cell_id_format parameter specifies

the format that the MMI command line
accepts for the GSM Cell Identification
mmi_cell_id_format 0 or 1
number. The formats available are: 4-
parameter
and 7-parameter.
The mms_cat_enabled parameter enables or

disables the MMS Critical Alarm
Threshold (CAT).
When enabled, the MMS CAT triggers if
alarm conditions cause the MMS to go in
and
mms_cat_enable out of service 10 times within a 10 minute 0 or 1
period. The MMS then is taken out of service
until a lock-unlock is performed. When the
MMS is returned to service, the MMS CAT
message displays.
When disabled, the MMS remains in service
even if the MMS CAT is met or exceeded.
The mms_config_type parameter specifies
the signalling type for all MMSs. The
signalling type depends on the carrier type
being used, E1 or T1. This value may not be
changed after the database is initially
mms_config_type loaded. 0 or 1
The parameter may only be set while in the
initial SYSGEN ON mode. All BTS site or
PCU values are set to the value assigned to
the BSC (site 0) or PCU (pcu) when the
database is initially loaded.
The msc_qt parameter specifies a defined
idle bit pattern for use by the Transcoder
Rate
Adaption Unit (TRAU) and the MSC.
The idle pattern is defined in the GSM
specification (see References below) as:
The idle pattern must be transmitted on
every timeslot that is not assigned to a
channel, and on every timeslot of a channel
that is not allocated to a call. The idle
pattern should be 01010100.
The binary pattern 01010100 corresponds to 0 to 255
decimal 84 which is the default value of this (representing
msc_qt parameter. bit patterns
This parameter must correspond to the MSC 00000000 to
value for an idle PCM sample on the A 11111111)
interface. When the XCDR receives this
value from the MSC in all PCM samples in
its
20 ms frame, it outputs a TRAU idle speech
frame. In the uplink, this parameter sets the
value of PCM that the XCDR outputs to the
MSC before the XCDR has achieved TRAU
sync with the CCU in the DRI.
Once this value has been set to match the
MSC idle pattern, it does not require any
further changes.
The mtl_loadshare_granularity parameter

mtl_loadshare_granularity sets the loadshare granularity across MTL 0 or 1
links.
The pcr_enable parameter enables or

disables the PCR error correction method.
This
method is used when transferring messages
pcr_enable between the MSC and the BSC (via the A 0 or 1
interface).
If PCR is enabled, then:
The pcr_n1 parameter specifies the
maximum number of message units to be
pcr_n1 retained 32 to 127
for retransmission for the PCR Error
Correction method.
The pcr_n2 parameter specifies the
maximum number of message unit octets to
pcr_n2 be 950 to 3750
retained for retransmission for the PCR Error
Correction method.
The phase2_classmark_allowed parameter

defines the format of the classmark
phase2_classmark_allowed 0 to 2
parameter sent to the MSC based on GSM
phases.
The phase2_resource_ind_allowed
parameter specifies the GSM Phase format
the
BSS uses to send Resource Request
phase2_resource_ind_allow
messages to the MSC. 0 or 1
ed
If this parameter is set to 0, the BSS sends
the messages in the GSM Phase 1 format.
If this parameter is set to 1, the BSS sends
the messages in the GSM Phase 2 format.
The phase_lock_gclk parameter enables or

disables phase locking for the GCLK board
at a site.
Phase locking means the GCLK board is
phase_lock_gclk 0 or 1
synchronized with the clock of the MMS
selected as determined by the mms_priority
value. The mms_priority value is specified
using the modify_value command.
The pool_gproc_preemption parameter

specifies what type of preemption to use for
pool GPROCs.
When a pool GPROC running a function
goes OOS and there are no available pool
pool_gproc_preemption 0 to 2
GPROCs, the INS pool GPROCs can be
searched for a lower priority function. If such
a
function is found, it is “bumped” from its
GPROC by the higher priority function.
The rci_error_clr_threshold parameter
specifies the Radio Channel Identifier (RCI)
rci_error_clr_threshold error count clearing threshold at the BSC. 0 to 253
When the error count reaches or falls below
this threshold the alarm clears.
The rci_error_decrement parameter

error
decrement value. The system updates the
RCI error count by this value whenever a
rci_error_decrement 1 to 127
successful call is made.
For example, if rci_error_decrement is set to
2. each successful call decreases the
error count by two, so that two successful
calls would decrease the count by 4.
The rci_error_gen_threshold parameter

error count threshold at the BSC. When this
threshold is reached or exceeded an alarm
generates.
rci_error_gen_threshold Once this threshold is reached, further RCI 2 to 255
errors do not increase the RCI error count. If
the error count threshold is exceeded, the
error count resets to the error count
threshold
value.
The rci_error_increment parameter specifies

the Radio Channel Identifier (RCI) error
increment value. The system will update the
RCI error count by this value whenever an
rci_error_increment error is detected. 0 to 255
For example, if rci_error_increment is set to
2. each detected error increases the error
count by two, so that two errors are counted
as 4.
The remote_loss_daily parameter specifies

the threshold for the daily count of remote
remote_loss_daily alarms. 0 to 65535
An alarm generates if this threshold is met or
exceeded during a 24 hour period.
The remote_loss_hourly parameter specifies
the threshold for the hourly count of
remote_loss_hourly remote alarms. 0 to 65535
An alarm generates if this threshold is met or
exceeded during a 60 minute period.
The remote_loss_oos parameter specifies

the Out of Service (OOS) threshold for the
remote_loss_oos remote alarm 0 to 65535
When this threshold is met or exceeded, the
2 Mbit/s circuit is taken OOS.
The remote_loss_restore parameter

specifies the wait time for restoring the 2
Mbit/s
circuit to service.
remote_loss_restore 0 to 65535
If no remote alarm indication errors are
detected during this wait time, the 2 Mbit/s
circuit
returns to service.
The remote_time_oos parameter specifies

the remote alarm time period. If a remote
remote_time_oos 0 to 65535
alarm exists for this amount of time, the 2
Mbit/s circuit is taken Out Of Service (OOS).
The remote_time_restore parameter sets the

remote alarm restorable time. If the
remote_time_restore 0 to 65535
remote alarm ceases for this period of time,
the 2 Mbit/s circuit returns to service.
The sap_audit_type parameter specifies the
sap_audit_type type of audit to be run on a device at a 0 to 2, 255
specific site.
The sap_device_type parameter specifies

the type of device on which an audit runs at
sap_device_type N/A
a
specific site.
The sap_end_time parameter specifies the
ending time for a device audit.
Hours 0 to 23
When this parameter is displayed using the
sap_end_time Minutes 0 to
disp_element command, the time is
59
presented in military standard time or GMT
(such as sap_end_time = 13:45).
The sap_interval parameter specifies the

interval for a device audit.
Hours 0 to 23
sap_interval Minutes 0 to
59
(such as sap_interval = 13:45).
The sap_start_time parameter specifies the

start time for a device audit.
Hours 0 to 23
sap_start_time Minutes 0 to
59
(such as sap_end_time = 13:45).
The slip_loss_daily parameter specifies the

threshold for the frame slip daily alarm
count. An alarm generates if the count of
slip_loss_daily 0 to 65535
frame slips meets or exceeds this threshold
in
a 24 hour period.
The slip_loss_hourly parameter specifies the

threshold for the frame slip hourly alarm
slip_loss_hourly level count. An alarm generated if the count 0 to 65535
of frame slips exceeds this threshold in a 60
minute period.
The slip_loss_oos parameter specifies the

threshold for the frame slip out of service
(OOS) alarm level count. The 2 Mbit/s circuit
slip_loss_oos 0 to 65535
is taken out of service if the number of
frame slips exceeds this threshold during a
24 hour period.
The slip_loss_restore parameter specifies
the frame slip restorable time period. If no
slip_loss_restore 0 to 65535
errors occur during this period, the 2 Mbit/s
circuit is brought back into service.
The ssp_burst_delay parameter specifies the

length of time between the bursts of data.
The number of messages in each burst are
ssp_burst_delay specified by the ssp_burst_limit parameter. 0 to 2500
Statistical information is forwarded from the
Site Statistics Process (SSP) to the Central
The ssm_normal_overload_threshold
parameter indicates the usage of call
information blocks, as expressed by the ratio
of the number of active calls to the
ssm_normal_overload_thre
maximum number of calls the SSM can 0 to 100
shold
handle. Every time the usage equals or
exceeds
this threshold, one access class will be
barred.
The ssp_burst_delay parameter specifies the

length of time between the bursts of data.
The number of messages in each burst are
ssp_burst_delay specified by the ssp_burst_limit parameter. 0 to 2500
Site Statistics Process (SSP) to the Central
The ssp_burst_limit parameter specifies the

number of messages included in each
burst. The length of time between bursts is
specified by the ssp_burst_delay
ssp_burst_limit 1 to 65535
parameter.
Site Statistical Process (SSP) to the Central
Statistical Process (CSP) in bursts.
The swfm_enable parameter enables or
disables Software Fault Management
(SWFM)
swfm_enable alarm messages to be reported to all local 0 or 1
MMI terminals that have alarm reporting
enabled.
This parameter affects the entire BSS.
The unequipped_circuit_allowed parameter

specifies the system response when a
terrestrial circuit becomes unequipped. The
options are:
Sending an alarm to the OMC-R.
unequipped_circuit_allowed 0 to 2
Sending an “unequipped circuit” message
to the MSC.
Sending both an alarm to the OMC-R and
an “unequipped circuit” message to the
MSC.
The wait_for_reselection parameter specifies

the length of time before choosing an
MMS for clock extraction after a GCLK has
wait_for_reselection had a CLKX reference failure alarm. If the 0 to 86400
MMS providing clock extraction is INS after
the time period has expired, it is left as the
value OMC-R GUI
The value of this parameter may be
specified for the
1 Non Abis, only BSP
BSC (site 0) only while in the initial
and LCF
1 SYSGEN mode. NO
2 Non Abis, BSP, LCF
This command is only available for the
and OMF
BSC
(location=0).
cic_error_clr_threshold must be less than

cic_error_rate_monitor.
0 to 253 0 cic_error_clr_threshold, divided by YES
cic_error_decrement must be greater
than or equal
to two.
cic_error_gen_threshold must be larger

than
cic_error_gen threshold minus
1 to 127 1 YES
than or equal
to two.
cic_error_gen_threshold must be larger

than
2 to 255 6 YES
than or equal
to two.
0 Disabled
1 to 255 CIC error 1 NONE YES
increment value
yes or no NONE dynamic YES
allocation mode is enabled.
1 to 255 24 NONE NO
0 or 1
0 Disabled 0 NONE NO
1 Enabled
0 or 1
0 Disabled 1 NONE NO
1 Enabled
0 or 1 This parameter only applies to the BSC

0 Disabled NONE (location = NO
1 Enabled 0).
The volume_control_type parameter

controls the
dl_audio_lev_offset application:
dl_audio_lev_offset parameter does not
have
any effect at RXCDR sites.
–15 to +15 0 YES
dl_audio_lev_offset parameter only
applies to
sites equipped with GDP boards. The
GDP
firmware controls the volume level by
converting the audio level bits for the
entered
offset.
Up to 24 alphanumeric
characters (including NONE NONE NO
spaces)
0 to 33 NONE NONE NO
0 Disabled
NONE NONE NO
1 Enabled
0 to 4
0 Investigate
1 Critical
NONE NONE NO
2 Major
3 Minor
4 Warning
0 or 1 The Fast GCLK Warmup feature must be
0 Disabled 0 unrestricted. YES
1 Enabled The GCLK version must be V9 or later.
This parameter does not apply to RXCDR

0 to 255 NONE sites. YES
This parameter applies to only BSC sites.
16 or 32
16 16 TDM timeslots This parameter may not be modified if
32 32 TDM timeslots 16 any BSP, BTP, YES
(only valid with GPROC2 DHP, GPROC, or MSI is equipped.
boards).
0 Disabled - BSS sends

only single circuit
block/unblock messages
This parameter is only valid at the BSC.
to the MSC.
0 This parameter does not apply to RXCDR YES
1 Enabled - BSS sends
sites.
only group
block/unblock

Changing this parameter is not allowed at
None M-Cell YES
sites.
Place the system in the SYSGEN ON

mode before
0 Disabled
1 using the chg_element command to YES
1 Enabled
change this
parameter.
7 NONE YES
0 Disabled This parameter is valid only at
1
1 Enabled Horizonoffice sites.
The system must be in SYSGEN ON

mode to modify
this parameter.
0 PCS1900 systems accept only the four YES
parameter
cell number format.
This parameter is valid only at the BSC.
0 Disabled
0 NONE YES
1 Enabled
The value of the land_layer1_mode
parameter:
S For E1 systems (land_layer1_mode
=0), the
value of this parameter can be changed
If land_layer1_mode = 0 at any
(2.048 Mbit/s E1 link) time for any site. If executed outside
then: SYSGEN
0 CRC-4 mode, a warning message saying the
1 No CRC-4 0 MMSs YES
If land_layer1_mode = 1 must be reset to have the change take
(1.544 Mbit/s T1 link) effect at
then: that site will display.
0 ESF S mms_config_type cannot be changed
to 1 if
land_layer1_mode = 1 (T1).
The value of mms_config_type must be
the same at
the BSC and the PCU sites.
84
(represent
ing bit
Place the system in SYSGEN ON mode YES
pattern
01010100
)
0 16 virtual circuits
If the element is changed in SYSGEN ON
(regular granularity)
0 mode, the YES
1 64 virtual circuits
change takes effect immediately.
(enhanced granularity)

0 Disabled You must reset the BSC when changing
0 YES
1 Enabled this
parameter for the change to take effect.

with Multiband

None This parameter only applies to the BSC. YES
0 Disabled
0 NONE YES
1 Enabled
0 No replacement
1 Replacement based
on function priority
2 Replacement based 1 This parameter applies only to the BSC. YES
on function and
intrafunction
priorities
rci_error_gen threshold minus
rci_error_decrement must be greater than
0 or equal YES
to 2.
This parameter only applies to the BSC
or RXCDR.

1 or equal YES
to 2.
This parameter only applies to the BSC
or RXCDR.

6 or equal YES
to 2.
This parameter applies only to the BSC
or RXCDR.
0 = disable this feature

1 to 255 = This parameter only applies to the BSC
1 YES
rci_error_increment or RXCDR.
value
16 NONE YES
20 NONE YES
511 NONE YES
0 0 seconds 0
milliseconds
1 0.1 seconds 100
milliseconds
2 0.2 seconds 200
milliseconds
6000 NONE YES
.
6000 600 seconds
600000 milliseconds
.
65535 6553.5 seconds
6553500 milliseconds
0 0 seconds 0
milliseconds
1 0.1 seconds 100
milliseconds
2 0.2 seconds 200
milliseconds
5 NONE YES
.
6000 600 seconds
600000 milliseconds
.
65535 6553.5 seconds
0 0 seconds 0
milliseconds
1 0.1 seconds 100
milliseconds
2 0.2 seconds 200
milliseconds
5 NONE YES
.
6000 600 seconds
600000 milliseconds
.
65535 6553.5 seconds
0 Safe (Safe Tests)
1 int_lpbk (Internal Loopback Tests)
255 YES
2 Self test
255 No audit
NONE NONE YES
Hours 0 to 23
NONE NONE YES
Minutes 0 to 59
Hours 0 to 23
NONE NONE YES
Minutes 0 to 59
Hours 0 to 23
NONE NONE YES
Minutes 0 to 59
4 NONE NO

10
slip_loss_daily.
255 NONE YES

0 0 seconds 0
milliseconds
1 0.1 second 100
milliseconds
.
6000 NONE NO
6000 600 seconds
600000 milliseconds
.
65535 6553.5 seconds
250 NONE NO

ssm_critical_overload_threshold
70 NO
parameter.
200 NONE NO
10 NONE NO
0 Disabled
0 This parameter applies only to a BSC. NO
1 Enabled
0 Send alarm to the

OMC-R
1 Send unequipped This parameter does not apply to RXCDR
circuit message to the sites.
MSC This parameter applies only to a BSC.
0 NO
2 Send alarm to the The Phase 2 optional feature which must
OMC-R and send be
unequipped purchased.
circuit message to the
MSC
10 NONE YES
This parameter enables and disables the BSS to bar all access classes
bss_msc_overload_allowed when an
OVERLOAD message is received at the MSC.
The confusion_msg_allowed parameter enables and disables the BSS
to send
Confusion messages over the A interface when an erroneous message
confusion_msg_allowed is received from
the MSC. If this parameter is not enabled, the system generates an
alarm instead of
sending a message to the MSC.
Supported
Value Default
Valid range Dependencies by OMC-R
description value
GUI
0 Disabled This parameter is valid only

0 or 1 0 NO
1 Enabled at a BSC.
This parameter does not

0 or 1 apply to RXCDR sites.
0 Disabled
0 Disabled 0 This parameter only applies NO
1 Enabled
1 Enabled to the BSC (location =
0).
The antenna_select parameter specifies the first antenna
antenna_select 1 to 6
attached to a transceiver.
The ber_oos_mon_period parameter specifies the length of time
that an in service
MMS must be above a specified Bit Error Rate (BER) before it is
ber_oos_mon_period taken Out Of Service 1 to 60
(OOS). The default value for this parameter is assigned when
MMSs are equipped
automatically on the equipping of an MSI.
The ber_restore_mon_period parameter specifies the length of

time that an out of
service MMS must be at a 0.000001 Bit Error Rate (BER) before
ber_restore_mon_period it is put in service. The 1 to 18000
default value for this parameter is assigned when MMSs are
equipped automatically on
the equipping of an MSI.
Up to 20
The bsc_cbc_operator parameter specifies the BSC CBC
bsc_cbc_operator alphanumeric
operator.
characters
When the bss_msc_overload_allowed parameter is enabled, the
bss_msc_overload_allowed BSS bars all 0 or 1
accesses classes if it receives an OVERLOAD message.
cabinet_type The cabinet_type parameter specifies the cabinet type. 0 to 23
The cavity parameter specifies the cavity number within the

cavity COMB device that will be 0 to 5
used by the DRI.
Up to 20
cbc_operator The cbc_operator parameter specifies the CBC operator. alphanumeric
characters
The cell_zone parameter specifies the zone to which an RTF

belongs in a concentric cell
cell_zone environment. If the GPRS feature is in use, GPRS carriers must 0 or 1
be in the outer zone of
a concentric cell.
The chan_alloc_priority parameter specifies the channel
chan_alloc_priority allocation priority of an 0 to 250
inservice carrier.
cic_validation The cic_validation parameter enables or disables CIC validation. yes or no
The clkx0 parameter specifies whether or not a CLKX (Clock

Extender) half-size board is
clkx0 present for this GCLK (Generic Clock) board. For GCLK 0, the yes or no
CLKX board should be in
slot U7. For GCLK 1, the CLKX board should be in slot U4.
The combiner_address parameter specifies the message
combiner_address routing address for the 0 to 255
Combiner (COMB).
The combiner_id parameter specifies the identity of the COMB

combiner_id device the DRI uses for 0 to 13
combining.
The combining_type parameter specifies what type of

combining_type combining is associated with 0 to 2
each DRI.
The cs34_enabled parameter enables or disables the 32 kbps

cs34_enabled TRAU feature on the 0 or 1
BSS.
The ext_timeslots parameter specifies the number of extended
ext_timeslots range timeslots for an 0 to 4
RTF.
The fm_cell_type parameter specifies the type of cell structure

fm_cell_type supported at the BTS in 0 to 4
which a specific DRI is equipped.
The frequency_type parameter specifies the frequencies
frequency_type 1 to 15
allowed for a cabinet.
The hdsl_modem_setting parameter specifies the setting of an

hdsl_modem_setting integrated HDSL slave or master
modem. The possible settings are slave and master.
An in-service HDSL link is continuously monitored for the Signal

to Noise Ratio (SNR)
level defined by hdsl_snr_oos. If the SNR level falls below this
hdsl_oos_mon_period threshold for more than 0 to 3598
the period specified by the hdsl_oos_mon_period device
parameter, the HDSL link is
taken out of service.
An Out Of Service (OOS) HDSL link is continuously monitored
for the Signal to Noise
Ratio (SNR) level defined by hdsl_snr_restore. If the SNR level
hdsl_restore_mon_period is maintained above 0 to 65534
this threshold for more than the period specified by the
hdsl_restore_mon_period
device parameter, the HDSL link is brought back into service.
The ias_connected parameter enables or disables internal

ias_connected yes or no
alarms system (IAS).
The int_antenna parameter specifies whether or not the cabinet

int_antenna contains an internal yes or no
integrated antenna.
The int_hdsl_modem parameter indicates whether or not an

int_hdsl_modem internal HDSL modem is yes or no
present in the cabinet.
The lapd_k parameter specifies the maximum number of
lapd_k unacknowledged LAPD 1 to 10
information frames.
The lapd_n200 parameter specifies the maximum number of
lapd_n200 1 to 5
retransmissions of a frame.
The lapd_t200_timer parameter specifies the LAPD T200 timer.

lapd_t200_timer The LAPD T200 timer 1400 to 5000
is used to time the acknowledgement of a transmitted frame.
The max_cbls parameter specifies the the maximum number of

max_cbls CBLs that may be 0 or 1
supported by an LCF.
This max_dris parameter specifies the maximum number of
max_dris DRIs supported by the 0 to 6
specified GPROC device or function (BTP, DHP or BTF).
The max_gprs_pdch parameter specifies the maximum number
of PDCHs configured
max_gprs_pdch on the carrier. The value of max_gprs_pdch includes both 0 to 8
switchable and reserved
GPRS timeslots.
The max_gsls parameter specifies the maximum number of

max_gsls GSLs that can be 0 to 6
configured on the LCF.
The max_mtls parameter specifies the maximum number of

max_mtls MTLs supported by a BSP 0 to 2
or LCF.
The mms_priority parameter sets the priority rating for an MMS.
It determines its
possible use as a reference source to which the GCLK may
mms_priority phase lock. The higher the 0 to 255
priority value, the more likely the MMS is to be used as a
reference source to which the
GCLK device will frequency lock.
The msi_type parameter specifies a database value for a single
equipped device or
msi_type function at a site for all equipped devices or functions of the type 0 (msi)
specified in the
command.
The n391 parameter specifies the value for the frame relay
n391 default full status polling 1 to 255
counter.
The n392 parameter specifies the frame relay default value for
n392 1 to 10
error threshold counter.
The n393 parameter specifies the frame relay default value for
n393 1 to 10
monitored events counter.
The nbit parameter enables and disables the second remote

alarm bit (nbit). The default
nbit 0 or 1
value for this parameter is automatically assigned when the MSI
is equipped.
ne_id The ne_id parameter specifies the network identity. 1 to 128
The opto_reporting parameter allows the operator to modify the

opto_reporting reporting status and off or on
external alarm string mapping for DRI and EAS optocouplers.
The pre_rtf_id specifies a preferred RTF identifier. This allows

pref_rtf_id at least one carrier unit 0 to 11, null
per cabinet that is able to provide GPRS feature service.
The res_gprs_pdch parameter specifies the number of PDCHs
reserved on the carrier
res_gprs_pdch for GPRS use only. These PDCHs are never switched to circuit 0 to 8
use, except for
emergency calls.
The rsl_rate parameter specifies the signalling and control

16 = 16 kbit/s
rsl_rate information rate of the Radio
rate
Signal Link (RSL).
The sd_load parameter specifies the maximum number of

timeslots to be configured as
SDCCHs on an RTF. The BSS configures the SDCCHs on the 0 to 2
carriers with the highest
priority, up to their SDCCH load.
The sd_priority parameter specifies the SDCCH placement
priority for an RTF. The
sd_priority BSS configures the SDCCHs on the carriers with the highest 0 to 250
priority, up to their SDCCH
load.
The shared_timeslots parameter reserves timeslots for use
shared_timeslots when a DYNET device has 0 to 31
been equipped for dynamic allocation of BTSs.
The slot parameter specifies the slot in which the DRI device is
slot 0 to 31
fitted.
The start_ts parameter specifies the first GBL timeslot on the

start_ts 1 to 31
E1/T1 link.
The t391 parameter specifies the frame relay default link
t391 integrity verification polling 5 to 29
timer.
The t392 parameter is the frame relay default polling verification
t392 6 to 30
timer.
The tcu_port parameter specifies the port to which a TCU is
tcu_port 0 to 5
connected.
The tru_id parameter specifies up to six TRUs (TopCell Radio
tru_id Units) in a TopCell site. A 0 or 1
value of 0 indicates this is a non-TopCell site.
0 to 21
The trx_pwr_red parameter specifies the TRX transmit power or
trx_pwr_red
reduction value. 0 to 6 for M-
Cellmicro sites
The transceiver must be locked when modifying this
None
parameter.
1 None
6000 None
None This parameter only applies to the BSC.
0 Disabled
0 None
1 Enabled
When changing the cabinet type, the new cabinet type
must be in the same cabinet group as the old cabinet
type.
The cabinet type may not be modified from
M-Cellarena, M-Cellarenamacro, to M-Cellcity or
M-Cellmicro if frequency hopping is enabled at the site.
The system rejects an attempt to alter the cabinet type
from M-Cellcity, M-Cellarena, or M-Cellarenamacro to
0 bts4d_48v
M-Cellmicro if any MSIs of type niu_hdsl are equipped
1 bts4d_27v
at the M-Cellcity, M-Cellarena or M-Cellarenamacro
2 bssc_48v
sites.
3 bssc_27v
The cabinet type may not be modified to M-Cell2 if
4 bts_dab
there are any MSI devices equipped in slots other than
5 bssc_dab
0, or if there are any MSI devices with a first device id
6 excell_4
greater than 1.
7 excell_6
The system rejects the modify_value cabinet_type
8 topcell
command if the change is from TCU_6 to TCU_2, and
9 bts_5
the cabinet has at least one DRI equipped via the
10 m_cell_2
FMUX. A DRI that uses an FMUX as the TCU
11 m_cell_6 None
connection type cannot be equipped to a TCU_2
12 tcu_2
cabinet.
13 tcu_6
If a modify_value command from M-Cellcity,
14 m_cell_micro
M-Cellarena or M-Cellarenamacro to M-Cellmicro is
15 m_cellcity
accepted, all the hdsl parameters initially set by the
16 m_cellarena
chg_element command are set to their defaults.
17 horizonoffice
If a cabinet type of Horizonmicro or Horizoncompact is
18 horizonmacro
entered during CAB device equipage, then the CAB ID
19 horizonmacro_ext
entered must be 0 if CAB device 0 does not yet exist.
20 m_cellarena_macro
The bts_type per SITE element is set to 1 upon
22 horizonmicro2
equipage of a slave Horizonmicro or Horizoncompact
23 horizoncompact2
CAB device.
The valid CAB ID range at a Horizonmicro BTS site is 0
to 2.
The modification of cabinet_type value from m_cell_6
or m_cell_2 to Horizonmacro and TCU-6 or TCU-2 to
horizonmacro_ext while the cabinet frequency_type
includes PCS1900 is allowed. All DRIs must be
unequipped prior to the modification.
If the combining_type is 0, the combiner_id and
cavity values are considered invalid and no
modifications are allowed.
If the combining_type is 1 or 2, the combiner_id and
None
cavity number are required and will be prompted. If
these values have already been specified, the existing
values can be used as defaults.
All affected devices must be locked.
None This parameter only applies to the BSC (location = 0).
The Concentric Cells feature must be enabled and

inner_zone_alg must be set to other than 0.
0 Outer zone Only non-BCCH carriers can be configured in the inner
0
1 Inner zone zone.
sites.
0 Highest priority
0 None
250 Lowest priority
None None
yes Present
no Not applicable at Horizonoffice sites.
no Not present
yes Present
no Not present
yes Present
no Not present
The address must be unique within a site.

None

None

0 None
1 Non-controlling 0
2 Controlling
0 Disabled
0 This parameter can be disabled only if no RTF in the
1 Enabled
BSS is using allow_32k_trau.
The number of extended range timeslots can be
changed only if the Extended Range Cells feature is
unrestricted.
The number of extended range timeslots cannot be
modified for inner-zone carriers.
An RTF having one or more extended range
timeslots configured cannot have the cell_zone
0
changed to inner.
If the Extended Range Cell feature is enabled, the
number of extended range timeslots for the BCCH
RTF must support the number of configured BCCH,
CCCH, and SDCCH channels.
sites.
diversity_flag
fm_cell_type
Result
0 0
Non-
diversity (RCUs only)
0 1
Use branch 1 of a
DRCU in a nondiversity Setting of this parameter depends on the setting of
None
mode diversity_flag . See the table of values below.
0 2
Use branch 2 of a DRCU
in a nondiversity
mode
1 3
Shared diversity
1 4
Full diversity
1 PGSM
2 EGSM
3 PGSM and EGSM
4 DCS1800
5 PGSM and DCS1800
6 EGSM and DCS1800
7 PGSM, EGSM and If any of the frequency types specified are not valid at
DCS1800 the BSS, the system rejects the modify_value
8 PCS1900 command. Valid frequency types at a BSS can be
9 PGSM and PCS1900 modified or displayed by the freq_types_allowed
10 EGSM and PCS1900 None command.
11 PGSM, EGSM and S Frequency_types can be added and deleted in
PCS1900 SYSGEN ON mode.
12 DCS1800 and S Frequencies can be added but not deleted in
PCS1900 SYSGEN OFF mode.
13 PGSM, DCS1800 and
PCS1900
14 EGSM, DCS1800 and
PCS1900
15 PGSM, EGSM,
DCS1800 and PCS1900

This parameter may only be changed on MMS
devices with a protocol type of HDSL equipped as
msi_type of niu_hdsl.
None
The hdsl_modem_setting value cannot be modified
when the MMS is in a PATH. To alter the values
would require unequipping all the PATH devices using
this MMS, altering the values, then equipping the
PATH devices.
The hdsl_modem_setting value cannot be modified
for a GPRS PCU MMS.

devices with a protocol type of HDSL, a modem
20
setting of master, and equipped on an msi_type of
niu_hdsl.
The hdsl_oos_mon_period value cannot be
modified for a GPRS PCU MMS.
devices with a protocol type of HDSL, a modem
20
setting of master, and equipped on an msi_type of
niu_hdsl.
The hdsl_restore_mon_period value cannot be
modified for a GPRS PCU MMS.
yes Enabled
yes Not allowed for Horizonoffice sites.
no Disabled
yes Internal antenna is
present and should be
This parameter is only allowed for M-Cellcity and
used. no
Horizonmicro cabinets.
no Internal antenna is not
present.
yes Present This parameter is only allowed for M-Cellcity,

no
no Not present Horizonmicro and Horizoncompact cabinets.
The operator needs to cycle (lock and then unlock) the

7
device for the change to take effect.
3 None
(in 50 millisecond The minimum value for this parameter should be 800
2500
increments) milliseconds when using satellite links.
None None
0 to 6 for BTF
None None
1 to 6 for DHP
Only one GPRS carrier is allowed for each cell.
The carrier is a GPRS carrier if max_gprs_pdch is
not equal to 0.
max_gprs_pdch may not be smaller than
res_gprs_pdch.
All GPRS timeslots on the GPRS carrier must have
the same Frequency Hopping Indicator (FHI).
If the Concentric Cells feature is unrestricted, the
GPRS carrier must be in the outer zone
the same Training Sequence Code.
The value of max_gprs_pdch is limited by the
following settings:
S BCCH carriers have a reduced number of
timeslots available. The number of CCCH
timeslots configured is indicated by the value
of the ccch_conf element.
S Non-BCCH RTFs with associated 16kbps
0 RSLs have a reduced number of timeslots
available.
S Sub-equipped RTFs have a reduced number of
timeslots available.
S When the Extended Range Cell feature is
enabled, the number of extended range
timeslots together with the requested number
of GPRS timeslots must not exceed the carrier
capacity.
S GPRS cannot be used on an extended range
timeslot.
S The maximum number of GPRS timeslots
together with the sd_load timeslots must not
exceed the carrier capacity.
that the remaining number of GDS timeslots are
for each carrier in cells where GPRS is enabled. This
recalculation is performed whether in or out of
This parameter can be used only if the GPRS feature is
unrestricted.
The sum of all max_gsls specified by the equipped
0 LCFs must be greater than or equal to the total number
of GSLs equipped.
The value for max_gsls must not exceed the available
LCF HDLC channel capacity.
None None
0 MMS is not used as a

None None
1 Lowest priority
255 Highest priority
1 (xcdr)
2 (gdp)
The MSI type cannot be changed from GDP to XCDR
3 (niu)
when an enhanced full rate (EFR) or GDP control is
7 (ext_hdsl) None
enabled.
8 (niu_hdsl)
The MSI type cannot be modified for a PICP MSI.
9 (niu_ext_hdsl)
12 (RF_unit)
The GPRS feature must be unrestricted. This

3 parameter must be less than or equal to the value of
n393.
The GPRS feature must be unrestricted. This
3 parameter must be less than or equal to the value of
n393.
0 Disabled The MMS must be locked when modifying this

0
1 Enabled parameter.
Changing the ne_id causes all AXCDR or ABSS

device to be cycled, resulting in the loss of all active
None calls managed by the associated device.
The GPRS feature must be unrestricted to specify
the PCU.
A DRI must be an RF_unit and located at a

off Disabled
None Horizonoffice site.
on Enabled
The affected device must be locked.
This parameter must be an RTF unique identifier or

None
null for resetting to no preferred RTF.
This parameter is not valid if max_gprs_pdch is set
to 0.
The new RTF attributes are not available whenever
the GPRS feature is restricted.
Only one GPRS carrier is allowed for each cell.
The carrier is a GPRS carrier if max_gprs_pdch is
not equal to 0.
res_gprs_pdch must not exceed max_gprs_pdch.
the same Frequency Hopping Indicator (FHI).
None If the Concentric Cells feature is unrestricted, the
GPRS carrier must be in the outer zone
The value of pccch_alloc for the cell can only be set
to 0 if the GPRS option is unrestricted. It is related to
broadcast.
When Dynamic Allocation is in use at the site,
terrestrial backing must be available for the reserved
GPRS resources specified by res_gprs_pdch.
The GPRS carrier must not be unequipped until
gprs_enabled has been set to zero for the cell.
the same Training Sequence Code.
The 16 kbit/s RSL feature must be unrestricted.

The RSL cannot be changed if RSLs are already
equipped for this site.
64 = 64 kbit/s rate None
The RSL rate cannot be changed for the BSC (site 0).
The RSL cannot be changed if the site uses dynamic
allocation.
0 BCCH EGSM extension

band carrier when
egsm_bcch_sd is 0 (off)
0 to 2 BCCH EGSM
extension band carrier
when
egsm_bcch_sd is 1 (on)
2 BCCH extended range
cell
n/a BCCH inner zone
carrier None None
2 All other types of BCCH
carrier
0 Non-BCCH EGSM
extension band carrier
0 Non-BCCH extended
range cell
0 Non-BCCH inner zone
carrier
2 All other types of
nonBCCH carrier
Non-BCCH
0 highest priority default = 0 The sd_priority element cannot be changed for an
250 lowest priority BCCH default EGSM, Extended Range Cell, or inner zone carrier.
=0
0 to 31 E1 link 0 (no timeslots DYNET must be equipped.

0 to 23 T1 link reserved) This parameter applies only to a BSC.
0 to 31 E1 link 0 (no timeslots DYNET must be equipped.

0 to 23 T1 link reserved) This parameter applies only to a BSC.
None The GPRS feature must be unrestricted.
None None
0 Non-TopCell unit
None None
1 to 6 TopCell ID
This parameter is used only if the cell_zone

parameter is set to 1 (inner zone) and the
inner_zone_alg parameter is set to 1 (power based
use algorithm).
trx_pwr_red can be modified for an RTF that is
The current
equipped in the inner_zone of a cell only.
value of
The value of this parameter must be greater than or
max_tx_bts.
equal to the value of max_tx_bts if inner_zone_alg
is set to 1 (power based use algorithm).
The Concentric Cells option must be unrestricted.
sites.
Supported by
OMC-R GUI
YES
YES
YES
YES
No
YES
No
No
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
No
No
No
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
No
YES
No
No
YES
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
YES
YES
YES
No
YES
YES

Motorola Param Definition

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Motorola Param Definition

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

OTI - RF Plannning & Optimization

The adap_ho_alt_trigger_rxqual parameter specifies whether the system uses

The adap_ho_pbgt parameter specifies whether the system allows adaptive

The adap_ho_rxlev parameter specifies whether the system allows adaptive

The adap_ho_rx_qual parameter specifies whether the system allows adaptive

The adap_trigger_rxlev_ul parameter specifies the cumulative trigger level for

The adap_trigger_rxqual_dl parameter specifies the cumulative trigger level for

The adap_trigger_rxqual_ul parameter specifies the cumulative trigger level for

The adap_trigger_pbgt_nbr parameter specifies the cumulative trigger level for

The allow_32k_trau parameter enables or disables 32 kbps GPRS TRAU

The alt_qual_proc parameter specifies whether receive quality processing is

The auto_rf_loss_trace parameter enables and disables automatic RF Loss

The ba_alloc_proc parameter enables and disables the reinitialization of the

The band_preference_mode parameter specifies the method the system uses

The bounce_protect_margin parameter, in conjunction with the ho_margin_cell

The bs_ag_blks_res parameter specifies the number of blocks reserved for

The bs_pa_mfrms parameter specifies the number of multiframes between

The bsc_type parameter specifies the BSC configuration type.

The bts_p_con_ack parameter specifies the maximum amount of time to wait

The bts_power_control_allowed parameter enables or disables the downlink

The bvci parameter specifies a BSSGP Virtual Connection Identifier (BVCI).

The carrier_disable_time parameter specifies the time delay between putting

The carriers_ins_pwr_fail parameter specifies the number of carriers (RCUs)

The cbc_vbind_cntr parameter sets the number of successful VBINDs sent by

The cbs_outage_cntr parameter introduces a delay between an outage

The ccch_conf parameter specifies the organization of the Common Control

The ccch_load_period parameter specifies the number of TDMA multiframes

The cell_bar_access_switch parameter specifies whether or not subscribers

The cell_bar_qualify parameter is used by the network to control MS cell

The cell_reselect_hysteresis parameter specifies the hysteresis level for cell

The cell_reselect_offset parameter specifies a C2 offset value for the MS. C2

The cell_reselect_parameter_ind parameter specifies whether the C2

The cic_error_clr_threshold parameter specifies the CIC error count clearing

The cic_error_decrement parameter specifies the CIC error decrement value.

The cic_error_gen_threshold parameter specifies the CIC error count

The cic_error_increment parameter specifies the CIC error increment value.

The clk_src_fail_reset_period parameter specifies the length of time for which

The coincident_mb parameter specifies the ability of a BTS to execute the

The coincident_offset parameter enables and disables the configuration of an

The congest_at_source parameter specifies how a specified source cell treats

The congest_at_target parameter specifies how a specified cell behaves if it

The congest_ho_margin parameter specifies the margin of a congestion

The cp_option_reset_ckt parameter enables and disables the reset circuit

The cp_option_rr_status parameter enables and disables the radio resource

The data_qual_enabled parameter enables or disables the use of specific

This parameter specifies the bin number containing the measurement

This parameter specifies the bin number containing the measurement

This parameter specifies the bin number containing the measurement

This parameter specifies the bin number containing the measurement

These parameters specify N1 and P1 in the decision algorithm used in the

These parameters specify N2 and P2 in the decision algorithm used in the

These parameters specify N3 and P3 in the decision algorithm used in the

These parameters specify N5 and P5 in the decision algorithm used in the

These parameters specify N6 and P6 in the decision algorithm used in the

These parameters specify N7 and P7 in the decision algorithm used in the

The decision_1_ncell_rxlev_av_h_calc parameter specifies which bin is used

The decision_1_p_bgt_rxlev_av_h parameter specifies which bin is used for

The decision_1_tim_adv_av_alg parameter specifies the bin number

The decision_1_ul_rxlev_av_h parameter specifies the bin number containing

The decision_1_ul_rxlev_av_ih parameter specifies the bin number containing

The decision_1_ul_rxqual_av_h parameter specifies the bin number

The decision_1_ul_rxqual_av_p parameter specifies the bin number

The decision_alg_type parameter specifies the current power control

The direct_inner_zone_threshold parameter specifies the rxlev threshold that